Unlicensed Use of TV Band and 600 MHz Band Spectrum, 69709-69746 [2014-26674]
Download as PDF
Vol. 79
Friday,
No. 225
November 21, 2014
Part IV
Federal Communications Commission
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
47 CFR Parts 15 and 74
Unlicensed Use of TV Band and 600 MHz Band Spectrum; Proposed Rule
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
69710
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
47 CFR Parts 15 and 74
[ET Docket No. 14–165; FCC 14–144]
Unlicensed Use of TV Band and 600
MHz Band Spectrum
Federal Communications
Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
AGENCY:
In this document, the
Commission proposes and seeks
comments on rules for unlicensed
operations in the frequency bands that
are now and will continue to be
allocated and assigned to broadcast
television services after the incentive
auction, including fixed and personal/
portable white space devices and
unlicensed wireless microphones. The
Commission also proposes and seeks
comment on rules for the operation of
unlicensed white space devices, and
licensed and unlicensed wireless
microphones in the 600 MHz Band,
guard bands and duplex gap that will
exist after the incentive auction.
DATES: Comments are due on or before
January 5, 2015; reply comments are
due on or before January 26, 2015.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Hugh L. Van Tuyl, Office of Engineering
and Technology, (202) 418–7506, email:
Hugh.VanTuyl@fcc.gov, TTY (202) 418–
2989.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by ET Docket No. 14–165, by
any of the following methods:
D Federal Communications
Commission’s Web site: https://fjallfoss.
fcc.gov/ecfs2/. Follow the instructions
for submitting comments.
D Mail: Hugh Van Tuyl, Office of
Engineering and Technology, Room 7–
A162, Federal Communications
Commission, 445 12th SW.,
Washington, DC 20554.
D People with Disabilities: Contact the
FCC to request reasonable
accommodations (accessible format
documents, sign language interpreters,
CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov
or phone: 202–418–0530 or TTY: 202–
418–0432.
For detailed instructions for
submitting comments and additional
information on the rulemaking process,
see the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
section of this document.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a
summary of the Commission’s NPRM of
Proposed Rule Making, ET Docket No.
14–165, FCC 14–144, adopted
September 30, 2014, and released
September 30, 2014. The full text of this
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
document is available for inspection
and copying during normal business
hours in the FCC Reference Center
(Room CY–A257), 445 12th Street SW.,
Washington, DC 20554. The complete
text of this document also may be
purchased from the Commission’s copy
contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc.,
445 12th Street SW., Room, CY–B402,
Washington, DC 20554. The full text
may also be downloaded at:
www.fcc.gov.
Pursuant to sections 1.415 and 1.419
of the Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 1.415
and 1.419, interested parties may file
comments and reply comments on or
before the dates indicated on the first
page of this document. Comments may
be filed using the Commission’s
Electronic Comment Filing System
(ECFS). See Electronic Filing of
Documents in Rulemaking Proceedings,
63 FR 24121 (1998).
D Electronic Filers: Comments may be
filed electronically using the Internet by
accessing the ECFS: https://fjallfoss.fcc.
gov/ecfs2/.
• Paper Filers: Parties who choose to
file by paper must file an original and
one copy of each filing. If more than one
docket or rulemaking number appears in
the caption of this proceeding, filers
must submit two additional copies for
each additional docket or rulemaking
number. Filings can be sent by hand or
messenger delivery, by commercial
overnight courier, or by first-class or
overnight U.S. Postal Service mail. All
filings must be addressed to the
Commission’s Secretary, Office of the
Secretary, Federal Communications
Commission.
D All hand-delivered or messengerdelivered paper filings for the
Commission’s Secretary must be
delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445
12th St. SW., Room TW–A325,
Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours
are 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. All hand
deliveries must be held together with
rubber bands or fasteners. Any
envelopes and boxes must be disposed
of before entering the building.
D Commercial overnight mail (other
than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail
and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300
East Hampton Drive, Capitol Heights,
MD 20743.
D U.S. Postal Service first-class,
Express, and Priority mail must be
addressed to 445 12th Street SW.,
Washington, DC 20554.
People with Disabilities: To request
materials in accessible formats for
people with disabilities (braille, large
print, electronic files, audio format),
send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call
the Consumer & Governmental Affairs
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Bureau at 202–418–0530 (voice), 202–
418–0432 (tty).
Summary of NPRM of Proposed
Rulemaking
1. The Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
(NPRM) proposes and seeks comment
on rules for fixed and personal/portable
white space devices that would operate
in: The frequency bands that are now
and will continue to be allocated and
assigned to broadcast television services
(the ‘‘TV bands’’); the 600 MHz Band
Plan spectrum that, following the
Incentive Auction, will be designated as
guard bands (including a duplex gap);
the portion of that spectrum allocated
and assigned to new part 27 licensees
where wireless licensees have not
commenced operations; and Channel
37. It also proposes rules for unlicensed
wireless microphone operations under
part 15 of the rules in the TV bands and
600 MHz Band Plan spectrum, and for
licensed wireless microphone
operations under part 74 of the rules in
the 600 MHz Band Plan spectrum. In
addition, the NPRM proposes changes to
the white spaces databases and changes
for certifying, manufacturing and
marketing white space devices and
wireless microphones in the frequency
bands at issue in this proceeding. In
particular, the NPRM proposes rules to
expand the location and frequency
information in these databases so that
they can be used to identify available
frequencies for white space devices,
including unlicensed wireless
microphones, in the repurposed 600
MHz band, guard bands, and Channel
37.
2. The Commission’s part 15 rules
allow unlicensed devices to operate in
the TV bands at locations where
frequencies are not in use by licensed
services. These devices, which are
commonly referred to as TV white space
(TVWS) devices, may be either fixed or
personal/portable. The TV bands
currently consist of six-megahertz
channels designated 2 to 51 in four
bands of frequencies in the VHF and
UHF regions of the radio spectrum.
TVWS devices are not permitted to
operate on channel 37, which is
allocated for the Radio Astronomy
Service (RAS) and Land Mobile Service
(the latter being limited to Wireless
Medical Telemetry Service (WMTS), or
on any other channel within 2.4
kilometers of protected radio
observatories. To prevent harmful
interference to broadcast television
stations and other authorized users of
these bands, TVWS devices obtain a list
of available TV channels that may be
used at their location from databases
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
administered by private entities selected
by the Commission.
3. Certain entities may be issued
licenses under subpart H of part 74 of
the rules to operate low power auxiliary
stations, including wireless
microphones, in the TV bands. Because
the operators of part 74 wireless
microphones are licensed, they may
register the times and locations of their
operation in the TV bands databases to
obtain interference protection from
TVWS devices. The Commission also
allows the operation of wireless
microphones in the TV bands on an
unlicensed basis under a waiver of the
part 15 rules granted in the 2010.
Operators of unlicensed wireless
microphones are generally not
permitted to register in the TV bands
database, but parties operating large
numbers of wireless microphones on an
unlicensed basis at venues of events and
productions/shows may register in the
TV bands database if they meet certain
criteria specified in the rules and obtain
Commission approval.
4. In the Incentive Auction R&O, 79
FR 48442 (August 15, 2014), the
Commission adopted rules to repurpose
broadcast television spectrum in the
UHF bands for licensed wireless
services. Under these rules, full power
and Class A broadcast licensees may
participate in a reverse auction that will
allow them to voluntarily relinquish
some or all of their spectrum usage
rights in exchange for financial
compensation. A broadcast licensee that
participates in the auction will have the
option to turn in its license, move to a
channel in the VHF band, or cease using
its channel and share a channel with
another licensee. The Commission will
reorganize or repack the remaining full
power and Class A television stations to
clear the UHF band from channel 51
down. When the transition is
completed, the TV bands will occupy a
shorter frequency range than they do
today and fewer channels may be
available for TVWS and wireless
microphone uses at any given location.
5. The Commission adopted a band
plan for the repurposed 600 MHz
spectrum (‘‘600 MHz Band Plan’’) in the
Incentive Auction R&O that provides for
a guard band between television
spectrum and 600 MHz downlink
services, a guard band between 600
MHz uplink and downlink services (a
duplex gap), and guard bands between
600 MHz downlink services and
channel 37. It decided to permit
unlicensed devices, including
unlicensed wireless microphones, to
operate in the guard bands and duplex
gap. The Commission also decided to
permit unlicensed devices to operate on
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
channel 37 and in spectrum reallocated
and reassigned to new wireless services
except in those areas where part 27 600
MHz Band wireless licensees commence
operations. It stated that it planned to
develop technical rules for unlicensed
operation and to consider changes to the
rules for TVWS devices in a separate
proceeding.
A. Fixed and Personal/Portable White
Space Devices
1. TV Bands
a. Permissible Frequencies of Operation
6. Channels for white space device
and microphone use. Under the current
rules, white space devices may not
operate on the first two vacant TV
channels above and below channel 37 to
ensure that there is spectrum available
for wireless microphones. In the
Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission
decided that it would no longer
continue to designate up to two unused
television channels in any area
exclusively for wireless microphone
operations. The Commission stated that
in this proceeding we are initiating
today, it would seek comment on ways
it could update the rules for white
spaces databases to provide for more
immediate reservation of unused and
available channels in the television
bands to help ensure that licensed
wireless microphone operators can
obtain access to available television
channels without receiving harmful
interference from white space devices. It
decided that it would continue to
prohibit white space devices from
operating on the first two vacant TV
channels above and below channel 37
until such time as revised Commission
rules are in effect to provide for more
immediate interference protection. After
that time, any available channels could
be used by either wireless microphones
or white space devices.
7. The Commission proposes to
eliminate the prohibition on white
space device operation on the first two
vacant TV channels above and below
channel 37 and make them available for
use by white space devices when the
rules proposes in this NPRM become
effective. Specifically, the Commission
proposes to increase the frequency at
which white space devices must recheck the database, and limit the time
required for a wireless microphone
registration made in one white spaces
database to appear in all other white
spaces databases. The effect of these two
proposals will ensure that a white space
device ceases operation on a channel
used by a wireless microphone within
30 minutes after a new microphone
registration is entered into the database.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69711
The Commission seeks comment on
these proposals.
8. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the
Commission also stated that it expects
there will be at least one channel not
assigned to a television station in all
areas of the United States at the end of
the repacking process, and that it
intends, after NPRM and an opportunity
for public input, to designate one such
channel in each area for shared use by
white space devices and wireless
microphones. The Commission plans to
address the issue of a preserved white
space channel in a separate proceeding.
It is not proposing to make any changes
to the white space rules with respect to
a future preserved channel. Such a
channel would simply appear in the
white spaces database as vacant and
would therefore be available for white
space devices under the existing rules as
well as any new or modified rules
adopted in this proceeding.
9. Operation of fixed devices on
channels 3 and 4. The current
prohibition on fixed white space device
operation on channels 3 and 4 may no
longer be warranted. The Commission
established this prohibition to protect
TV interface devices and TV receivers
from direct pickup interference on
channels 3 and 4. The Commission did
not have detailed data on the
susceptibility of TV interface devices
and TV receivers to direct pickup
interference on channels 3 and 4, but
decided to take a cautious approach due
to the expected large number of TV
interface devices with outputs on those
channels. The number of these devices
has declined significantly since 2008.
The transition from analog to digital TV
in 2009 spurred many consumers to
replace their old analog TV receivers
with digital receivers that have multiple
inputs that allow the connection of
external devices without requiring the
use of a channel 3 or 4 input signal,
including HDMI, component video and
composite video inputs. Further, the
price of new TV receivers has dropped
significantly since that time, resulting in
many more consumers replacing their
old analog TV receivers. TV receivers
also have been required to come
equipped with digital TV tuners for a
number of years, thus eliminating the
need to use an external converter box to
receive over-the-air signals. While we
recognize that some consumers continue
to use older analog TV sets with a
converter box or other TV interface
devices with a channel 3 or 4 output, we
believe that number is significantly less
than in 2008, and will continue to drop
over time as older TV sets are replaced.
10. The Commission therefore
proposes to eliminate the prohibition on
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
69712
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the use of channels 3 and 4 by fixed
white space devices. This proposed
action would provide an additional 12
MHz of contiguous spectrum for use by
white space devices in areas where
those channels are not used for
authorized services. Limiting the use of
these channels to fixed white space
devices will reduce the likelihood of
direct pickup interference to TV
interface devices and TV receivers that
continue use these frequencies, since a
fixed white space device is less likely to
be used in close proximity to a TV
receiver than a portable device. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal. Specifically, it seeks comment
on the extent to which consumers still
use TV interface devices that operate on
channels 3 and 4, e.g., the estimated
number and types of devices. The
Commission also seeks comment on the
susceptibility of TV interface devices
and receivers to direct pickup
interference on channels 3 and 4,
particularly the signal levels at which
such interference would occur as
compared to the expected signal level
from a nearby white space device. In
addition, the Commission seeks
comment on the extent to which white
space device manufacturers would use
TV channels 3 and 4 if they were
available for fixed devices.
11. Operation of personal/portable
devices on channels 14–20 and below
channel 14. Operation of personal/
portable white space devices is
currently prohibited below TV channel
21. The Commission established a
prohibition on personal/portable device
operation on channels 14–20 to prevent
possible interference to public safety
and other operations in the PLMRS/
CMRS that use channels in that range in
certain cities and in other areas under
waivers. It decided to prohibit the use
of personal/portable devices on
channels 14–20 nationwide since the
devices could be easily transported
anywhere.
12. The repurposing of spectrum for
part 27 services will reduce the number
of channels available for white space
use, and relaxing the restrictions on the
channels available for personal/portable
devices could offset that reduction. We
believe that it is appropriate to revisit
the Commission’s previous decisions to
prohibit personal/portable device
operation on channels 14–20 and below
channel 14. Since the time the
Commission made these decisions, it
has designated multiple TV bands
database administrators and has had
extensive experience working with their
databases. Based on that experience, the
Commission has a high degree of
confidence that the databases can
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
reliably protect PLMRS/CMRS
operations. The locations where the
PLMRS/CMRS is used, both in eleven
cities and in other areas where it is
authorized under waiver, are already in
the TV bands database since that
information is used to protect those
operations from fixed white space
operations. Personal/portable devices
rely on database access to determine
their list of available channels, so they
can protect the PLMRS/CMRS in the
same manner as fixed devices.
13. Accordingly, the Commission
proposes to remove the prohibition on
personal/portable device operation on
channels 14–20. This proposed action
would make 42 megahertz of spectrum
potentially available in locations where
the spectrum is not used for the PLMRS/
CMRS or other authorized services. The
Commission seeks comment on the risk
of interference to public safety and other
PLRMS/CMRS based on the
Commission’s current technical rules for
personal portable devices, e.g., power
limits and database access. It also seeks
comment on any changes to the rules
that would be required to minimize the
risk of harmful interference if we were
to allow operations on channels 14–20.
14. In addition, the Commission seeks
comment on whether it should permit
personal/portable devices to operate
below channel 14. Allowing operation
of personal/portable devices on
channels 7–13 would make another 42
megahertz of spectrum potentially
available for personal/portable devices.
On which channels should we permit
operation? Would manufacturers be
interested in developing personal/
portable devices that operate below
channel 14 given the longer radio
wavelengths at these lower frequencies?
b. Technical Rule Changes
(i) Fixed Device Operation on Adjacent
Channels
15. Fixed white space devices, which
can operate with a maximum power of
four watts EIRP, are not permitted to
operate on channels that are adjacent to
occupied TV channels. They must
always operate outside the defined
service contours of adjacent channel TV
stations by a minimum distance
specified in the rules. Personal/portable
devices, which can operate with a
maximum power of 100 milliwatts EIRP,
are generally required to operate outside
the defined service contour of adjacent
channel TV stations as well. However,
personal/portable devices are permitted
to operate within the service contour of
adjacent channel TV stations if they
reduce their power to 40 milliwatts
EIRP. There is currently no
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
corresponding provision in the rules
that permits fixed devices to operate
within the service contour of adjacent
channel stations at reduced power. The
requirement for fixed white space
devices to avoid adjacent channel
operation means that they may operate
only at locations where there are three
contiguous vacant TV channels,
regardless of how low they reduce their
operating power.
16. After the incentive auction and TV
spectrum repacking, there will be fewer
vacant TV channels available for white
space devices. Therefore, the
Commission expects that there will be
fewer locations where three contiguous
vacant channels exist, particularly in
urban areas, thus limiting the locations
where fixed devices may be used. The
Commission proposes two changes to
the current rules to provide fixed
devices access to more vacant TV
channels.
17. First, the Commission proposes to
allow fixed devices to operate adjacent
to occupied TV channels (i.e., within
their service contour), provided the
operating power is reduced to 40
milliwatts EIRP. This is the same
maximum power level that we permit
for personal/portable devices that
operate adjacent to occupied TV
channels. This change would allow
fixed devices to operate in locations
where the spectrum is highly congested
and available channels are not
contiguous. The Commission also
proposes to modify the table of
separation distances in § 15.712(a)(2) to
include co-channel separation distances
for 40 milliwatt fixed devices. The
current table of separation distances
between fixed white space devices and
co-channel television service contours
was developed assuming a four watt
EIRP device, so the separation distances
are greater than necessary to protect TV
service from a 40 milliwatt white space
device. The methodology we will use
for determining these distances and the
proposed distances are discussed in the
following paragraphs.
18. The Commission seeks comment
on these proposals. In particular, it
seeks comment on the appropriateness
of making the rules for fixed and
personal/portable white space devices
consistent with respect to operation
within an adjacent TV station’s contour.
The Commission also seeks comment on
the usefulness of a 40 milliwatt power
level for fixed devices and whether we
could allow higher power levels without
causing interference to adjacent TV
stations. Parties that recommend higher
power levels should submit technical
justification (e.g., analysis or test data)
to support their recommendations.
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
19. Second, the Commission proposes
to allow fixed devices to operate with a
maximum power of four watts EIRP at
locations where there are two
contiguous vacant channels rather than
three. When the Commission adopted
the current requirement for three
contiguous vacant channels, it stated
that it would remain open to modifying
this requirement if parties develop
options that would permit operations on
first adjacent channels that would not
increase the potential for interference to
television service and submit those for
our consideration. This issue is revisited
here because such operation will
increase spectrum efficiency and the
Commission believes, based on several
studies, that operating in this manner
will not increase the potential of
interference to television reception. The
Commission invites parties to submit
information on such studies in response
to this NPRM. The Commission further
proposes that such operation would
have to be within a six megahertz band
centered on the boundary between the
two vacant television channels,
effectively reducing the frequency
separation from six megahertz to three
megahertz on each side of the white
space channel. The Commission also
proposes that the device would have to
comply with all fixed white space
requirements with respect to the six
megahertz band in which it operates
(e.g., maximum conducted power,
power spectral density and out-of-band
emissions.) These changes would allow
fixed devices to operate at the maximum
power currently permitted under the
rules in locations where they cannot
operate under the current rules.
20. The Commission seeks comment
on these proposals, particularly whether
such operation would adequately
protect television stations operating on
adjacent channels. Commenters should
indicate if they believe any rule changes
are necessary to ensure protection of
adjacent channel TV stations. For
example, should we require slightly
greater adjacent channel separation
distances for fixed devices that operate
with two vacant channels instead of
three? If so, what are the appropriate
distances?
(ii) Operation at Lower Power Levels
21. As proposed, there would be three
power levels at which white space
devices could operate: 40 milliwatts,
100 milliwatts and 4000 milliwatts
EIRP. We note however, that the current
table of separation distances in
§ 15.712(a)(2) was based on an EIRP of
4000 milliwatts which results in greater
distance than necessary to protect TV
reception from devices operating at 40
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
milliwatts or 100 milliwatts. By
allowing shorter separation distances for
devices operating at less than 4000
milliwatts EIRP, we can expand the
locations at which they can operate.
22. In addition, we can provide even
more flexibility for white space device
users by defining intermediate power
levels and corresponding separation
distances. This will allow white space
devices operating at less than the
maximum permissible power to meet
separation distances commensurate
with their actual power and still protect
over-the-air TV reception and other
authorized services from harmful
interference. As a result, white space
devices, which must include transmit
power control, would be able to operate
in more locations with limited spectrum
availability than available today. In
crafting our proposal, we observe that
the power increase from 40 milliwatts to
100 millwatts is 4 dB, and that the
difference in power from 100 milliwatts
to 4000 milliwatts is 16 dB. The
Commission, therefore proposes a series
of tables providing co- and adjacent
channel separation distances from the
TV contour based on intermediate
power levels in uniform 4 dB steps for
fixed devices. Specifically, it proposes
to define separation distances for fixed
devices at EIRP levels of 40 milliwatts,
100 milliwatts, 250 milliwatts, 625
milliwatts and 1600 milliwatts (i.e.,16
dBm, 20 dBm, 24 dBm, 28 dBm and 32
dBm, respectively) in addition to the
current separation distances at 4000
milliwatts (36 dBm). The proposed
separation distances and methodology
for determining them are discussed
below. The Commission also proposes
that a device be required to indicate to
the white space database the power at
which it will operate when it requests
a list of available channels. The
Commission further proposes that when
a device operates between two defined
power levels, it must comply with the
separation distances for the higher
power level.
23. The current maximum fixed
device power level of 4000 milliwatts
EIRP is based on a maximum conducted
power of one watt (1000 milliwatts) into
an antenna with a gain of 6 dBi (a factor
of four). If the antenna gain exceeds 6
dBi, the maximum conducted power
must be reduced by the amount in dB
that the gain exceeds 6 dBi. We propose
similar requirements for fixed devices
that operate at power levels less than
4000 milliwatts EIRP. Specifically, the
Commission proposes to define a
maximum conducted power limit for
each EIRP level, which would be 6 dB
lower than the EIRP. In addition,
because the power spectral density
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69713
(PSD) limit for fixed devices is based on
the maximum conducted power limit,
the Commission proposes to define a
PSD limit for each of the proposed
conducted power levels. The
Commission further proposes to
calculate the PSD limit using the same
methodology described in the White
Spaces Third MO&O, 77 FR 29236 (May
17, 2012). That is, the Commission will
assume that the power of a device will
be confined to a 5.5 megahertz band to
allow a 250 kilohertz roll-off at the
upper and lower edges of a channel to
meet the adjacent channel emission
limits. Consistent with the current rules,
the Commission also proposes to require
that the maximum conducted power
and PSD limits for each EIRP level be
reduced by the amount in dB that the
maximum antenna gain exceeds 6 dBi.
In addition, the Commission proposes
that if a fixed device operates between
these defined EIRP levels, the
conducted power and PSD limits must
be interpolated between the defined
values shown.
24. The Commission seeks comment
on the EIRP conducted power and PSD
limits in proposals in paragraph 24 of
the NPRM. In particular, it seeks
comment on the usefulness of operation
at the power levels proposed and
whether there is a need to specify
protection distances at additional power
levels. The Commission also seeks
comment on how the information on the
power level and available channels
should be communicated between the
device and the database. For example, a
fixed device could simply supply its
geographic coordinates to the database,
and the database could return a list of
channels that indicates the maximum
power at which the device could
operate on each channel. Alternatively,
the device could supply its locations
and maximum power level and the
database could return a list of available
channels corresponding to operation at
that location/power level combination.
Are there other combinations of
parameters for information exchange
that would better suit such operation?
What are the benefits and drawbacks of
each alternative with respect to database
operation and design and to equipment
design? The Commission also seeks
comment on the proposed PSD limits.
Do these limits provide sufficient
flexibility for device design and
operation? Or would different limits be
more appropriate? Commenters who
advocate alternative limits and
methodology should provide detailed
technical analysis and justification to
support their position.
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
69714
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(iii) White Space Devices in Rural Areas
25. The Commission seeks comment
on a number of possible changes that
could give more flexibility to operators
of white space devices that would allow
them to increase coverage and provide
improved service in rural areas. For
purposes of these proposals only, we
use the term ‘‘rural’’ to refer to areas
where there are numerous unused TV
channels, which may be areas of low
population density or areas that are
merely under-served by broadcast
services. In these cases, the potential for
harmful interference from a white space
device to a broadcasting station is
significantly reduced. Specifically, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
to increase the limit on antenna height
above ground for fixed devices in rural
areas. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether to allow higher
power by fixed and personal/portable
white space devices operating in rural
areas. Finally, the Commission seeks
comment on an appropriate definition
of rural area for purposes of these
proposals.
26. Definition of rural area. The part
15 rules do not define what constitutes
a rural area. The Commission proposes
to identify rural areas for white space
devices as those where at least half of
the TV channels are unused for
broadcast services and available for
white space use. At higher power,
would fixed devices need to be located
at a greater distance from a broadcast
station contour, or would the fixed
devices need to avoid operating on first,
second or third adjacent channels? How
might these factors affect the number
and location of unused channels in
identifying a rural area? The
Commission seeks comment on the
appropriateness of such a criterion or
whether a different definition would
better meet the needs of service
providers. Because white space devices
rely on a database to determine their list
of available channels, the database
would need to determine whether a
fixed white space device is located in a
rural area to allow such operation.
Although the Commission believes that
the white space databases already have
the information needed to identify a
rural area under the proposed criterion
(i.e., the identification of vacant TV
channels at a given white space device
location), the Commission seeks
comment on what changes might be
needed to implement this proposal,
including the cost and programming
complexity of such changes.
27. Fixed device antenna height above
ground. The range at which a white
space device could cause interference to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
authorized services increases as the
antenna height increases. To limit this
interference potential, the Commission
established maximum height limits of
30 meters above ground level (AGL) and
250 meters HAAT for fixed white space
device antennas. The Commission also
established minimum required
separation distances between white
space devices and authorized services
such as broadcast television that were
determined based on the antenna height
above ground and average terrain. The
Commission adopted the 30-meter
height above ground limit as a balance
between increasing the white space
device transmission range and the need
to minimize the impact on licensed
services. A higher antenna height above
ground can improve signal propagation
in suburban and urban areas by raising
the antenna above obstacles such as
trees and buildings. However, this
increased signal propagation can also
have a negative impact on spectrum
sharing in congested areas where there
are few available channels. The
Commission stated that it could revisit
the antenna height above ground limit
in the future if experience with TV
bands devices indicates they could
operate at higher antenna heights
without causing harmful interference.
28. A higher antenna height above
ground could be beneficial in rural areas
since an antenna could be mounted on
a tower or other structure at a sufficient
height to clear intervening obstacles
such as trees and hills that would
attenuate the transmitted signal.
Increasing the antenna height could
increase the maximum distance at
which a signal can be received. There
will generally be a significant number of
available white space channels in rural
areas, so there will not be the same
concerns in those locations as in more
congested areas about multiple users
competing for spectrum. Since there are
fewer authorized users of the spectrum
in rural areas, there is a lower likelihood
that an increased antenna height above
ground will cause harmful interference.
Accordingly, the Commission seeks
comment on whether it should allow
fixed white space device antennas at a
height above ground of more than 30
meters in rural areas. If so, what is the
maximum height that we should allow?
What interference or spectrum sharing
concerns would be raised by a higher
antenna height above ground? Would
we need to increase the minimum
required separation distances to cochannel and adjacent channel television
stations since the current distances
assume a maximum antenna height
above ground of 30 meters? If so, what
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
are the appropriate separation
distances? Similarly, should the
Commission also consider increasing
the HAAT limit for rural areas or keep
that limit at 250 meters, but only allow
a higher antenna height above ground
level? What are the implications on
interference distance from a higher
HAAT limit along with a higher AGL
limit?
29. Power limit for fixed devices. In
adopting the four watt EIRP limit for
fixed white space devices, the
Commission recognized that there
would be advantages to allowing
operation of white space devices at
higher power levels, such as reduced
infrastructure costs and increased
service range. However, the Commission
decided not to allow the operation of
fixed white space devices at power
levels above four watts EIRP due to
concerns about the increased risk of
interference in congested areas that
could make sharing spectrum between
white space device users difficult. The
Commission also stated that because it
did not have experience with
unlicensed wireless broadband
operations in the TV bands, it would
take a cautious approach in setting
power limits to minimize the risk of
harmful interference to authorized users
of the TV bands. The Commission
indicated that it would explore in a
future proceeding whether higher
powered unlicensed operation might be
accommodated in the TV white spaces
in rural areas.
30. The Commission seeks comment
on whether it should allow fixed white
space devices in rural areas to operate
with up to ten watts EIRP, which could
improve broadband service coverage in
these areas. The Commission expects
that equipment manufacturers can
achieve this higher EIRP level by using
higher gain antennas (10 dBi rather than
6 dBi), with no increase in the one watt
conducted power level currently
permitted. The Commission believes
that requiring a higher gain antenna to
achieve the higher EIRP as opposed to
a higher transmitter power is
appropriate for several reasons. First, it
will result in more efficient spectrum
use because the power from a higher
gain antenna will be concentrated in a
narrower beamwidth, thus reducing the
likelihood of interference to authorized
services and to other white space device
users. Also, the Commission believes
that use of fixed devices at these higher
power levels would be limited to pointto-point type operations as it is unlikely
that lower power personal/portable
devices would be able to communicate
over the increased distances.
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
31. The Commission seeks comment
on the appropriateness of a ten watt
power level and the degree to which it
could help rural broadband operators
improve or expand their service
offerings to additional areas. What is the
trade-off in terms of cost and system
complexity of using a single high power
fixed station as opposed to several lower
power stations? The Commission also
seeks comment on whether it should
allow higher transmitter output power
(i.e., greater than one watt) as an
alternative to, or in addition to, higher
gain antennas. In addition, if we were to
adopt rules for higher power, should we
provide for intermediate levels between
4 and 10 watts EIRP? If so, what are the
appropriate levels? The Commission
further seeks comment on the impact of
these proposed changes on authorized
services in the TV bands. It recognizes
that allowing a higher power level for
white space devices will require greater
separation distances from co-channel
and adjacent channel TV stations.
Would the methodology described
below for determining such separation
distances be appropriate for higher
power white space devices in rural
areas? Would we need to increase the
minimum separation distance from
protected services such as licensed
wireless microphones, registered receive
sites, and the PLMRS in addition to full
power and Class A television stations?
32. Power limit for personal/portable
devices. The Commission established a
lower power limit for personal/portable
devices (100 milliwatts EIRP) than for
fixed devices (4 watts EIRP). The
Commission adopted this lower limit
because it found that personal/portable
devices generally pose a greater risk of
harmful interference to authorized
operations than fixed devices because
portable devices will change locations,
making identification of both unused
TV frequencies and the devices
themselves, if harmful interference
occurs, more complex and difficult. It
further stated that the significant
distances at which harmful interference
could occur from a personal/portable
device operating at greater than 100
milliwatts would make it very difficult
to identify a device that is the source of
harmful interference.
33. Higher power limits for personal/
portable devices in rural areas could
benefit the public by enabling
applications that are limited or
precluded by the current rules, such as
mobile communications and vehicle
tracking. We recognize the
Commission’s previous concerns with
higher power limits for personal/
portable devices. However, we believe
that personal/portable devices may be
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
able to operate at higher power levels in
certain limited situations without a high
risk of harmful interference to
authorized services. Specifically, they
may be able to operate at higher power
in rural areas where there are a large
number of TV channels available for
white space use. In that situation, the
risk of harmful interference to services
operating in the TV bands is lower.
Further, the rules contain detailed
requirements for Mode II personal/
portable devices that are designed to
prevent harmful interference to
authorized services. Specifically, they
must: (1) Be capable of determining
their position to within 50 meters; (2)
re-check their position every 60
seconds; (3) access a database to
determine the list of available channels
at their location; and (4) re-check the
database whenever they move at least
100 meters from their last location.
34. The Commission seeks comment
on whether it should permit personal/
portable devices to operate at higher
power in rural areas. If so, what should
be the maximum power at which they
can operate? Should we limit higher
power personal/portable devices to
certain types of applications? If so, what
applications? If we were to allow
personal/portable devices to operate at
higher power, would we need to adopt
any additional requirements to prevent
harmful interference to authorized
services? If so, what requirements? For
example, should personal/portable
devices be required to comply with
larger separation distances from
authorized services than fixed devices
operating at comparable power levels?
(iv) Channel Bonding and Out-of-Band
Emission Limits
35. White space devices must comply
with a three part out-of-band emission
limit. First, they must comply with a
power limit (conducted for fixed
devices and EIRP for portable devices)
in the television channels immediately
adjacent to the channel in which the
device operates. Second, they must
comply with the § 15.209 radiated
emission limits at frequencies beyond
the television channels immediately
adjacent to the channel in which the
white space device is operating. Third,
they must comply with stringent out-ofband emission limits on channels 36
through 38.
36. The Commission notes that the
current out-of-band emission rules were
written with the assumption that a
white space device would transmit on a
single six megahertz TV channel and
meet the appropriate out-of-band
emission limits at all frequencies
outside of this single channel. However,
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69715
a white space device could be designed
to use two or more channels
simultaneously to increase its
transmission bandwidth and maximum
data rate. A device could use multiple
non-contiguous channels, i.e. channel
aggregation, or could use multiple
contiguous channels, i.e. channel
bonding. There is no prohibition in the
rules on the use of multiple channels by
a white space device. In fact, the rules
already implicitly allow the use of
multiple channels by a single device
since they specify the maximum power
limits per six megahertz of bandwidth,
indicating that a device may use
multiple six megahertz channels.
However, because the rules do not
consider cases where a white space
device transmits on multiple channels
simultaneously, we believe that the
current out-of-band emission rules in
§ 15.709(c) could be modified so that
users could better make use of the
efficiencies associated with channel
aggregation and channel bonding.
Channel aggregation and channel
bonding will allow the development of
devices that transmit at higher data
rates, thus making higher speed
equipment available to consumers.
37. The Commission, therefore,
proposes several rule changes with
respect to channel bonding. The
Commission proposes to modify
§ 15.709(c)(1) to specify that the
adjacent channel emissions limits do
not apply within an adjacent channel
that is being used by the same white
space device, since in such cases there
would be no TV station or other
authorized service to protect on the
adjacent channel; that is, to operate on
two adjacent channels, a device would
need to receive a message from a white
space database that both channels are
available at its location. Instead, the
Commission proposes to apply these
limits within the six megahertz bands
immediately above and below the edges
of the band of contiguous channels used
by the white space device. The
Commission also proposes to require
that a device must meet the § 15.209
limits at frequencies more than six
megahertz above and below the edges of
the highest and lowest channels used in
the device. The Commission further
proposes to apply these requirements to
fixed devices that operate centered on
the boundary of two channels as
proposed above, since that is a form of
channel bonding. The Commission
seeks comment on these proposals. In
particular, it seeks comment on whether
the white space databases will need to
make any adjustments to accommodate
channel bonding as proposed. Would
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
69716
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
programming changes be necessary or
should the logic to bond channels reside
solely within a device based on the list
of available channels obtained from the
white space database? How easily can
existing devices accommodate these
changes or would new devices need to
be designed?
38. With respect to channel
aggregation, the Commission proposes
to modify § 15.709(c)(2) to indicate that
when a white space device transmits on
multiple non-contiguous channels
simultaneously, it must comply with the
adjacent channel emission limits in the
six megahertz bands above and below
each of the single channels or channel
groups used by the white space device.
In such cases, the white space device
would have to comply with the § 15.209
limits at frequencies outside of the
channels used by the device and the six
megahertz bands adjacent to the
channels used by the device. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
39. Adjacent channel emission levels.
In addition to our proposals to modify
the adjacent channel emission rules to
allow for channel bonding and
aggregation, we are proposing to add
emission limits for fixed devices
operating at the proposed new power
levels that are less than four watts EIRP.
The Commission further proposes to
correct the method of specifying the
emission limits for fixed devices using
a high gain (greater than 6 dBi) antenna.
40. In the White Spaces Third MO&O,
the Commission decided to set the
adjacent channel emission limit,
measured in a 100 kHz bandwidth, as
72.8 dB below the maximum permitted
power measured in a 6 MHz bandwidth.
This results in an adjacent channel
conducted emission limit of ¥42.8 dBm
for the maximum permissible one watt
(30 dBm) conducted power for fixed
devices. Because the Commission is
now proposing to define additional
conducted power levels for fixed
devices that are less than 30 dBm, we
are proposing adjacent channel
emission limits corresponding to these
lower power levels. These proposed
limits, shown in the table in paragraph
59 of the NPRM, are calculated using
the methodology in the White Spaces
Third MO&O. The Commission
proposes that a device that operates
between two defined power levels must
comply with the limit for the higher
power level.
41. The Commission seeks comment
on the appropriateness of these limits. It
recognizes that we could simply adopt
the ¥42.8 dBm level for all power
levels, but by providing flexibility based
on power, our rules will provide for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
lower power white space devices to
operate closer to the TV contours than
higher power devices.
42. Similarly, the rules in
§ 15.709(c)(1)(i) do not compensate for
fixed devices with antenna gains greater
than 6 dBi where the device must
operate by reducing its maximum
conducted power by the amount in dB
that the antenna gain exceeds 6 dBi. In
such situations, the adjacent channel
emission limits also need to be reduced
because they are calculated relative to
the maximum conducted power (i.e.,
72.8 dB lower). The Commission
therefore proposes to modify
§ 15.709(c)(1)(i) to require that the
adjacent channel emission limits for
fixed devices be reduced in the same
manner as the in-band power, i.e., by
the amount in dB that the antenna gain
exceeds 6 dBi. This approach is
consistent with the methodology used to
determine compliance with the power
spectral density limit for fixed devices.
The Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
43. In light of the proposals above, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
it should relax the current adjacent
channel emission limits. Are these
limits difficult to meet and does the
necessary filtering increase the cost of
equipment? Commenters advocating for
less stringent adjacent channel emission
limits are requested to provide
proposals detailing different levels
along with analysis showing the effect
of TV reception, the potential
interference to other authorized services
in the band and any effect such changes
would have on the required separation
distance between white space devices
and adjacent channel TV stations. For
example, to compensate for less
stringent out-of-band requirements we
could increase the adjacent channel
separation distances to TV station
contours. What are the benefits of
adopting such rules? And what would
be the effect on the white space
databases? Would devices need to
transmit information regarding their
out-of-band emission levels to the
database to be used when calculating
the list of available channels? Or could
information regarding the capabilities of
various devices reside in the database?
How would such a scheme work?
Another option would be to provide a
range of adjacent channel emission
limits with corresponding separation
distances. The Commission seeks
comment on this option and what
benefits such flexibility would add. Or
would the added complexity introduced
to both devices and the database negates
any potential benefits? Finally, the
Commission seeks comment on the
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
effect that less stringent adjacent
channel emission limits would have on
services and uses where there are no
adjacent channel separation
requirements, such as on wireless
microphones or on TV stations adjacent
to 40 milliwatt white space devices.
(v) Calculating the Separation Distances
From a TV Station Contour
44. The rules require that white space
devices protect defined service contours
of analog and digital full service and
low power television stations. These
contours are calculated using the
methodology in § 73.684 of the rules
and the F(50,50) and F(50,90) curves
contained in § 73.699. Under the current
rules, fixed white space devices must
operate outside the contours of cochannel and adjacent channel TV
stations at the distances specified in the
table in § 15.712(a)(2). This table
provides co-channel and adjacent
channel separation distances for nine
ranges of fixed device HAAT, up to a
maximum of 250 meters. Personal/
portable devices that operate with an
EIRP greater than 40 milliwatts, up to
the maximum of 100 milliwatts, must
comply with the co-channel and
adjacent channel separation distances at
the lowest HAAT in the table (i.e., less
than 3 meters). Personal/portable
devices operating at 40 milliwatts or
less only need to comply with the cochannel separation distance at the
lowest HAAT listed in the table.
45. The Commission described the
methodology it used to determine the
table of separation distances in the
White Spaces Third MO&O.
Specifically, the Commission calculated
the distances assuming a fixed white
space device with an EIRP of four watts.
It used a D/U signal ratio of 23 dB to
protect co-channel TV reception, and
¥33 dB to protect adjacent channel TV
reception. The Commission assumed
that a TV receive antenna within a TV
station’s protected service contour
would have a front to back ratio of 14
dB as specified in the DTV planning
factors of OET Bulletin 69. Using these
factors, it calculated the minimum
required separation distances that a
white space device must operate outside
a TV stations’ protected contour using
the F(50,10) and F(50,50) curves over
the range of antenna heights and
distances at which these curves are
defined. For HAAT values below 30
meters and for contour distances of less
than 1.5 kilometers where the F(50,50)
and F(50,10) curves are not defined, the
Commission used the TM 91–1
propagation model to calculate the
required separation distances.
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
46. The Commission is proposing to
amend the table of separation distances
in § 15.712(a)(2) to reflect the proposals
above that would allow fixed device
operation at a range of power levels
below four watts EIRP. Requiring
shorter separation distances for fixed
white space devices with power levels
below four watts will permit them to
operate in more locations than the
current rules allow, i.e., closer to a
television station service contour, since
the current separation distances were
based on the assumption that a fixed
device always operates at the maximum
power level. In addition, since the
separation distances for personal/
portable devices were also based on an
EIRP of four watts, they are greater than
necessary since personal/portable
devices may operate with a maximum
EIRP of 100 milliwatts, or 40 milliwatts
if they are on a channel adjacent to an
occupied channel. Because we are
calculating separation distances for
fixed devices at 40 milliwatts and 100
milliwatts EIRP, we propose to apply
those separation distances, based on the
lowest antenna HAAT, to personal/
portable devices. This proposal will
increase the number of locations where
personal/portable devices may operate.
47. The Commission notes that the
table of separation distances will
increase in size due to the inclusion of
additional power levels and therefore
propose to split the table into two: one
for co-channel and the other for adjacent
channel separation distances. It also
proposes to add an entry to show which
separation distances apply to personal/
portable devices, see table in paragraph
66 of the NPRM. The proposed cochannel separation distance table is as
follows:
48. The proposed adjacent channel
separation distances are shown in
paragraph 67 of the NPRM. There is no
entry for 40 milliwatt (16 dBm) devices
because fixed and personal/portable
devices operating at this power level
would not have to meet adjacent
channel separation distance
requirements. This proposed table
would correct an error in the current
rules for the separation distances at the
four watt power level. The Commission
determined that the current separation
distances were inadvertently calculated
without considering the 14 dB receive
antenna front-to-back ratio that the
Commission previously stated it would
use in determining these distances.
Therefore, they are larger than they
would be if the receive antenna
directivity were taken into account. All
of the distances in the following table
were calculated using the 14 dB receive
antenna front-to-back ratio.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
49. The Commission seeks comment
on this proposal. In particular, it seeks
comment on whether these separation
distances will provide adequate
protection to co-channel and adjacent
channel TV stations at the power levels
and antenna HAATs listed. Parties that
suggest changes to these distances
should provide a technical analysis
explaining their rationale. The
Commission also seeks comment on the
validity of the calculated prediction
distances at low power levels (e.g., 40
milliwatts) and high HAAT. Is a 40
milliwatt white space device capable of
causing interference to co-channel
television stations at the calculated
distances (over 12 kilometers at the
maximum HAAT)? Do we need to
consider the HAAT of low power white
space devices?
50. In addition, we note that some
parties have informally advised the
Commission that they believe the
Commission’s current table of
separation distances is overly
conservative in some cases, and
therefore limits the amount of white
space spectrum available for unlicensed
devices. The Commission therefore
seeks comment on whether it should
make additional rule changes with
respect to the following issues.
51. Alternative propagation models
for calculating interference. As
discussed above, the Commission
requires the use of the propagation
curves in the rules for calculating the
protected service contours of TV
stations. Digital TV service contours are
calculated using the F(50,90) curves,
and analog TV service contours are
calculated using the F(50,50) curves.
Additionally, the table of separation
distances between TV station service
contours and white space devices was
calculated using the F(50,10) and
F(50,50) curves over the range where
they are defined. Some parties have
suggested that the Commission use
other propagation models such as the
Longley-Rice methodology or the Hata
models to determine where white space
devices could operate without causing
interference to TV reception.
52. In seeking comment on alternative
propagation models, we note that we are
not proposing any changes to the
method of calculating the protected
service contours of TV stations using the
F(50,90) and F(50,50) propagation
curves. This is the method specified in
the part 73 rules for calculating TV
service contours, and we believe it is
appropriate to require unlicensed white
space devices to follow the same
method for determining protected TV
contours. In addition, the Commission
do not believe the use of the Longley-
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69717
Rice methodology would be appropriate
for determining whether a white space
device would cause interference to TV
reception as it is computationally
intensive and would significantly slow
the determination of available TV
channels by the white spaces databases.
53. With regard to the calculation of
distances in the separation table, the
Commission used a combination of its
own propagation curves and the TM 91–
1 to calculate separation the distances.
It recognizes that this may not be the
only appropriate methodology for
calculating separation distances. We
therefore seek comment on whether the
Commission should consider using
other propagation models that could
give a more accurate indication as to
whether interference is likely occur to
TV reception. For example, are the Hata
models appropriate for making these
calculations? Are there other models
that could be used? Could the
separation distances calculated using
other models provide a high degree of
confidence that interference to TV
would not occur? How would the
separation distances obtained with an
alternative model differ from those
calculated with the methodology
previously used by the Commission?
Would the differences in these distances
increase the amount of available white
space, and if so, by how much?
54. Directional antenna use by white
space devices. The Commission
considered the directivity of TV receive
antennas in developing the table of
separation distances for white space
devices and assumed a 14 dB front-toback ratio. Because a TV receive
antenna located just inside the protected
contour of a TV station would be
pointed toward the TV station, it would
therefore be pointed away from a white
space device located just outside the
contour. However, the Commission did
not consider the directivity of a white
space transmit antenna in developing
the table of separation distances and
assumed an omnidirectional transmit
antenna with a transmit power of four
watts EIRP. The Commission stated that
it was desirable to minimize the
complexity for compliance while
providing assurance that TV stations
would be adequately protected.
Likewise, when the Commission
modified the table of protection
distances in the White Spaces Third
MO&O to allow white space device
operation at higher antenna HAAT, it
did not consider the directivity of the
white space device transmit antenna.
55. The directional pattern of a fixed
white space device transmit antenna
could affect the identification of
available channels. In the case where
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
69718
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
the transmit antenna points away from
a TV station that the white space device
must protect, the effect would be that
the white space device has a lower EIRP
in the direction of the TV station. Under
such situations it may be possible to
reduce the required separation distance
between the white space device and the
protected contour of the co-channel and
adjacent channel TV stations. This
change could increase the number of
locations where a fixed device could
operate. However, there are a number of
factors that have to be considered to
ensure that white space devices provide
adequate protection to TV stations. For
example, antenna pattern information
for fixed white space devices, including
the orientation of the antenna as
installed in the field would be needed.
This information would then have to be
stored in some format in the white
spaces databases. The Commission
would also have to develop appropriate
protection criteria for a fixed white
space device that uses a directional
antenna. For example, we may need to
specify the minimum arc size over
which the power must be reduced in the
direction of a protected TV station,
since reduced power over a very narrow
arc may not provide adequate
protection.
56. Accordingly, the Commission
seeks comment on whether it should
modify the rules to consider the
directional antenna pattern for fixed
space devices. If so, how can we assure
the accuracy of antenna pattern
information? Should we require the
database to store detailed information,
such as the antenna gain at one degree
intervals, or could we define several
simpler generic patterns that
approximate commonly used antennas?
Should the database be responsible for
storing various antenna patterns or
should they be transmitted to the
databases by the device at power up the
first time it requests a channel list? How
would we specify the appropriate
protection criteria for white space
devices using directional antennas? For
example, could the protection distances
proposed above for multiple power
levels be used in conjunction with
directional antenna information to
protect TV reception? What other
criteria would we need to specify?
(vi) Location Accuracy
57. A fixed or Mode II personal/
portable device must be able to
determine its position and provide that
information to the white spaces
database, which then determines
whether the device meets the minimum
required separation distances from
protected services. The rules currently
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
require that a fixed or Mode II personal/
portable device incorporate a geolocation capability that can determine
its geographic coordinates to within ±50
meters. GPS is capable of determining
coordinates to this level of accuracy, but
there may be circumstances where it is
not possible to receive a GPS signal,
such as indoors or at outdoor locations
where there are obstacles such as
buildings and trees. The Commission
seeks comment on whether there are
other location methods besides GPS that
can determine a white space device’s
location to within ±50 meters. If so,
what are these methods? The
Commission also seeks comment on
whether devices need to determine their
position with this level of accuracy to
protect authorized services.
58. In addition, the Commission seeks
comment on whether we should allow
white space devices to use geo-location
methods that are less accurate than the
current rules require, provided they
provide the same level of protection to
authorized services. If so, what level of
accuracy should be required? How
could we assure that devices with a
lower level of geo-location accuracy do
not cause interference to authorized
services? Could we require white space
devices to operate at greater distances
from authorized services to offset the
increased uncertainty in a device’s
location? If so, should we require all
white space devices to meet increased
separation distances, or only those with
less accurate geo-location capabilities? If
we allow only some devices to use a less
accurate geo-location method, how
could the white space databases take
into account a device’s geo-location
accuracy in determining the list of
available channels? The accuracy of
some geo-location technologies, such as
GPS, is well established, but this may
not be the case for geo-location
technologies, some of which may be
proprietary, that manufacturers wish to
use for white space devices. How
should the location accuracy of a device
be tested? Should manufacturers be
required to certify the accuracy of the
location technology incorporated into a
device as part of the equipment
certification process? Are there any
other approaches that would allow
white space devices to incorporate less
accurate geo-location capabilities while
still protecting authorized services?
2. 600 MHz Guard Bands
59. The 600 MHz Band includes a
guard band between the wireless
downlink services band and the TV
band that will vary in size and
frequency depending on the amount of
spectrum recovered in the auction.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
There are three possibilities for the size
of this guard band: 11 megahertz, nine
megahertz and seven megahertz.
However, if exactly 84 megahertz of
spectrum is recovered in the auction,
channel 37 plus the three megahertz
guard band that protects the WMTS and
RAS on channel 37 will serve as the
guard band between the wireless
downlink services band and TV band.
Therefore, there would not be a separate
guard band between the TV band and
the wireless downlink services band
that could be made available for
unlicensed use as there would be under
all other spectrum recovery scenarios.
60. The Spectrum Act states that the
Commission may permit unlicensed use
of the guard bands, and stipulates that
(a) unlicensed use shall rely on a
database or subsequent methodology as
determined by the Commission, and (b)
the Commission may not permit any use
of a guard band that the Commission
determines would cause harmful
interference to licensed services. The
term ‘‘guard band’’ includes the duplex
gap, and thus the Spectrum Act’s
requirements discussed here apply
equally to the duplex gap. Fixed and
personal/portable white space devices
clearly satisfy the Act’s stipulation that
‘‘unlicensed use rely on a database’’
since our rules already require that
these devices access a database to
identify vacant TV channels in their
area that meet the interference
avoidance requirements of our rules,
and they may only operate on the vacant
channels that the database identifies.
This Commission is proposing in this
NPRM to expand the information in the
white space databases to include 600
MHz Band services that will be entitled
to interference protection. The
Commission’s part 15 rules already
require that unlicensed devices not
cause harmful interference to and must
accept interference from authorized
users. In this NPRM, the Commission
proposes technical and operational rules
for white space devices in these bands
that will satisfy the requirements of both
the Spectrum Act and our rules.
61. The Commission proposes to
allow fixed and personal/portable
devices to operate in the guard bands
and duplex gap. The current white
space rules provide for two types of
personal/portable devices. Mode II
devices, like fixed devices, incorporate
geo-location and database access
capabilities which facilitate their ability
to meet the required separation
distances at their operating location,
while Mode I devices do not. Instead,
Mode I devices must obtain a list of
available operating channels from a
fixed or Mode II personal/portable white
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
space device that is within their
transmission range and may only
operate so long as they can receive a
controlling signal from the fixed or
Mode II device. Because Mode I devices
are limited to a maximum EIRP of 100
milliwatts, or 40 milliwatts EIRP if they
are adjacent to an occupied TV channel,
they must operate relatively close to the
device that provides the list of available
channels. Thus, the actual location of a
Mode I device is different from the
device providing it a list of available
channels. The Commission seeks
comment from parties contemplating
use of Mode I devices on the types of
functions and applications they
envision for these devices, and the
typical and maximum operating range
envisioned for these devices. It also
seeks comment on any studies that
address the interference potential of
Mode I devices. The Commission
further seeks comment on whether it
should limit operation in these bands to
fixed and Mode II devices only to
ensure protection to authorized services
in these bands. Alternatively, should we
also allow Mode I devices to operate in
these bands, but increase the separation
distances to offset the uncertainty in the
devices’ locations? In addition, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
any limitations on the types of devices
in the duplex gap would be necessary
after the 39 month transition period
when all television stations are moved
from the spectrum that is designated as
the duplex gap. The Commission asks
commenters to address the effect that
any limitations on the permissible types
of devices in these bands may have on
the development of white space services
and applications.
62. A white space device operating in
a guard band would have to protect two
different authorized services on
frequencies immediately adjacent to the
guard band. Broadcast television will
operate in the lower adjacent spectrum,
and licensed wireless downlink services
will operate in the upper adjacent
spectrum. The current rules permit
operation of personal/portable white
space devices on a channel that is
immediately adjacent to an occupied TV
channel, provided the device power is
reduced to 40 milliwatts. In the NPRM,
the Commission is proposing to also
allow fixed devices to operate on a
channel immediately adjacent to an
occupied TV channel at the same 40
milliwatt power level, and it is
proposing to allow fixed devices to
operate at 4 watts EIRP three megahertz
away from an occupied TV channel.
However, the Commission does not
currently have rules for white space
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
devices that address operation on a
channel immediately adjacent to
wireless downlink services. Therefore,
the Commission must develop rules to
protect wireless downlink services
adjacent to the guard bands, that is,
protecting the ability of handsets to
receive signals from a base station. The
analysis discussed applies equally to the
duplex gap because white space devices
operating in the duplex gap must also
protect wireless downlink services in
adjacent frequency bands. The
Commission proposes to protect
wireless handsets by limiting the power
of white space devices in the guard
bands and duplex gap, and by requiring
a buffer between the edge of the channel
used by the white space device and
wireless downlink services. The
proposed approach ensures against
harmful interference to licensed services
and promotes the public interest and
benefits inherent in maximizing
spectrum use.
63. The Commission considers
separately the guard band sizes under
each of the spectrum recovery scenarios.
In each case, we assume that the white
space devices could be either fixed or
personal/portable, that they will
transmit over a six megahertz wide
bandwidth, that they could be operating
at 40 milliwatts immediately adjacent to
an occupied TV channel, and that their
operation will be controlled through use
of a database. The power limits and
frequency separation needed to protect
part 27 wireless services will alter the
assumptions for white space devices’
power limits and bandwidth in each
case and, ultimately, how white space
devices could use the guard bands.
Based on our preliminary analysis,
discussed below, we also assume a three
megahertz frequency separation
between the white space devices and
the handset receive band to offset a
worst case interference distance of less
than seven meters. Our preliminary
analysis is based on conservative
assumptions, and intended as a starting
point for purposes of developing a
record on these issues. There are
numerous ways to conduct interference
analyses and each depends on a number
of assumptions, such as filter
characteristics, the propagation model
and miscellaneous losses (e.g., body
loss, polarization mismatch, etc.). In
addition, the Commission notes that
there is a lack of real world testing
between white space transmitters and
LTE receivers, and we invite
manufacturers and other interested
parties to submit data and test results to
the record in this proceeding.
Nevertheless, we believe that under
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69719
reasonable conditions white space
devices can operate in the duplex gap
and guard bands without causing
harmful interference to LTE receivers.
64. In the Incentive Auction
proceeding, Qualcomm has submitted
analyses purportedly showing that
unlicensed use in the guard bands and
duplex gap is not feasible without
extremely large frequency separations
from licensed services and Broadcom
has submitted analyses to the contrary.
Both parties’ analyses rely on the 3GPP
industry standards which define the
onset of blocking interference at more
than a five percent degradation in
throughput. While the Commission does
not go into the merits of these analyses
here, our preliminary analysis also
relies on the 3GPP standard for
frequencies closest to the 600 MHz band
as a starting point. However, the
Commission notes that these standards
contain minimum specifications and
equipment used by wireless carriers
may significantly exceed these
minimums.
65. This standard sets a floor of ¥97
dBm for LTE receiver sensitivity and an
adjacent channel selectivity of 33 dB.
The Commission believes it is
reasonable to assume at least 25 dB of
additional loss over any path loss to
include an additional 10 dB for adjacent
channel selectivity plus an additional
15 dB of loss due to a combination of
obstructions, body loss and antenna
polarization mismatch, etc. The
Commission further assumes a
minimum of three megahertz frequency
separation between white space devices
and LTE receivers, resulting in a seven
dB pass band filter attenuation. The
Commission calculated the required
separation distances using the TM 91–
1 model. In doing so, it assumes a white
space device with a maximum EIRP of
40 milliwatts and an antenna height of
three meters, which is the lowest
antenna height the part 15 rules specify
for white space devices. The
Commission also assumes a 1.5 meter
LTE handset height, which we believe is
representative of typical wireless
handset use. Based on these
assumptions, our calculations show a
worst case interference distance of less
than seven meters.
66. While the Commission recognizes
there may be concerns about the
potential for interference to wireless
handsets at seven meters, we emphasize
that our preliminary analysis is a static,
worst case analysis that does not
consider many other factors that would
tend to reduce this distance. For
example, it does not take into account
the behavior of deployed networks
which manage operating channels and
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
69720
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
handset power in noisy conditions to
ensure the best possible connection, nor
does it take into account the
probabilistic nature of the conditions
that lead to an interference situation.
For example, if an LTE handset is
operating at the edge of coverage on a
frequency at the edge of the band closest
to the guard band in very close
proximity to a white space device, the
white space device, which must
incorporate transmit power control, will
limit its operating power to the
minimum necessary for successful
communication, so its power will often
be less than the maximum on which we
based our preliminary analysis.
Additionally analyses that are based on
the onset of blocking may not rise to the
threshold of harmful interference if one
considers transmission protocols and
modulation schemes which are
designed to facilitate operations when
conditions are less than ideal by
incorporating coding, bit interleaving,
and retransmission events when
necessary. Finally, the Commission
notes that based on device and spectrum
usage evolution, manufacturers have
incorporated a range of unlicensed and
licensed bands into devices and we
expect that this will be the case with
white space devices too. Given that
there is some time prior to networks
being deployed, we expect
manufacturers to improve filter
technology and designs to ensure a
minimum potential for harmful
interference.
67. In the guard band scenarios
discussed, the Commission is proposing
to allow white space devices to
generally operate in the guard bands
and the duplex gap at a maximum
power level of 40 milliwatts and a three
megahertz frequency separation from
the handset receive band. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal. The Commission invites
comment on the assumptions we make
for wireless broadband service to the
public by both licensed services and
unlicensed devices. Parties that disagree
are requested to provide their own
assumptions, including what frequency
separations are needed to protect
wireless services from harmful
interference, along with justification
and analysis. The Commission also ask
those parties who advocate against use
of the guard bands for unlicensed use to
provide details on what services they
believe could operate there and under
what operating conditions, so that
valuable spectrum does not lay fallow.
Parties should address how white space
use in each scenario below would
satisfy the Spectrum Act’s requirement
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
that no harmful interference is caused to
licensed services.
68. Eleven megahertz guard band.
Fixed and personal/portable white
space devices could operate in the lower
six megahertz portion of the guard band,
adjacent to broadcast TV spectrum,
leaving a five megahertz separation to
wireless downlink services at the upper
portion of the band. In this case, under
the existing white space rules, the white
space devices could operate at 40
milliwatts adjacent to an operating TV
station and 100 milliwatts if the
adjacent station is vacant. The
Commission proposes that white space
devices be permitted to operate at 40
milliwatts so long as it maintains a three
megahertz separation distance from the
lower edge of the band where handsets
will receive. Is the 40 milliwatt power
level useful for unlicensed devices?
Should we permit operation up to 100
milliwatts if the white space device can
maintain 4 or 5 megahertz separation
from the handset receive band and
satisfy the conditions for protecting TV
reception as well as the necessary
distance separation from adjacent base
stations? Would a different power level
be used?
69. Nine megahertz guard band. The
Commission proposes that fixed and
personal/portable white space devices
could operate at 40 milliwatts in the
lower six megahertz portion of the guard
band adjacent to broadcast TV
spectrum, leaving three megahertz
separation to wireless services. The
Commission believes this would
adequately protect handsets from
harmful interference while providing an
opportunity for unlicensed devices to
operate. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal and asks if
there are other operating scenarios for
the nine megahertz guard band that
could be adopted to provide for
unlicensed device use while protecting
wireless handsets.
70. Seven megahertz guard band. In
this case, if fixed and personal/portable
white space devices operated adjacent
to the broadcast TV band at the lower
end of the guard band, there would be
only one megahertz separation to
wireless downlink services at the upper
end of the band. Under this situation,
could we provide for 40 milliwatt white
space device operation? Alternatively,
could white space devices operate at
reduced power with only one megahertz
of separation from broadband
downlinks and still protect those
operations? What power level and
separation distance would provide for
such operation? Another option is to
restrict white space devices to a four
megahertz bandwidth to maintain three
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
megahertz separation from broadband
downlinks. Is the current white space
equipment capable of such operation? Is
there a market for operating in this
manner as it would necessitate slower
data rates? What parameters in terms of
power and separation distance would be
required to ensure operation of all
services? The Commission seeks
comment on the appropriate power
limits and frequency separations for
white space devices to protect both TV
and wireless services in this case.
71. Three megahertz plus channel 37.
In the case where 84 megahertz of
spectrum is recovered in the auction,
the guard band between wireless
downlink services and TV spectrum
will consist of channel 37 plus a three
megahertz guard band. The purpose of
the three megahertz guard band is
primarily to protect the WMTS and RAS
on channel 37 from interference from
wireless downlink services, but it also
would protect wireless downlink
services from harmful interference from
white space devices operating on
channel 37. If we determine that less
than three megahertz separation is
needed to protect part 27 services, could
fixed or personal/portable devices make
use of any portion of this three
megahertz band? The Commission seeks
comment on whether any types of low
power, narrowband devices could use
this guard band without causing
harmful interference to licensed services
in the adjacent bands. Is so, what types
of devices and at what power levels and
bandwidths?
3. 600 MHz Duplex Gap
a. Types of Permitted Operations
72. The 600 MHz Band includes a
duplex gap of 11 megahertz between the
wireless uplink and downlink services
bands to prevent harmful interference
between them. The frequency range of
this duplex gap will depend on the
outcome of the incentive auction, but
the size of the band will be the same
nationwide, regardless of whether there
is any market variation in the amount of
spectrum recovered in certain areas.
Wireless downlink services will operate
in the lower adjacent spectrum to the
duplex gap, and wireless uplink
services will operate in the upper
adjacent spectrum to the duplex gap. In
the Incentive Auction R&O, the
Commission concluded that the public
interest would be served by allowing
broadcasters and cable programming
networks to use wireless microphones
on a licensed basis in a portion of the
duplex gap and to obtain interference
protection from unlicensed devices at
specified times and locations, on an as-
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
needed basis. The Commission decided
that it would in a future proceeding
examine how best to provide access to
a portion of the duplex gap by licensed
wireless microphone users, while also
ensuring that unlicensed users of the
duplex gap can make use of this
spectrum to provide broadband services.
It anticipated that the duplex gap could
be partitioned such that six megahertz
would be available for unlicensed
broadband devices to operate under the
existing white space rules for 40
milliwatt personal/portable devices, and
four megahertz adjacent to the wireless
downlink services band would be
available for licensed wireless
microphone operations. This approach
would leave one megahertz available for
use as a buffer to protect licensed
wireless services.
73. There are several different ways to
divide the duplex gap to accommodate
wireless microphones and white space
devices, although there are trade-offs
with each one. As an initial proposal,
the Commission proposes to allow
unlicensed operations, including both
fixed and personal/portable white space
devices and unlicensed microphones, to
operate in the six megahertz band
segment at the upper end of the duplex
gap. It also proposes to allow licensed
wireless microphones to operate in the
four megahertz band segment
immediately below this six megahertz
segment. The Commission further
proposes to use the remaining portion of
the duplex gap spectrum to provide a
one megahertz frequency separation
between licensed wireless microphones
and wireless downlinks in the spectrum
below the duplex gap, thereby providing
an additional margin of interference
protection to mobile handsets. Thus,
licensed wireless microphones would
be able to operate in the band between
one and five megahertz above the lower
end of the duplex gap, and unlicensed
devices, including wireless
microphones, would be able to operate
in the band from five to eleven
megahertz above the lower end of the
duplex gap.
74. The Commission believes that
providing a six megahertz band for
unlicensed devices is appropriate since
that is the minimum size that many
parties indicated is useful for
unlicensed uses, and it is consistent
with the current fixed and personal/
portable white space rules.
Additionally, it believes that a four
megahertz segment of the duplex gap
will be useful for licensed wireless
microphones that are used on short
NPRM since it will be available
nationwide. Manufacturers have
indicated that as many as 16 wireless
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
microphones can operate in a six
megahertz channel, and while we are
proposing a smaller channel size here,
manufacturers should still be able to get
a substantial number of microphones to
operate in it.
75. The Commission is not proposing
to provide a guard band between
licensed wireless microphones and
unlicensed white space devices, since
white space devices must comply with
low emission limits outside their
channel of operation. Also, wireless
microphones that operate in this
spectrum use narrow (no greater than
200 kilohertz) bandwidths and many
can operate close together within a six
megahertz channel, so we expect their
receivers to have good selectivity. Thus,
the Commission believes that there is a
low risk of unlicensed white space
devices causing interference to licensed
wireless microphones in the adjacent
band.
76. The Commission seeks comment
on this proposal for partitioning of the
duplex gap between licensed wireless
microphones and unlicensed white
space devices and unlicensed wireless
microphones. Our proposed split
maximizes the frequency separation
between a six megahertz segment of the
duplex gap for unlicensed use and
wireless downlink spectrum, thereby
reducing the risk of interference to those
adjacent band services as required by
the Spectrum Act, but it does not
provide any frequency separation
between the six megahertz unlicensed
segment and wireless uplink spectrum
used for base stations. The one
megahertz separation at the lower end of
the duplex gap provides an additional
margin of interference protection to
wireless handsets from licensed
wireless microphones. The Commission
also seeks comment on other possible
partitioning scenarios and whether
other approaches would provide
interference protection to adjacent
wireless uplink and downlink services
while maximizing use of the spectrum.
For example, should the one megahertz
buffer be located at the upper end of the
duplex gap? Is it needed to provide
increased interference protection to
wireless uplink spectrum from
unlicensed operations operating in a six
megahertz bandwidth? If so, how would
this scenario affect the operation of
licensed microphones in the lower
duplex gap? Could licensed wireless
microphones operate in the lower four
megahertz portion of the duplex gap
without a one megahertz buffer to
separate them from wireless downlink
spectrum? Would that approach
increase the interference risk to either
licensed wireless microphones or
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69721
wireless downlink spectrum? Do we
need a buffer at both ends of the duplex
gap to protect both wireless uplink and
downlink services? If so, what size
buffers are appropriate and how would
increasing the number or size of those
buffers affect the available spectrum for
unlicensed white space and wireless
microphone users? For example, if we
were to require a one megahertz buffer
at each end of the duplex gap, should
we allow only three megahertz of
spectrum for licensed wireless
microphones at the lower end of the
duplex gap and six megahertz for white
space devices and unlicensed wireless
microphones at the upper end? Parties
should address how white space use in
each scenario above would satisfy the
Spectrum Act’s requirement that no
harmful interference is caused to
licensed services.
b. Technical Rules for Fixed and
Personal/Portable Operations
77. The Commission proposes to
allow fixed and personal/portable white
space devices to operate in the six
megahertz segment of the duplex gap
described above with a power level of
40 milliwatts. This is consistent with
our proposal to allow 40 milliwatt white
space device operation in the guard
bands. The Commission does not
believe that a buffer is necessary to
protect wireless uplink services above
the duplex gap since the receivers of
interest are those in base stations, and
it expects there to be a greater
separation distance from base station
receivers than from mobile receivers,
thus reducing the likelihood of harmful
interference. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal. Is the 40
milliwatt power level useful for
unlicensed devices? Would the
proposed power level and frequency
separation adequately protect wireless
uplink services in the upper adjacent
band? Do we need to limit the HAAT of
fixed devices to minimize the
possibility of interference to licensed
services outside the duplex gap and
licensed wireless microphones within
the duplex gap?
4. Channel 37
78. The WMTS is used for remote
monitoring of patients’ vital signs and
other important health parameters (e.g.,
pulse and respiration rates) inside
medical facilities. WMTS includes
devices that transport the data via a
radio link to a remote location, such as
a nurses’ station, which is equipped
with a specialized radio receiver.
WMTS operates licensed stations on
three bands, including 608–614 MHz
(channel 37) in the UHF band. Health
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
69722
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
care institutions are required to register
their locations and coordinate the use of
all three bands through the American
Society for Health Care Engineering
(ASHE) of the American Hospital
Association—the designated frequency
coordinator—prior to commencing
operation. This process minimizes the
potential of WMTS users from causing
harmful interference to, and receiving
harmful interference from, other WMTS
devices.
79. RAS is a receive-only service that
uses highly sensitive receivers to
examine and study radio waves of
cosmic origin. There are twelve RAS
telescopes that have been using channel
37 or plan to use channel 37 in the near
future. Of them, ten comprise the
National Radio Astronomy
Observatory’s (NRAO’s) Very Long
Baseline Array (VLBA), which are
distributed in several locations in the
United States and its territories, and
collect simultaneous observations that
are combined to emulate a single
telescope 5000 miles in diameter. The
remaining two telescopes are single dish
instruments. The Commission protects
RAS from in-band harmful interference
by imposing field strength limits on
WMTS and requiring coordination of
WMTS use within certain distances of
RAS observatories.
80. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the
Commission decided to permit
unlicensed operations on channel 37,
subject to the development of the
appropriate technical parameters for
such operations to protect the WMTS
and RAS from harmful interference. It
stated that authorizing the use of
channel 37 for unlicensed operations
would make additional spectrum
available for unlicensed devices in areas
of the country that are not in close
proximity to hospitals or other medical
facilities that use WMTS equipment, or
to RAS sites.
81. The Commission recognizes the
importance of WMTS to patient care,
and will remain mindful of this critical
function when developing these
technical parameters. In this NPRM, the
Commission proposes technical
parameters below to protect the WMTS
and RAS from harmful interference and
will develop a full record on the issues
raised in this proceeding before
adopting final rules.
a. Power Limits and Separation
Distances
82. General technical requirements.
There are several different approaches
that could be taken regarding the types
of white space devices that we would
permit to operate on channel 37. The
most cautious approach would be to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
limit operations on channel 37 to fixed
devices only and to require registration
of the locations where the devices are
used in the white spaces database. Fixed
devices are required to register their
location and operator information in the
white spaces database because the rules
permit them to operate at higher power
than personal/portable devices. The
registration requirement makes fixed
devices easer to locate in the event
harmful interference occurs. Another
approach would be to allow both fixed
and Mode II personal/portable devices
to operate on channel 37. Like fixed
devices, Mode II devices must
incorporate geo-location and database
access capabilities. Unlike fixed
devices, they are not required to register
with the database since their maximum
permitted power is lower than that
allowed for fixed devices, and their
operating location changes frequently. A
third approach would be to allow fixed
and both Mode I and Mode II personal/
portable devices to operate on channel
37. Mode I devices are not required to
incorporate a geo-location capability
and obtain their list of available
channels from a fixed or Mode II device
that is within their transmission range.
Thus, the separation distances we
calculate below to protect the WMTS
and RAS may need to be increased if
Mode I devices are permitted to operate
on or adjacent to channel 37.
83. The Commission seeks comment
on the types of white space devices that
should be permitted to operate on
channel 37. If we allow personal/
portable devices to operate on channel
37, should we require them to register
with the white spaces database, and if
so, what registration information should
be required? What interference concerns
are raised by allowing personal/portable
devices on channel 37, and how could
these be addressed, particularly those
involving Mode I devices? Are there
technology solutions or other means to
mitigate the risk? Would we need to
specify greater separation distances for
personal/portable devices than for fixed
devices of comparable power levels? If
we initially allow only fixed devices on
channel 37, should we then allow
personal/portable devices at a later date
once we have confidence that they will
not cause harmful interference to the
WMTS and RAS? The Commission
seeks comment on any studies that
address the interference potential of
personal/portable devices to the WMTS
and RAS.
84. The Commission proposes to
allow the same maximum four watt
EIRP for channel 37 fixed white space
devices that is allowed for fixed devices
in the TV bands. If we allow personal/
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
portable devices on channel 37, we
propose that the maximum EIRP would
be 100 milliwatts, consistent with the
current rules for operation in the TV
bands. However, as discussed, these
power levels may need to be reduced
depending on what devices operate in
the adjacent bands. The Commission
also proposes to require white space
devices on channel 37 to meet the other
technical requirements for white space
devices, including the conducted
power, antenna gain and PSD limits as
appropriate. The Commission further
proposes that these devices must access
a database over the internet to
determine if channel 37 is available at
their location, meaning that the location
is sufficiently far removed from all
WMTS and RAS sites to avoid causing
harmful interference. The required
separation distances are discussed in
the following paragraphs.
85. Power limits. The maximum
power at which an unlicensed device
can operate may be limited based upon
the need to protect authorized services
in adjacent bands, in addition to
services in the same band. For example,
neither the current rules nor our
proposals discussed above permit fixed
devices to operate at four watts in bands
immediately adjacent to occupied TV
channels. Currently, the adjacent
spectrum bands to channel 37 (channels
36 and 38) are allocated for TV
broadcasting. After the incentive
auction, this situation may or may not
change depending upon the amount of
spectrum recovered in the auction.
There are three possible scenarios. First,
if less than 84 megahertz of spectrum is
recovered, channels 36 and 38 will
continue to be available for TV
broadcasting, so there will be essentially
no change from the current situation.
Second, if exactly 84 megahertz of
spectrum is recovered, channel 36 will
continue to be available for TV
broadcasting, while channel 38 will not.
Instead, there will be a three megahertz
guard band directly above channel 37
which will separate channel 37 from
licensed wireless downlink spectrum.
Third, if more than 84 megahertz of
spectrum is recovered, there will be
three megahertz guard bands above and
below channel 37 to separate channel 37
from licensed wireless downlink
spectrum.
86. Under the first scenario, channel
37 in a particular location could be
treated similarly to any other television
channel, provided it is sufficiently far
removed from the WMTS and RAS to
avoid harmful interference. The
Commission therefore proposes to
permit fixed white space devices to
operate with an EIRP of up to four watts
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
on channel 37, provided channels 36
and 38 are also vacant. If we allow
personal/portable device operation, we
propose that the maximum EIRP would
be limited to 100 milliwatts in this
scenario. In locations where channel 37
is available, but both channels 36 and
38 are occupied, the Commission
proposes to allow a maximum allowable
power of 40 milliwatts to protect
television services on the adjacent
channels. In locations where channel 37
is available, but only one of the adjacent
channels is occupied, the Commission
proposes to allow fixed unlicensed
device operation with a maximum
power of 4 watts EIRP, where the device
operates in the six megahertz band
centered on the boundaries of channel
37 and the unoccupied channel.
87. Under the second scenario (84
megahertz recovered), the Commission
proposes to allow a maximum white
space device power of 40 milliwatts
EIRP on channel 37 to protect wireless
downlink services that will be three
megahertz above channel 37 and to
protect television on channel 36 if that
channel is occupied. If channel 36 is
vacant, a white space device could also
operate at 40 milliwatts, and possibly
higher, in a six megahertz band centered
on the boundary of channels 36 and 37,
leaving a three megahertz separation
from channel 35 and a six megahertz
separation from wireless downlink
spectrum.
88. Under the third scenario (more
than 84 megahertz recovered), we
propose to allow a maximum white
space device power of 40 milliwatts on
channel 37 where there will be a three
megahertz guard band on each side of
channel 37 to protect licensed wireless
downlink services in the adjacent
bands.
89. The Commission seeks comment
on these proposals. In particular, it
seeks comment on the appropriateness
of the proposed power limits for white
space devices in each of these scenarios.
Should these limits be lower to reduce
the likelihood of harmful interference to
the WMTS, RAS and wireless downlink
services? Conversely, could the
proposed limits be higher without a risk
of harmful interference? For example,
could a white space device operate at
power levels higher than 40 milliwatts
under the second scenario with a three
megahertz separation to TV and a six
megahertz separation to wireless
downlink services? If so, what is the
maximum power that could be used?
Should we allow a fixed device power
limit on channel 37 that is higher than
four watts in rural areas under those
scenarios where we propose a four watt
limit?
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
90. Determination of WMTS
separation distances. WMTS systems
typically consist of small patient-worn
transmitters and receive antennas
located within a healthcare facility.
According to GE, WMTS transmitters
are frequency-division multiplexed with
typical occupied bandwidth of 10 kHz
and a relatively low transmit power of
less than 0 dBm (1 milliwatt) to extend
battery life. GE argues that, to prevent
interference to the WMTS, the signal
level at the perimeter of a registered
WMTS facility should not exceed 10
microvolts per meter within a 100
kilohertz bandwidth on channel 37, or
20 millivolts per meter within a one
megahertz bandwidth on channels 36
and 38.
91. The Commission calculated the
minimum co-channel separation
distances that would be required for
white space devices to meet GE’s
recommended field strength limit for
channel 37. It used the TM 91–1
propagation model and white space
device power levels that range from 40
milliwatts to 4,000 milliwatts in four dB
steps. The Commission assumed that
the WMTS transmitter would be at 10
meter height above ground, which is the
highest height specified in the ASHE/
AHA database, and used the same range
of HAAT currently specified in the rules
for fixed white space devices.
92. The Commission calculated the
minimum required adjacent channel
separation distances in two different
ways using the same basic methodology
that we used to determine the cochannel separation distances (TM 91–1
model, WMTS height of 10 meters, same
range of white space device power and
HAAT). First, it calculated the distances
considering receiver ‘‘blocking’’ using
the field strength limits on channels 36
and 38 that GE recommended to avoid
interference. We then considered the
out-of-band emission power that would
fall into channel 37 from white space
devices operating on channels 36 and 38
and calculated the minimum required
separation distances based on GE’s
recommended field strength limit on
channel 37. Based on our analysis, the
effect of receiver blocking is greater than
the effect of out-of-band emissions, so
we considered receiver blocking in
determining the minimum required
separation distances.
93. The calculated co-channel and
adjacent channel separation distances
based on our methodology are shown in
the two tables in paragraph 112 of the
NPRM. These are the distances that
would be required between a white
space device and an individual WMTS
receiver, and not the total distance that
would be required to protect WMTS use
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69723
that relies on large distributed antenna
systems throughout buildings and that
may be spread out across a large facility
but represented by only single point in
the database. The separation distances
are rounded to the nearest tenth of a
kilometer. In cases where the calculated
adjacent channel separation distance is
less than one tenth of a kilometer, we
listed a separation of one tenth of a
kilometer to avoid specifying extremely
small distances. If we allow personal/
portable devices on channel 37, the
separation distances would be those at
an HAAT of less than three meters at a
power level of either 40 milliwatts or
100 milliwatts, depending on which
authorized services are in the adjacent
frequency bands. The Commission seeks
comment on the appropriateness of
these separation distances for protecting
the WMTS as well as our methodology
used to calculate them.
94. The current ASHE/AHA database
allows the registration of only a single
geographic point, whereas a hospital or
health care facility is often a large
building or group of building on a
campus. The Commission also notes
that GE stated that its recommended
protection criteria for the WMTS should
apply at the perimeter of a facility. For
these reasons, the Commission expects
that it will need to increase the
calculated distances listed above to
compensate for the fact that a single
point may not accurately represent
WMTS usage that could be spread out
over a large facility. If so, what is the
appropriate adjustment and why? For
example, should we simply add an
additional distance to our calculated
distances? Alternatively, as discussed in
the database section, should the
Commission allow a facility to specify
multiple points that define a bounded
area around a large facility that uses the
WMTS as opposed to specifying a single
point?
95. The Commission also seeks
comment on any ways it can simplify
the process of protecting the WMTS. For
example, there are thousands of
registered WMTS sites, many of which
are clustered close together in urban
areas. Could we define exclusion zones
in urban areas where operation is
prohibited on channel 37 rather than
requiring the databases to consider each
individual WMTS location? If so, how
should we define the exclusion zones
and enter this information into the
white spaces databases?
96. The Commission further seeks
comment on whether there are any other
requirements necessary to protect the
WMTS. For example, would a limit on
the HAAT of fixed devices on channel
37 reduce the potential for interference
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
69724
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
to the WMTS? Should the Commission
prohibit the operation of Mode I
personal/portable devices on channels
36 and 38 since they rely on another
device’s geo-location capability and
could possibly operate slightly closer to
adjacent channel WMTS locations than
the device that obtained the list of
available channels? Alternatively,
should the Commission limit operation
on channel 36 and 38 to fixed devices
only?
97. Determination of RAS separation
distances. The Commission proposes
different protection criteria for the ten
VLBA stations than for the two single
dish radio astronomy observatories
because of their differing potential to
receive interference. VLBA observations
are less susceptible to interference than
single dish observations because
interfering signals do not correlate
across the multiple receivers that
comprise the array. The Commission
proposes to require that white space
devices operating on channel 37 comply
with separation requirements based on
their operating power to protect the ten
VLBA observatories, and that they may
not operate within defined exclusion
zones around the two single dish
observatories that receive on channel
37.
98. The Commission proposes
requirements for white space devices to
protect the VLBA based on the existing
requirements that protect those stations
from WMTS stations operating on
channel 37. Section 95.1115(a) of the
rules allows a maximum WMTS field
strength on channel 37 of 200 millivolts
per meter measured at a distance of
three meters (this equates to an EIRP of
approximately 12 mW). Further,
§ 95.1119(b) specifies that WMTS
operations within 32 kilometers of the
ten VLBA sites must coordinate with
those sites. Using these two
requirements as a basis, we can
determine the minimum distance that a
white space device must be from a
VLBA site to provide the same level of
protection as a WMTS transmitter
located just outside the 32 kilometer
coordination zone. Using the WMTS
criterion, we calculate the appropriate
path loss exponent to be 2.53. Therefore,
the Commission proposes to calculate
the separation distances between fixed
white space devices and VLBA sites
using a propagation model with a path
loss exponent of 2.53. This model
considers only the power of the white
space device and not its antenna height
above ground or average terrain.
99. Based on the foregoing, our
calculated minimum co-channel
separation distances between white
space devices operating on channel 37
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
and VLBA sites are as listed in the table
in paragraph 118 of the NPRM.
100. The Commission notes that in
developing this table, factors which
would act to shorten the protection
distance such as buildings, mountains,
trees or other ground clutter were not
considered. In addition, because VLBA
stations require very low noise
environments, most have been
constructed in remote areas that have
substantial natural shielding due to the
fore mentioned obstructions. Also, we
note that most of these distances would
be beyond the radio horizon for most, if
not all, paths between white space
devices and VLBA sites.
101. The Commission seeks comment
on these separation distances and the
methodology and assumptions used to
calculate them. In particular, it seeks
comment on whether these separation
distances are appropriate for protecting
the VLBA. Do they provide adequate
protection to the VLBA? Are they
greater than necessary to protect the
VLBA? Should we place a cap on the
maximum separation distances, such as
100 kilometers, to account for the fact
our analysis did not account for any
factors as mentioned above that would
act to shorten the required separation
distances and that radio astronomy sites
will be beyond the radio horizon in
most instances? Are the assumptions
made in our analysis reasonable? For
example, would a different propagation
model or different protection criteria for
the VLBA be more appropriate? Is so,
what model or criteria should we use to
determine the minimum separation
distances? Commenters on this issue
should provide detailed technical
criteria and analysis to justify their
position.
102. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether it should establish
adjacent channel separation distances
between white space devices operating
on channels 36 and 38 and the ten
VLBA observatories. Under the current
rules, white space devices cannot
operate on these channels because they
are reserved for wireless microphones if
they are not being used by television
stations. However the Commission will
allow white space devices to operate on
these channels if they are still available
for television broadcasting after the
incentive auction and are not being used
by a television station at a white space
device’s location. Under the current
rules, white space devices must operate
at least 2.4 kilometers away from VLBA
sites, so this requirement would apply
to white space devices operating on
channels 36 and 38. Is this adjacent
channel separation distance adequate to
protect the VLBA observatories? If not,
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
what is the appropriate separation
distance and why?
103. With respect to the two single
dish RAS observatories that receive on
channel 37 (Green Bank Telescope and
Arecibo Observatory), § 1.924 of the
rules defines coordination requirements
to protect them. Specifically, § 1.924(a)
requires parties planning to construct
and operate a new or modified station
at a permanent fixed location within a
specified quiet zone around the
National Radio Astronomy Observatory
at Green Bank West Virginia to notify
the observatory in writing of the
technical details of the proposed
operation. Similarly, § 1.924(d) requires
parties planning to construct and
operate a new station at a permanent
fixed location on the islands of Puerto
Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques or
Culebra to notify the Interference Office
of the Arecibo Observatory in writing or
electronically of the technical
parameters of the planned operation.
104. Because the Commission does
not believe it reasonable for operators of
white space devices to coordinate with
the Green Bank and Arecibo
Observatories, and because separation
distances to protect these observatories
would be extremely large, the
Commission is proposing that white
space devices not operate on channel 37
within the National Radio Quiet Zone
around Green Bank or on the islands of
Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques
or Culebra. Much of the quiet zones are
in less populated areas, and the
Commission expects that in these areas
there will be many other channels
available for white space operation in
addition to spectrum in the guard bands
and duplex gap. However, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
there are ways to allow operation of
white space devices on channel 37
within these areas. For example, are
there coordination procedures that
white space device operators and/or
white space database administrators
could follow to enable operation in
these areas?
105. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether it could establish
minimum separation distances that
white space devices must meet to
protect the Green Bank Telescope and
the Arecibo Observatory that would
affect a smaller area than the existing
quiet zones. If so, what are the
appropriate interference assumptions,
propagation model and separation
distances? Because we are proposing
protection criteria for white space
devices over a range of power levels and
HAAT, could we establish smaller
exclusion zones for white space devices
that operate at lower power levels or
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
lower HAAT? If so, how should we
determine these zones or separation
distances?
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
b. Guard Bands Adjacent to Channel 37
106. Under certain spectrum recovery
scenarios, there will be a three
megahertz guard band on one or both
sides of channel 37, resulting in a
contiguous block of nine or 12
megahertz of spectrum. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
these guard bands could be combined
with the six megahertz of channel 37
spectrum in areas where it is not being
used for the RAS and WMTS to create
a wider band for white space device use.
If so, what power level, frequency
separation and other technical
requirements would be necessary to
protect wireless downlink services
adjacent to these guard bands?
c. Out-of-Band Emission Limits on
Channels 36–38
107. The Commission requires white
space devices to comply with out-ofband emission limits on channels 36
through 38 in addition to the adjacent
channel and § 15.209 limits that white
space devices must meet on other
channels. The white space device outof-band emission limit on channel 37 is
significantly more stringent
(approximately 25 dB lower) than the
Section 15.209 limit on this channel.
Manufacturers must incorporate an
additional band-reject filter into white
space devices to comply with the limit
on channel 37. The high level of
attenuation needed to meet the limit
requires a sharp roll-off across channels
36 and 38, which may extend as far as
channels 35 and 37, potentially
precluding the use of all four of those
channels by white space devices. The
emission limits on channels 36 through
38 were originally recommended by GE
Healthcare to protect the WMTS from
interference by personal/portable white
space devices that could be used in
close proximity to WMTS receive
antennas. The Commission adopted
these recommended limits and applied
them to fixed devices as well as
personal/portable devices.
108. The inability of white space
devices to use channels 36 and 38 was
not previously a concern since the rules
did not permit their use by white space
devices. However, in the Incentive
Auction R&O, the Commission decided
to stop reserving two vacant channels
exclusively for wireless microphones
and to make them available for both
white space devices and wireless
microphones, provided those channels
are not repurposed for licensed wireless
broadband use. At the same time, we
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
can also take steps to ensure that
channels 35 and 39 can be used by
white space devices, provided those
channels are available after the
incentive auction. Additionally, because
the Commission is allowing unlicensed
devices to operate on channel 37, it
needs to remove the stringent emission
limit that applies on that channel.
109. The Commission is proposing to
remove the out-of-band emission limits
that apply on channels 36 through 38
and instead require white space devices
to meet either the current adjacent
channel or the § 15.209 emission limits
as appropriate. Our proposal to allow
white space device operation on
channel 37 requires that the devices
access a database to ensure that they
will operate sufficiently far from both
WMTS and RAS sites to avoid causing
interference to these services. The
database will enforce both co-channel
and adjacent channel separation
distances from the WMTS, which will
ensure that emissions that fall within
channel 37 do not cause harmful
interference to the WMTS. Thus, there
will no longer be a need for the more
stringent out-of-band emission limits on
channels 36 through 38. This proposed
change will eliminate the need for white
space devices to incorporate additional
filtering that blocks channel 37 and
impacts the first and second adjacent
channels, thus making channels 35, 36,
37, 38 and 39 useable by white space
devices. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal.
5. Repurposed 600 MHz Band
110. The Commission is proposing
technical criteria for protecting licensed
wireless services that will operate in the
600 MHz Band from interference from
white space device operations. These
criteria will be applicable in two
situations. First, the Commission
decided to permit the continued
operation of white space devices in
repurposed spectrum except in those
areas in which a 600 MHz Band licensee
commences operations. It took this
action because it expects that 600 MHz
Band licensees will be commencing
operations at different places at different
times, depending on their business
plans and other factors, both during and
after the post-auction transition period.
Some of the repurposed television
spectrum may not be used for licensed
wireless services in some areas for a
considerable amount of time.
111. Second, the Commission decided
to allow market variation in developing
the 600 MHz Band Plan. Therefore,
some spectrum may be assigned for
broadcasting in some areas and licensed
wireless services in others. The
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69725
Commission decided in the Incentive
Auction R&O to allow the continued use
of white space devices on all spectrum
that remains allocated for TV
broadcasting, which would include that
spectrum with uses that vary by market.
Since both white space devices and
licensed wireless services can
potentially operate on the same
frequencies due to market variation, we
need technical requirements to prevent
harmful interference between the
services.
112. The current white space device
rules contain protection requirements
for a variety of services that operate in
the TV bands, but they do not contain
protection requirements for licensed
wireless broadband services as such
wireless services did not operate in the
TV bands at the time the Commission
adopted those rules. Therefore, the
Commission proposes to develop
appropriate protection criteria,
specifically, minimum distance
separations, to protect these wireless
services. These criteria will be used by
the white space databases to ensure that
unlicensed operations no longer occur
on a channel in an area in which a
licensee has commenced operations.
When a 600 MHz Band licensee plans
to commence operations on frequencies
that includes spectrum available for
unlicensed operations under the rules
for white space devices, that licensee
can notify any of the white spaces
database administrators when and
where it plans to commence operations.
The white spaces databases would then
preclude unlicensed operations in those
areas on the channels in use for wireless
systems. We discuss the proposed
methodology that will be used to place
600 MHz Band licensee information in
the databases below.
113. Consistent with our discussion
above with respect to the guard bands
and duplex gap, the Commission seeks
comment on whether it should allow
both Mode I and Mode II personal/
portable devices, in addition to fixed
devices, to operate in the repurposed
600 MHz band. The Commission asks
commenters to address the effect that
any limitation on the permissible types
of devices in this band may have on the
development of white space services
and applications. For commenters that
believe Mode I personal/portable white
space devices should be permitted in
these bands, the Commission seeks
comment on the typical operating range
of such a device, as that range will need
to be incorporated into many of the
protection distances proposed in the
sections that follow. With respect to
Mode II personal/portable devices, the
current white space rules assume
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
69726
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
protection distances for these devices
based on them not operating above three
meters HAAT. Thus, for all protection
criteria that follows below, we propose
that protection from Mode II personal/
portable devices be based on operating
at that low HAAT. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal.
114. Depending on the channel used
by a white space device, it could be in
the same band as either wireless uplinks
or downlinks. Therefore, the
Commission proposes co- and adjacent
channel protection criteria for both
wireless uplinks and downlinks.
115. Wireless uplinks. Wireless
uplinks are the transmissions from
mobile devices to fixed base stations.
The receivers of concern in developing
protection criteria are therefore those in
fixed base stations. The Commission
proposes that 600 MHz licensees
provide information to the white space
databases which defines a polygon
representing the outer edge of their base
station deployment. Using that
information, the Commission proposes
to protect fixed stations by determining
the minimum separation distance
needed between a white space device
and that polygon to prevent harmful
interference. Because the amount of
spectrum available for white space
devices in this band will shrink over
time as 600 MHz Band licensees buildout their systems, there is little benefit
in developing complex criteria to
manage white space device use in this
band. Thus, this Commission is taking
a simple approach in developing
protection criteria based on the worst
case of a white space device emission
fully overlapping the receive band of a
base station. However, the Commission
proposes that the co-channel protection
requirements apply for any amount of
frequency overlap between a channel
used by a white space device and a five
megahertz spectrum block used by a
part 27 licensee.
116. To determine the necessary
separation distance to protect 600 MHz
Band base stations, we must make
certain assumptions regarding their
usage. As already stated the
Commission is assuming the worst case
for this preliminary analysis and basing
the protection distance on 5/6 of the
total energy of the white space device
being present in the base station
receiver pass band. In addition, it
assumes, consistent with other analysis
throughout the incentive auction
proceeding as well as in this instant
proceeding, that a typical base station
operates at 30 meters or less above
ground level and that a white space
device can operate at various heights up
to 250 meters above average terrain.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
Further, the Commissions bases its
analysis on the base station receiver
sensitivity level of the 3GPP standard of
¥101.5 dBm for wide area base stations.
The Commission believes this is the
correct criteria for this analysis rather
than assuming actual operation at 10 dB
or more above this level as in other
analyses in this proceeding. In those
analyses, adjacent channel operations
were being protected mostly in areas of
high wireless signal levels. However,
here, we are specifically protecting base
stations at the outer edge of a 600 MHz
Band licensees coverage area that are
providing service to the most distant
subscribers. Using the TM 91–1
propagation model, the Commission
believes the separation distances
(rounded to the nearest kilometer) from
the polygon representing the edge of
base station deployment will protect
base station operations from harmful
interference from co-channel white
space devices, see table in paragraph
135 of the NPRM.
117. The Commission therefore
proposes that white space devices
adhere to these separation distances
from the edge of the polygon defining
the location of base stations as provided
by the 600 MHz Band licensees, and
that these criteria will be enforced by
the white space databases to protect cochannel 600 MHz base stations in the
repurposed TV spectrum. In making this
proposal, which provides for a
maximum separation distance of 60
kilometers, we recognize that based
strictly on calculations, the distances
could be much greater. However, the
line-of-sight radio horizon for a 30 meter
high base station antenna and a 250
meter high white space device antenna
is 87 kilometers. Thus, there is no
reason for distances to be greater than
that. Further, that line-of-sight radio
horizon assumes perfect atmospheric
conditions, and the absence of any
obstructions such as buildings,
mountains, trees or other ground clutter
which further acts to reduce actual
operating range. In addition, although
the Commission developed these
distances based on full overlap of the
white space device’s emissions with the
base station receiver, there may be many
cases where the overlap is less and thus,
these proposed distances will provide
additional protection. The Commission
therefore, believes that the 60 kilometer
maximum separation distance is
reasonable and seeks comment on this
proposal. The Commission asks that
commenters address our assumptions
and conclusions and provide technical
information and analysis if they believe
we should use different criteria or
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
whether we should take a different
approach to protecting these stations.
118. In the repurposed 600 MHz
Band, white space devices may also be
operating on an adjacent channel to
wireless licensees. In these situations,
the white space device must comply
with certain separation distances to
provide the required protection to avoid
causing harmful interference. In this
instance, we are defining adjacent
channel operations as any overlap of a
white space device’s six megahertz
operating channel with any portion of a
five megahertz block directly adjacent to
a five megahertz block that is being used
by a 600 MHz base station. As with our
proposal for co-channel separation, we
recognize that in many cases, white
space devices will operate with a greater
frequency separation from 600 MHz
base stations than we use in our
analysis, but for the same reasons stated
in the proposal to protect co-channel
operations, we base our proposed
separation distances on the worst case
situation where a white space device
operates immediately adjacent to a five
megahertz block used by a 600 MHz
base station (i.e., with a zero megahertz
frequency offset).
119. In conducting our analysis to
determine the necessary protection
distances, the Commission assumes,
similar to our analysis for handset
protection, that the base station is
operating 10 dB above its sensitivity
level of ¥101.5 dBm. The Commission
also assumes an adjacent channel
selectivity of 43.5 dB. In addition, we
assume a wireless base station filter rolloff of 5.7 dB/MHz. Based on these
assumptions, we calculated the
separation distance values for white
space devices to protect 600 MHz
wireless base stations, see table in
paragraph 138 of the NPRM.
120. The Commission therefore
proposes that white space devices
operating in the repurposed 600 MHz
Band maintain these adjacent channel
separation distances from the edges of
the boundary defined by the 600 MHz
Band licensees defining the area in
which their base stations are located.
This requirement will be enforced
through the white space databases. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal and our assumptions.
Commenters who believe that different
separation criteria are needed should
provide detailed comments and analysis
containing all assumptions and analysis.
121. Wireless downlinks. Wireless
downlinks are the transmissions from
fixed base stations to mobile devices.
The receivers of concern in developing
protection criteria in the wireless
downlink spectrum are therefore the
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mobile device’s receivers. A database
cannot track the constantly changing
locations of mobile devices, so the
protection criteria must be based on
base station location. The Commission
proposes to calculate the required
separation distances as follows. First, it
proposes to define the minimum
separation distance necessary to protect
a mobile device from interference from
a white space device. Then it proposes
to define a maximum distance from base
stations at which mobile devices would
typically operate. The minimum
required separation distance from the
boundary of the area in which base
stations operate would be the sum of
these two distances.
122. As with our approach for base
stations, our goal is to provide a simple
mechanism for protecting 600 MHz
Band handsets from co-channel
interference from white space devices.
For our preliminary analysis, we use the
same assumptions as for the analysis for
base stations above except that we use
the handset sensitivity of ¥97 dBm and
assume that handsets operate 1.5 meters
above the ground. Based on those
assumptions, the Commission
calculated the separation distances to
protect 600 MHz Band handsets from
white space devices, see table in
paragraph 141 of the NPRM.
123. Inspecting this table reveals that
the protection distance for white space
devices operating at maximum height
are not that much greater than for those
operating near ground level. Therefore,
for simplicity, we will base our proposal
only on the single separation distance
corresponding to the largest
calculated—4.2 km. To calculate the
total separation distance from a base
station to protect handsets, we must also
provide a maximum distance from a 600
MHz band base station at which mobile
devices would typically operate. We
believe that assuming a maximum of 30
km for this distance is reasonable. The
Commission therefore proposes that
personal/portable white space devices
maintain a minimum distance of 35
kilometers from the edge of the carrier’s
defined base station deployment. This
distance will be enforced through the
white space databases. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal and our
assumptions and asks that commenters
who disagree provide detailed technical
analysis supporting their conclusions.
124. As with protection of adjacent
channel 600 MHz base stations, we also
need criteria to protect adjacent channel
handsets. Using the same assumptions
for handsets as used above for
interference analysis between wireless
handsets in the duplex gap and white
space devices and assuming the worst
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
case of no frequency separation between
the edge of the handset receive band
and the white space transmit band, we
calculated the separation distances to
protect handsets from interference, see
table in paragraph 143 of the NPRM.
125. Under the same reasoning as
used above; that is assuming a
maximum 30 kilometer service areas for
wireless handsets around a base station,
and using the largest protection distance
calculated, the Commission proposes
that white space devices operating
adjacent channel to 600 MHz systems
maintain a 31 kilometer distance from
the edge of the area defined by the
wireless licensees that contains their
base stations. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal and our
assumptions and ask that commenters
who disagree provide detailed technical
analysis supporting their conclusions.
B. Wireless Microphones
126. In 2010, the Commission issued
a waiver to permit unlicensed wireless
microphones in the television bands
under part 15 pursuant to certain
technical rules. The Commission stated
that this waiver would remain in place
until such time as final rules for their
operations were established. The
Commission also sought comment on
proposed part 15 rules for unlicensed
wireless microphone operations in the
TV bands. In particular, the Commission
proposed to define these devices as
intentional radiators used to transmit
voice, music, or other audio material
over short distances. It also proposed to
permit these devices to operate with a
power level to the antenna of up to 50
milliwatts in both the VHF and UHF TV
bands, and proposed technical rules that
were in many respects similar to the
technical rules applicable to devices
licensed under part 74 as low power
auxiliary stations.
127. The Commission continues to
believe that it should codify part 15
rules for the operation of unlicensed
wireless microphones in the TV bands,
but we believe that the Commission’s
2010 proposals should be modified for
a number of reasons. Subsequent to
these proposals, the Commission
adopted rules for the incentive auction,
which will reduce the number of TV
channels where wireless microphones
can operate. The Incentive Auction
R&O, also changed the method for
determining the minimum separation
between licensed part 74 wireless
microphones and co-channel TV
stations, and the Commission believes it
should consider the same approach for
unlicensed wireless microphones. In
addition, because there will be less TV
spectrum available for wireless
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69727
microphones after the incentive auction,
the Commission believes it should
consider modifying the out-of-band
emission limits for wireless
microphones to enable more efficient
spectrum use. Finally, upon further
consideration, we believe that the
Commission’s previous proposed
definition for unlicensed wireless
microphones is overly broad and should
be modified. Thus, the proposals in this
NPRM supersede those made by the
Commission in the 2010. The
Commission will therefore not carry
over the record from the previous
proceeding concerning the proposals to
codify part 15 rules for unlicensed
wireless microphones. Parties that wish
to comment on this issue must file
comments in this proceeding.
1. Unlicensed Wireless Microphones in
the TV Bands
128. Definition of unlicensed wireless
microphones in part 15. The
Commission proposes to define a
wireless microphone as a device that
converts sound into electrical audio
signals that are transmitted using radio
signals to a receiver which converts the
radio signals back into audio signals
that are sent through a sound recording
or amplifying system. The Commission
also proposes that wireless microphones
may be used for cue and control
communications and synchronization of
TV camera signals as defined in
§ 74.801. The Commission further
proposes that this definition would not
include auditory assistance devices as
defined in§ 15.3(a). The commission
believes that this definition would
encompass the types of wireless
microphones that currently operate
within the TV bands, but is not so broad
as to encompass other types of
unlicensed devices that already have
provisions in part 15 for operation
outside the TV bands. The Commission
seeks comment on this definition.
129. Permissible frequencies of
operation. The Commission proposes to
allow unlicensed wireless microphones
to operate in the TV spectrum on
channels 2–51, excluding channel 37 in
all locations and channel 17 in Hawaii,
which is allocated for non-broadcast
purposes. Since the number of TV
channels that will be available for
unlicensed wireless microphones will
be reduced after the incentive auction,
the Commission also proposes to add an
advisory in the rules indicating that the
highest channel available for wireless
microphones will be determined by the
outcome of the incentive auction and
will be modified consistent with the
auction results. The Commission seeks
comment on these proposals. The
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
69728
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Commission also seeks comment on
whether it should allow unlicensed
wireless microphone operation on
channels 14–20 in locations where the
PLMRS/CMRS operates and whether
there is a need to establish protection
criteria for these services.
130. To prevent harmful interference
to co-channel TV stations, the
Commission proposes to require
unlicensed wireless microphones to
operate at least four kilometers outside
the following protected service contours
of co-channel TV stations, which is the
same protection requirement that the
Commission adopted in the Incentive
Auction R&O for part 74 wireless
microphones, see table in paragraph 150
of the NPRM.
131. Technical requirements for
unlicensed wireless microphones.
Consistent with the current technical
rules that apply under the existing part
15 waiver and the Commission’s
previous proposals, we propose to
permit wireless microphones to operate
with a power level to the antenna of up
to 50 milliwatts in both the VHF and
UHF TV bands. The Commission
expects that this proposed power level
is appropriate for most users,
particularly because we expect that
parties using part 15 wireless
microphones will typically be entities
operating in smaller venues that do not
require the longer range operation that
higher power allows. The Commission
seeks comment on the appropriateness
of this power level. The Commission
also seeks comment on whether the
equipment certification rules should
prohibit component parts such as
amplifiers from being attached aftermarket to a microphone and whether
the rules should specify a maximum
field strength or other emission limits
(e.g., EIRP) for equipment instead of a
conducted power level.
132. The Commission proposes to
require unlicensed wireless
microphones to comply with the same
channelization, frequency stability, and
bandwidth requirements as part 74
wireless microphones. Specifically, it
proposes to require that operation be
offset from the upper or lower channel
edge by 25 kHz or an integral multiple
thereof and that the operating frequency
tolerance be 0.005 percent. The
Commission also proposes to specify
that one or more adjacent 25 kHz
segments within a TV channel may be
combined to form an operating channel
with a maximum bandwidth not to
exceed 200 kHz. Consistent with the
measurement requirements for other
part 15 transmitters, the Commission
further proposes to require that the
frequency tolerance be maintained over
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
a temperature variation of ¥20 degrees
to +50 degrees C at normal supply
voltage, for a variation in the supply
voltage from 85 percent to 115 percent
of the rated supply voltage at a
temperature of 20 degrees C, and that
battery operated equipment be tested
using a new battery. The Commission
expects that the proposed 25 kHz offset
requirement would prevent wireless
microphones from operating at the edge
of a TV channel where they could
interfere with TV stations on adjacent
channels, and the proposed frequency
tolerance requirement would ensure
that devices do not drift from the
designated frequencies. The limit on the
bandwidth that a wireless microphone
may occupy will leave room for
multiple microphones within a channel.
The Commission seeks comment on
these proposals.
133. The Commission proposes that
unlicensed wireless microphones
comply with the same emission mask
that it is proposing for licensed part 74
wireless microphones in the Wireless
Microphones proceeding. Specifically,
The Commission proposes to require
that emissions from analog and digital
unlicensed wireless microphones
comply with the emission masks in
ETSI EN 300 422–1, Electromagnetic
compatibility and Radio spectrum
Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in
the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range;
Part 1: Technical characteristics and
methods of measurement. Requiring
wireless microphones to meet these
tighter emission requirements will
protect authorized services in adjacent
bands from harmful interference, and
will improve spectrum sharing by
wireless microphones. In light of the
fact that there will be fewer vacant TV
channels available for wireless
microphones and more intensive use of
the remaining TV spectrum after the
incentive auction, the Commission now
proposes tighter emission limits for
wireless microphones than it had
previously proposed in 2010. Shure
supports Commission adoption of these
masks, stating that the reduced out-ofband emissions would facilitate tighter
spacing of wireless microphones
operating together within a TV channel.
134. The Commission also proposes to
require that unlicensed wireless
microphones comply with the § 15.209
emission limits outside the frequency
range where the ETSI masks are defined
(one megahertz above and below the
wireless microphone carrier frequency).
The Commission further proposes that
emissions would not have to be
attenuated below the limits in § 15.209,
even if the ETSI mask would require
greater attenuation.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
135. The Commission seeks comment
on these proposals. In particular, it
seeks comment on the benefits of
requiring unlicensed wireless
microphones to comply with the ETSI
limits, and whether these benefits
would outweigh the costs. Are these
limits necessary to protect authorized
services in adjacent frequency bands?
To what extent would compliance with
the proposed limits improve spectrum
sharing by wireless microphones?
Would equipment manufacturers have
difficulty in complying with these
limits? Do any existing wireless
microphones already comply with
them? Are the § 15.209 emission limits
appropriate beyond the range where the
ETSI masks are defined, or should the
limit at the outer edges of the ETSI
masks (¥90 dBc) apply at frequencies
more than one megahertz removed from
the wireless microphone carrier
frequency? The Commission also seeks
comment on whether it should specify
separate emission masks for analog and
digital microphones, or whether a single
mask is sufficient. For example, ETSI
EN 300 422–1 suggests that its mask for
digital microphones could also be used
for analog microphones. Should the
Commission incorporate the ETSI
standard by reference into the rules, or
should it simply specify the emission
mask(s) in the part 15 rules?
136. Reducing the required separation
distance between wireless microphones
and co-channel television stations could
increase the number of locations where
wireless microphones could operate.
The Commission seeks comment on
whether it could reduce the proposed
four kilometer separation distance,
which was calculated using a power
level of 4,000 milliwatts. Is this a
realistic assumption for the combined
power level of multiple wireless
microphones operating within a
television channel? Should we assume a
lower power level? If so, what is the
appropriate power level and separation
distance? How much would a shorter
separation distance benefit wireless
microphone users?
137. Finally, the Commission seeks
comment on whether any other
technical requirements need to be
specified for unlicensed wireless
microphones. For example, the part 74
rules for low power auxiliary stations
have additional requirements for
wireless microphones including a
maximum frequency deviation
specification when frequency
modulation is used. Additionally, part
74 states that a transmitter may be either
frequency synthesized or crystal
controlled. The Commission seeks
comment on whether these or any other
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
requirements should be incorporated
into the part 15 rules for wireless
microphones.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
2. 600 MHz Guard Bands and Duplex
Gap
a. Unlicensed Wireless Microphones
138. Unlicensed wireless
microphones will be permitted to
operate in the 600 MHz Band Plan guard
bands, including the duplex gap. The
Commission proposes to require that
unlicensed wireless microphones that
operate in the guard bands and duplex
gap meet many of the same technical
requirements that it proposes in this
NPRM for unlicensed wireless
microphones that operate in the TV
bands. Specifically, the Commission
proposes the same definition of wireless
microphone, since it believes that we
should have a uniform definition for
unlicensed wireless microphones
regardless of the bands in which they
operate. The Commission also proposes
to require that unlicensed wireless
microphones that operate in the guard
bands and duplex gap comply with the
same channelization, bandwidth,
frequency stability and emission mask
requirements as wireless microphones
that operate in the TV bands. These
requirements are necessary in the guard
bands and duplex gap as well as the TV
bands to enable more efficient use of
spectrum and prevent harmful
interference to authorized services
outside the bands where wireless
microphones operate. The Commission
seeks comment on these proposals.
139. Frequencies of operation. The
Commission proposes to allow
unlicensed wireless microphones to
operate in certain segments of the guard
bands and duplex gap. Specifically, it
proposes to allow unlicensed wireless
microphones to operate in the same six
megahertz portion of the duplex gap as
white space devices. In the guard band
between television and wireless
downlink spectrum, the Commission
proposes that unlicensed wireless
microphones may operate across the
guard band with the exception of a one
megahertz segment at the upper end that
would act as a buffer between
unlicensed wireless microphone
operations and wireless downlink
services. As with white space devices,
the amount of spectrum available for
wireless microphone operation in the
guard band would depend on the size of
the guard band and amount of frequency
separation needed to protect wireless
services from harmful interference. For
example, if the guard band is 11
megahertz wide, unlicensed wireless
microphones would be allowed to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
operate in the lower ten megahertz
segment of the band; if the guard band
is nine megahertz wide, unlicensed
wireless microphones would be allowed
to operate in the lower eight megahertz
segment; and if the guard band is seven
megahertz wide, unlicensed wireless
microphones would be allowed to
operate in the lower six megahertz
segment. The Commission seeks
comment on the amount of frequency
separation needed between wireless
microphones and wireless services in
the adjacent bands in the duplex gap
and guard bands. In the three megahertz
guard bands adjacent to channel 37, the
Commission proposes to allow
unlicensed wireless microphones to
operate in the two megahertz segment
closest to channel 37, leaving a one
megahertz buffer to protect wireless
downlink services adjacent to these
guard bands. The Commission seeks
comment on these proposals.
140. Power limits. The Commission
proposes that unlicensed wireless
microphones operating in the guard
bands and duplex gap operate with a
maximum conducted power output of
20 milliwatts to the antenna. This is less
than the 50 milliwatt power level it
proposed for unlicensed wireless
microphones in the TV bands, but
would still be useful by wireless
microphone operators, since many
wireless microphones operate at power
levels between 10 and 20 milliwatts.
The Commission believes that this
lower power limit for wireless
microphones is necessary in the guard
bands and duplex gap to protect
licensed wireless services outside these
frequency bands. In addition, since the
Commission is proposing that white
space devices can operate in the guard
bands and duplex gap at power levels of
40 milliwatts, limiting the power of
unlicensed wireless microphones can
help enable coexistence between
unlicensed wireless microphones and
white space devices by making both
types of devices operate at more
comparable power levels. Wireless
microphones operate in 200 kilohertz
channels as opposed to the six
megahertz (6000 kilohertz) channels
used by white space devices, and as
many as 16 wireless microphones
potentially could operate in the same
amount of spectrum as a single white
space device. Thus, the aggregate
wireless microphone power within a six
megahertz channel can be greater than
a white space device power within a six
megahertz channel. The Commission
recognizes that even at our proposed
lower power level for unlicensed
wireless microphones in the guard
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69729
bands and duplex gap, there would still
be a disparity between the aggregate
power for wireless microphones and the
power for white space devices, but the
lower power level we propose for
wireless microphones in these bands
would reduce this disparity.
141. The Commission seeks comment
on the proposed power level for
unlicensed wireless microphones. Is
this power level useful for unlicensed
wireless microphones? Will it provide
adequate protection for wireless uplink
and downlink services as well as TV
broadcasting services? How would the
power limit for unlicensed wireless
microphones impact the ability of a
white space device to operate cofrequency in the duplex gap, i.e., would
the operation of one device preclude the
operation of the other? Should the
proposed power level be reduced
further to allow for better coexistence
between unlicensed wireless
microphones and white space devices?
Alternatively, could the proposed power
level be increased without causing
interference to authorized services or
adversely affecting white space
operations?
142. Database access. The Spectrum
Act states that the Commission may
permit unlicensed use of the guard
bands, and stipulates that (a) unlicensed
use shall rely on a database or
subsequent methodology as determined
by the Commission, and (b) the
Commission may not permit any use of
a guard band that the Commission
determines would cause harmful
interference to licensed services. The
Commission’s part 15 rules already
require that unlicensed devices not
cause harmful interference to and must
accept interference from authorized
users. In this NPRM, the Commission
proposes and seek comment on
technical and operational rules for
unlicensed wireless microphones in the
guard bands and duplex gap that would
satisfy the requirements of both the
Spectrum Act and our rules that
unlicensed wireless microphones not
cause harmful interference to authorized
services.
143. Unlike fixed and personal/
portable white space devices that are
required to comply with rules that
clearly satisfy the Spectrum Act’s
stipulation that ‘‘unlicensed use shall
rely on a database,’’ wireless
microphones do not operate in a similar
way to ‘‘rely on a database.’’
Nonetheless, the Commission proposes
that unlicensed wireless microphones
that operate in the guard bands and
duplex gap must ‘‘rely on a database’’
prior to operation to ensure that their
intended operating frequencies are
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
69730
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
available for unlicensed wireless
microphones at the location where they
will be used. The Commission believes
this proposed requirement is necessary
because during the post-auction
transition period, there will be a time
when TV stations continue to operate in
spectrum that will eventually become
the guard bands and duplex gap, so the
database will indicate to users whether
operation is permitted in the guard
bands and duplex gap. Also, there may
be market variation in the amount of
spectrum recovered, so the frequency
and size of the guard band between TV
and wireless downlink spectrum may
differ in different parts of the country.
Thus, the database can indicate which
spectrum is available for unlicensed
wireless microphones at a particular
location. The Commission believes that
this requirement is not unduly
burdensome because there are several
white space databases available, and
unlicensed wireless microphone users
will have an incentive to check a
database to identify available
frequencies for their use. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
144. The Commission seeks comment
on how unlicensed wireless
microphones would comply with the
Spectrum Act’s stipulation that the
devices rely on a database or subsequent
methodology. For example, could
wireless microphones be designed to
access directly a database through an
Internet connection and download a list
of available frequencies of operation in
the same manner as white space
devices? Would such an approach be
practical, and would it add cost and
complexity to wireless microphones?
Would requiring users of unlicensed
wireless microphones to manually
check a database through another
device, e.g., a laptop or smart phone, to
get a list of available frequencies of
operation comply with the Act’s
stipulation ‘‘to rely on a database’’ and
ensure that the devices operate only in
permissible frequency bands?
Alternatively, would manual database
checking be a ‘‘subsequent
methodology’’ which is permitted by the
Spectrum Act in lieu of a database? Are
there alternative methodologies that
could be used in compliance with the
Act? The Commission notes that after
the end of the post-auction transition
period, the duplex gap would be cleared
of all broadcasters and would be
uniform nationwide. Would designating
a nationwide six megahertz block of
spectrum in the duplex gap exclusively
for unlicensed operation constitute a
‘‘subsequent methodology’’ under the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
Spectrum Act, and therefore eliminate
the need for a database access
requirement for both white space
devices and wireless microphones?
b. Licensed Wireless Microphones in
the Duplex Gap
145. The Commission proposes to
require that licensed wireless
microphones operating in the duplex
gap comply with the same technical
requirements described for unlicensed
wireless microphones in the guard
bands and duplex gap, with the
following two exceptions. First, the
Commission proposes that the
permissible frequencies of operation
would be limited to the four megahertz
segment of the duplex gap which it
proposes to designate for licensed
wireless microphone use. Second, the
Commission is not proposing to require
licensed users to access a database
before beginning operation because it
does not believe such a requirement is
necessary. At the end of the postauction transition period, the duplex
gap will be cleared of all broadcast
operations, including low power TV and
translator stations, and the duplex gap
will be uniform nationwide. Thus, there
will be no need for database access to
determine whether the four megahertz
segment of the duplex gap is available.
During the post-auction transition
period, however, a licensed wireless
microphone user may need to determine
whether the duplex gap is available in
an area. The Commission believes that
broadcaster and cable programming
network entities that will be licensed to
operate in the duplex gap are
sophisticated users that are capable of
determining whether the duplex gap is
available at their location. Thus, the
Commission does not believe it
necessary to propose rules requiring
licensed users of the four megahertz
segment of the duplex gap to access a
database to determine frequency
availability. Since we are proposing to
limit operation in this four megahertz
segment to licensed users, there is no
statutory requirement that use must rely
on database access or a subsequent
methodology determined by the
Commission. The Commission seeks
comment on these proposals. The
Commission also seeks comment,
regarding the splitting of the duplex
gap, whether licensed wireless
microphones could protect wireless
services in the adjacent band from
harmful interference.
3. Repurposed 600 MHz Band
146. In the Incentive Auction R&O,
the Commission decided to permit
wireless microphone users to continue
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to operate in the 600 MHz Band during
the Post-Auction Transition Period
subject to certain conditions.
Specifically, wireless microphone users
must cease operations in the 600 MHz
Band if they cause harmful interference
to any 600 MHz licensee’s operations,
and they must accept interference
received from these operations. The
Commission also decided that all
wireless microphone operations must be
transitioned out of the 600 MHz Band
no later than the end of the PostAuction Transition Period, which will
be 39 months after the issuance of the
Channel Reassignment PN. The
Commission did not adopt any specific
criteria to prevent harmful interference
from wireless microphones to 600 MHz
Band licensees, such as minimum
separation distances from a co-channel
wireless licensee’s service area.
147. The Commission proposes that
both licensed and unlicensed wireless
microphones operating in the
repurposed 600 MHz Band during the
Post-Auction Transition Period comply
with minimum separation distance
requirements to prevent harmful
interference to 600 MHz Band licensees.
The Commission believes that
protection requirements are necessary
because wireless microphones could
cause harmful interference to 600 MHz
Band equipment (e.g., handsets) while
not receiving any interference since 600
MHz Band equipment transmits and
receives on different frequencies. Thus,
the wireless microphone operator may
be unaware that it is causing harmful
interference, and the party receiving the
harmful interference may be unaware of
its source.
148. The Commission proposes to
protect 600 MHz Band licensees from
harmful interference from wireless
microphones using the same criteria we
propose to protect 600 MHz Band
licensees from harmful interference
from white space devices. Specifically,
the Commission proposes to require that
wireless microphones operate at the
same distance outside a 600 MHz Band
licensee’s service area as white space
devices operating with a power of 4,000
milliwatts EIRP and an antenna height
of three meters above average terrain.
This is similar to the approach the
Commission used in the Incentive
Auction R&O to determine the
minimum separation distance between
wireless microphones and the protected
contour of co-channel television
stations. In that case, the Commission
based its determination on a power level
significantly higher than a single
wireless microphone since multiple
wireless microphones can operate in a
single six megahertz channel. It used the
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
three meter antenna height above
average terrain because that height is
used in determining the separation
distances for portable white space
devices, and wireless microphones are
also portable devices. Are the proposed
protection distances appropriate, or do
we need to increase or decrease them?
The Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
149. The Commission also seeks
comment on how best to implement the
proposed separation distances. The
Commission is proposing that the white
space databases include information on
the geographic areas and frequency
bands where 600 MHz Band licensees
have commenced operation. This
information will be used to ensure that
white space devices operate sufficiently
far outside a licensee’s service area to
prevent harmful interference, and could
also be used to ensure that wireless
microphones operate sufficiently far
outside a licensee’s service area. Is there
a need to require unlicensed wireless
microphone users to check a database to
ensure that they are outside a wireless
licensee’s service area, or are the general
non-interference requirements described
in the Incentive Auction R&O sufficient
to protect 600 MHz Band licensees?
Wireless microphone users would most
likely access the databases through an
Internet connection separate from the
microphone since, during the postauction transition period, users will
likely continue to use microphones
certified under current part 74 rules
which are not designed to access the
white space databases. How often
should unlicensed wireless microphone
users be required to check the database
to determine whether a licensee has
commenced operation? Should there be
a time limit on how far in advance of
an event a wireless microphone user can
check the database? Are the timing
intervals that we propose below for
white space devices appropriate for
wireless microphones to check for 600
MHz licensees that have commenced
operation? Would the white spaces
database administrators have to make
any changes to their databases to allow
unlicensed wireless microphone users
to check whether they comply with the
proposed separation distances? If so,
what costs would be incurred and who
would pay the costs? If any commenters
believe the general non-interference
requirements described in the Incentive
Auction R&O are sufficient to protect
600 MHz Band licensees during the
post-auction transition period, they
should explain how interference would
be resolved, by whom, and what
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
mechanism would be used to identify
interference sources.
C. White Spaces Databases
1. Expanding Location/Frequency
Information in Database
a. WMTS
150. Authorized health care providers
are authorized by rule to operate
transmitters in the WMTS. Although the
Commission does not issue individual
licenses in this service, it does require
that authorized health care providers
that use WMTS devices must register
the devices with a Commissiondesignated frequency coordinator prior
to operation. The registration program
assists users in meeting their obligation
to cooperate in selecting and using
frequencies to reduce the potential for
interference with each other or coprimary RAS operations. ASHE/AHA,
the Commission-designated WMTS
frequency coordinator, has contracted
with Comsearch to develop and
maintain the WMTS database. WMTS
users pay fees to ASHE/AHA and
Comsearch to register their systems.
151. Some of the information already
in the WMTS database, e.g., the
geographic coordinates of the
transmitters operating on Channel 37, is
the same type of information needed to
protect the WMTS from interference by
white space devices operating on
channel 37 and in the adjacent bands,
which would be either three megahertz
guard bands or channels 36/38,
depending on the outcome of the
incentive auction. Specifically, we
propose to include in the white spaces
databases the following information
obtained from the WMTS database for
each WMTS device registration on
channel 37:
(1) Frequency of operation (i.e.,
channel 37),
(2) Geographic coordinates of
transmitters, and
(3) Cross reference to the registration
in the WMTS database (e.g., record
number).
152. The Commission believes that
the number of WMTS transmitters at a
location is not needed by the white
spaces database since a white space
device would have to meet the same
distance separation requirements
whether there is a single or many
WMTS transmitters at a health care
facility. We propose to require that a
record for a WMTS operating location in
the white spaces database include a
cross reference to the corresponding
information in the WMTS database,
such a unique record identification
number. The Commission believes that
this requirement is necessary because
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69731
the WMTS does not require individual
licensing, so there are no call signs that
could be used to cross-reference
information between databases. Since it
is only proposing to require the
minimum information in the white
spaces database necessary to determine
if a device meets the required separation
criteria from WMTS operating locations,
we need to be able to reference the more
detailed information in the WMTS
database if there are questions
concerning data accuracy or if
interference occurs.
153. The Commission believes that
using data from the WMTS database in
the white space databases is preferable
to requiring authorized health care
providers to register in both databases.
A duplicative registration requirement
would be burdensome for WMTS users,
could result in discrepancies in the data
in both databases, and could delay
populating the white space databases
with the information necessary to
protect WMTS users. The Commission
also recognizes concerns raised by
parties in the incentive auction
proceeding that information in the
WMTS database may be missing or
imprecise. For example, although
location information in the WMTS
database may be sufficient for WMTS
coordination purposes, that information
may need to be updated before it could
be used by the white space databases to
determine interference protection
distances. The Wireless
Telecommunications Bureau (WTB),
under delegated authority to oversee the
WMTS coordinator and in conjunction
with OET which has delegated authority
to oversee the white spaces database
administrators, would work with ASHE/
AHA to accomplish this task under the
terms of the MOU it has executed with
ASHE/AHA for this purpose. OET also
would work with ASHE/AHA and
Comsearch to develop procedures to
transfer the necessary information to the
white spaces databases in a compatible
format. The Commission emphasizes
that under the current rules, all parties
that operate WMTS equipment are
already required to register with the
WMTS coordinator. OET plans to work
with ASHE/AHA and other parties as
necessary to remind hospitals and other
health care providers that use WMTS
equipment of their obligation to register
with the designated frequency
coordinator and to ensure that such
registration information is accurate.
154. The Commission seeks comment
on these proposals. In particular, it
seeks comment on the use of
information from the WMTS database to
protect the WMTS in the white spaces
databases. Is the information we
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
69732
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
proposed for inclusion in the white
spaces database adequate, or is
additional information necessary? What
steps would ASHE/AHA and Comsearch
have to take to modify the data in the
WMTS database or the database
functions to transfer data to the white
spaces databases on a regular basis?
How long would these modifications
take, what costs would be incurred, and
how would those costs be recovered?
Are there any steps we can take to
ensure the accuracy of the WMTS
information? For example, could we
allow the specification of multiple
points to define a bounded area around
a large facility that uses the WMTS as
opposed to specifying a single point? If
so, how could that be accomplished?
Should we require ASHE/AHA to add
more detailed location information to its
database that would be transferred to
the white spaces databases?
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
b. Radio Astronomy Service (RAS)
155. The current white space rules list
the locations of 14 radio astronomy sites
and require that all fixed and personal/
portable devices operate at least 2.4
kilometers away from them. The 12
locations where the RAS receives on
channel 37, specifically, the Arecibo
Observatory, the Green Bank Telescope,
and the ten sites that comprise the
VLBA, are included in this list.
Therefore, these locations are already in
the white spaces database since they are
protected under the current rules.
However, the required 2.4 kilometer
separation distance from these sites was
based on the assumption that white
space devices do not operate on channel
37. The Commission is proposing to
allow white space device operation on
channel 37, and proposing protection
criteria for the RAS receive sites that
receive channel 37 to protect them from
interference. The white spaces database
administrators would need to make two
changes to their systems as a result of
the proposed rules. First, they would
have to require that white space devices
meet separation distances greater than
2.4 kilometers from the ten VLBA sites.
Second, they would have to include
information on the quiet zones at Green
Bank and the islands of Puerto Rico
where white space devices may not
operate. The Commission seeks
comment on whether any other changes
to the database would be required.
156. The other two RAS sites listed in
§ 15.712(h)(3) (the Allen Telescope
Array and the Very Large Array) do not
receive signals in the TV bands or the
600 MHz Band. The Commission is
therefore proposing to delete them from
the list of sites in this section. The
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
c. 600 MHz Band Services
157. In the Incentive Auction R&O,
the Commission decided to permit the
continued operation of white space
devices on repurposed spectrum except
in those areas in which a 600 MHz Band
licensee commences operations.
Recognizing that new licensees would
likely commence operations at different
places within their licensed service area
at different times depending on their
business plans and other factors, the
Commission concluded that since white
space devices can operate only on
channels identified in the white spaces
databases, these databases can serve to
ensure that unlicensed operations will
no longer occur on a channel on which
a licensee has commenced operations. It
stated that when a 600 MHz Band
licensee plans to commence operations
on frequencies that include channels
available for unlicensed operations
under the rules for white space devices,
that licensee can notify any of the white
spaces database administrators when
and where it plans to commence
operations. The Commission noted that,
as an example, the white spaces
databases could include the coordinates
of four corners of a polygon that
corresponds to the area where the 600
MHz Band licensee has commenced
operations, and thus prevent operation
of white space devices on the channel(s)
used by the licensee within the defined
area.
158. The Commission proposes to
require that TV bands database
administrators store information on the
locations where 600 MHz Band
licensees commence operations in a
similar fashion to the example that the
Commission discussed in the Incentive
Auction R&O. Specifically, it proposes
that the database administrators allow
600 MHz band licensees to enter the
coordinates of at least eight points
representing the corners of a polygon of
the minimum size necessary to
encompass all base stations within the
area where a licensee is commencing
operations, as well as the frequencies
that a licensee will use in the specified
area. The white spaces databases will
use this information along with the
protection criteria proposed in this
NPRM to ensure that white space
devices operate at a sufficient distance
outside the border of the defined
polygon to prevent interference to
wireless services. The Commission is
proposing to base the size of the
polygon on the minimum size necessary
to encompass base stations, since the
proposed protection criteria for both
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
wireless uplinks and downlinks are
based on a minimum distance from base
stations.
159. The Commission proposes that
wireless licensees specify a polygon
with a minimum of eight sides rather
than four as the Commission previously
suggested, and that a TV bands database
be capable of accepting up to 120 points
to delineate the wireless carrier’s area of
operation. This is the maximum number
of points that a licensee may enter when
partitioning a license area. This
approach would provide wireless
carriers with sufficient flexibility to
describe different areas of operation.
They could enter the coordinates of
multiple polygons in cases where it
plans to commence service in multiple
non-contiguous areas. They also could
specify shapes more complex than an
eight-sided polygon to designate an area
that includes irregular boundaries, such
as PEA boundaries so that the protected
area in the database stops at the edge of
a carrier’s licensed area.
160. The Commission seeks comment
on these proposals. In particular, it
seeks comment on whether a polygon
with a minimum of eight sides is the
appropriate method for defining the area
where a licensee has commenced
service. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether it is necessary to
allow for polygons with up to 120 sides.
Would such a requirement be difficult
for the database administrators to
implement? The Commission further
seeks comment on how the database
should handle situations where a
licensee is providing service up to the
boundary of its licensed PEA. Should
the database contain information on
PEA boundaries so a licensee does not
need to enter them? How difficult
would it be for the database
administrators to add that capability?
161. The Commission proposes that a
600 MHz Band licensee enter the date
it plans to commence operations when
it registers a polygonal area and
operating frequencies with the TV bands
database. It also proposes that the white
space database administrators provide
to the other database administrators on
a daily basis the data registered by 600
MHz licensees, as they do for other
services. Requiring the database to
include the date for commencing
operations will allow a licensee to
define its operations area well in
advance without limiting the ability of
white space devices to operate until the
actual date when the 600 MHz wireless
licensee commences operation. The
database will disregard the registration
information prior to the service
commencement date when determining
which channels are available for white
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
space devices. Some licensees may not
wish to make available details of their
intended plans far in advance, and they
could register their information closer to
the actual date when they intend to
commence operations. In doing so, they
should keep in mind the time period
needed for the white space databases to
share information and the frequency
with which white space devices are
required to check for available channels.
d. Private Land Mobile Radio Service
(PLMRS)
162. The Commission is proposing to
modify the information required to be
included in the white spaces databases
for PLMRS/CMRS base station
operations located more than 80
kilometers from the geographic centers
of the 13 metropolitan areas defined in
§ 90.303(a) of the rules (e.g., in
accordance with a waiver). Section
15.713(h)(4) currently requires that the
database include the transmitter
location, effective radiated power,
antenna height above ground and
average terrain, and call sign for each
PLMRS/CMRS base station. These
stations are protected to a distance of 54
kilometers from co-channel white space
devices, and 51 kilometers from
adjacent channel white space devices.
However, § 15.713(h)(4) does not require
the database to include the TV channel
number on which the PLMRS/CMRS
station operates, which is information
that needs to be included in the
database to determine when a station
needs protection. In addition, there does
not appear to be any need to include the
effective radiated power or antenna
heights above ground and average
terrain for each base station in the
database. The protection criteria for base
station is based on a geographic
separation from the transmitter location,
and the power and antenna height
information are not necessary for the
database to calculate the separation
distance. Accordingly, the Commission
proposes to modify § 15.713(h)(4) to
require the TV bands database to
include the TV channel number on
which a PLMRS/CMRS base station
operates, and to remove the requirement
to include effective radiated power and
antenna height information. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
e. Canadian and Mexican Stations
Information
163. Because white space devices
operate in the same frequency bands
and on the same channels as TV stations
in Canada and Mexico, the Commission
is sensitive to the need to avoid causing
harmful interference to TV broadcast
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
operations in those countries. To this
end, we committed to discussing with
Canada and Mexico how we could
include in our white space databases
information on Canadian TV stations in
the border areas that need to be
protected. Currently, the Commission
receives this information from Canada
and passes it on to our white space
database administrators who protect
these locations. The Commission is
discussing with Canada, which is
moving ahead with its own program to
permit white space devices on vacant
TV channels, how best to have the
Canadian and U.S. database
administrators share information about
stations in each country that need to be
protected in the border areas. Some of
these facilities may be receive sites that
are not listed in Commission or
Canadian government licensing
databases, and the operators of the
receive sites directly register their
location information with the databases.
The Commission seeks comment on
how best to accomplish this objective.
Should we require our database
administrators to share this information
directly with Canadian database
administrators, or should the
Commission be the conduit for passing
this information to the Canadian
database administrators?
2. Changes to Database Procedures
a. Wireless Microphones
164. Under the current rules, part 74
licensees operating Low Power
Auxiliary Service (LPAS) equipment,
including wireless microphones, may
register their operating locations,
channels and times in the white spaces
database. The white spaces database
protects these registered locations by
requiring fixed devices to operate at
least one kilometer from them and
requiring personal/portable devices to
operate at least 400 meters from them.
Licensees may register their information
directly with any one of the designated
white space database administrators,
and the information is then shared with
all the other database administrators. In
addition, parties operating large
numbers of wireless microphones on an
unlicensed basis are also allowed to
register their operating locations in the
white spaces database under certain
circumstances. These registered
locations are given the same protection
from white space devices as licensed
LPAS operations. Registration of
unlicensed wireless microphones is
limited to venues of events and
productions and shows that use large
numbers of microphones that cannot be
accommodated in the two reserved
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69733
channels and other channels that are not
available for use by white space devices
at a specific location.
165. The Commission proposes to
eliminate the part 15 rule that permits
unlicensed wireless microphone users
to register the operating locations,
channels and times in the white spaces
databases to protect these operations
from possible interference from white
space devices. Thus, unlicensed
wireless microphones would no longer
be permitted to register their operations
in the TV bands, as well as in the 600
MHz Band Plan guard bands or duplex
gap. The Commission seeks comment on
this proposal.
166. The Commission makes this
proposal in part due to our recent
decision to adopt the TV Bands Wireless
Microphones Second R&O, 79 FR 40680
(July 14, 2014), in which we expanded
eligibility for part 74 LPAS licenses to
include professional sound companies
and the owners and operators of large
venues that routinely use 50 or more
wireless microphones, and to permit
these eligible entities to register directly
in the TV bands database, provided that
they obtain a license. The Commission
notes that the goal in both the TV Bands
Wireless Microphones Second R&O and
in the TV White Spaces Second MO&O,
75 FR 75814 (December 6, 2010), in
which the Commission adopted rules
permitting unlicensed users to register
in the TV bands database, was to ensure
that entities requiring a large number of
wireless microphones are able to
register in the TV bands database.
Commenters should address the extent
to which this decision to expand license
eligibility in the TV Bands Wireless
Microphone Second R&O obviates the
need for unlicensed wireless
microphone users at ‘‘venues of events
and productions/shows that use large
numbers of wireless microphones’’ to
register in the TV bands database.
167. The Commission also makes this
proposal in part because in this NPRM
we are proposing other ways that
unlicensed microphones would operate
on an equal basis with white space
devices in the TV bands, the 600 MHz
guard bands, and the portion of the
duplex gap where we would allow
unlicensed operation. For example, we
propose technical rules (e.g., power
limits) for unlicensed microphones that
are similar to those applicable to white
space devices, thus reducing the
potential for interference between these
different uses. The Commission also
proposes that unlicensed wireless
microphones operating in the 600 MHz
Band guard bands and duplex gap must
contact the white spaces databases prior
to operation to ensure that their
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
69734
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
intended operating frequencies are
available for unlicensed wireless
microphones at the location where they
will be used. Under the part 15 rules the
Commission proposes to adopt,
unlicensed wireless microphones,
would operate under the same general
conditions of operation as white space
devices, meaning they may not cause
interference to authorized services and
must accept any interference received,
including interference from other
unlicensed devices.
b. White Space Device Re-Check
Interval and Databases’ Sharing of
Registration Information
168. White space devices are required
to re-check the database at least once
per day to obtain the list of available TV
channels at the location where the
device operates. If a device is unable to
make contact with the database on any
given day, it may continue to operate
until 11:59 p.m. on the following day,
at which time it must cease operation
until it re-establishes contact with the
database. The Commission established
these timeframes because most
protected services listed in its databases
do not change on a frequent basis.
Further, since the Commission provides
updated data to the white spaces
database administrators only once every
weekday, there is generally no need for
white space devices to recheck the
database more frequently than once per
day.
169. The only protected use for which
database information generally changes
more frequently than once daily is
wireless microphones. A wireless
microphone user may register with a
single white spaces database, and that
database must then share the
registration information with the other
databases. The rules require such
sharing to be done at least once daily,
or more often as appropriate. The
Commission established two reserved
television channels where white space
devices cannot operate to ensure that
there would be spectrum available for
wireless microphones used in
applications such as electronic news
gathering for which it is not possible to
register the operating location in the
database at least 24 hours in advance.
170. To ensure that wireless
microphones used in applications such
as electronic newsgathering receive
protection in a timely manner, the
Commission proposes two
improvements—an increase in the
frequency at which white space devices
must re-check the database, and a limit
on the time required for an LPAS
registration made in one white spaces
database to appear in all other white
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
spaces databases. Specifically, it
proposes to amend §§ 15.711(b)(3)(i)
and 15.711(b)(3)(ii) of the rules to
require fixed and Mode II personal/
portable white space devices to re-check
the database at time intervals not to
exceed 20 minutes. The Commission
also proposes to eliminate
§ 15.711(b)(3)(iii) which allows a white
space device to continue operating until
11:59 p.m. on the following day if it
cannot establish contact with the
database. The Commission proposes to
amend § 15.715(l) of the rules to require
database administrators to share
registration information between
databases within ten minutes. The effect
of these two proposals will be to ensure
that a white space device ceases
operation on a channel used by a
wireless microphone within 30 minutes
after a new registration is entered into
the database. This 30 minute time
interval is consistent with previous
requests by NAB and Shure.
171. The Commission previously
considered and rejected requests by
wireless microphone manufacturers and
users to establish a shorter re-check
interval than the current 24 hours
specified in the rules. In rejecting these
requests, the Commission noted the
steps it had taken to ensure that
adequate spectrum in the TV bands
remains available for licensed itinerant
wireless microphone users by
prohibiting personal/portable devices
from operating below channel 21,
designating two channels in each
market from among channels 14–51
where white space devices cannot
operate, and prohibiting fixed devices
from operating adjacent to occupied
television channels.
172. It is now appropriate to revisit
the Commission’s earlier decision that
retained a 24-hour database re-check
interval. In the Incentive Auction R&O,
the Commission decided to no longer
designate two vacant television
channels exclusively for wireless
microphone use. In making this change,
the Commission stated that it also
planned to make significant
improvements to the white spaces
databases to help address the concerns
of wireless microphone users and
accommodate their needs for access to
available unused television channels,
free from interference from unlicensed
devices. There are now multiple white
spaces databases in operation, and our
experience with them has demonstrated
that a channel re-check can be done
very rapidly, so it does not appear that
more frequent database checks would be
unduly burdensome.
173. The Commission seeks comment
on our proposals. In particular, it seeks
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
comment on whether 20 minutes is an
appropriate re-check interval, or
whether the interval should be longer or
shorter. The Commission also seeks
comment on how a white space device
should respond in the event that it
cannot contact a database at the
specified re-check interval. Should the
device simply be required to cease
transmitting, or should it be permitted
to operate for a longer time so it can
retry contacting the database? How
much more time should be permitted, if
any?
174. In addition, the Commission
seeks comment on the appropriateness
of the proposed ten minute time limit
for sharing information between
databases. Section 15.715(l) requires the
sharing of registration information for
fixed devices and MVPD receive sites in
addition to wireless microphones. We
seek comment on whether there is a
need to require faster sharing of these
other types of registration information,
or whether any new requirements
should apply only to wireless
microphones.
175. Sections 15.711(b)(3)(i) and (ii)
require that a fixed or personal/portable
white space device that accesses the
database must obtain wireless
microphone scheduling information for
a 48 hour period beginning from the
time that the device accesses the
database for a list of channels. This
requirement is necessary because a
white space device is only required to
access the database once every 24 hours,
and it may continue to operate for an
additional 24 hours if it is unable to
contact the database. However, if we
require white space devices to contact
the database every 20 minutes, it
appears that this 48 hour time period
could be reduced. The Commission
proposes to require that a white space
device must obtain wireless microphone
scheduling information for a period of
60 minutes beginning from the last time
it accesses a database. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal.
176. Finally, the Commission believes
that these proposals, if adopted, should
provide assurance to wireless
microphone users that they will be able
to access channels when and where they
need them on short NPRM, without
having to reserve multiple channels for
every day/all day over extensive time
periods. On several occasions we have
seen microphone registrations that have
been abusive of our rules and their
intent to provide a fair opportunity for
all microphone and white space device
users to access available channels and
make the most efficient use of spectrum.
The Commission seeks comment on
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
whether there are other steps it should
take to curb such abusive practices.
c. Database Registration and Fees
177. Under the current part 15 rules,
fixed white space devices must register
with the white space databases,
providing the geographic coordinates,
antenna height and certain identifying
information. The Commission proposes
to clarify its rules to ensure that fixed
white space devices register with the
databases if they would operate not only
in TV bands but also in the repurposed
600 MHz Band, the guard bands and
duplex gap, and Channel 37. The
Commission also proposes to modify
our rule that permits the white spaces
database administrators to charge a fee
for providing lists of available channels
to white space devices and to register
fixed white space devices to clearly
state that this rule provision applies to
white space devices that would operate
in the TV bands, the repurposed 600
MHz Band, the 600 MHz guard bands,
including the duplex gap, and Channel
37. The Commission also proposes that,
if it adopts the proposal in this NPRM
that unlicensed wireless microphones
operating in the 600 MHz guard bands
and duplex gap must contact the white
spaces databases to identify operating
frequencies available for their use, the
database administrators may charge a
fee for providing this information. The
Commission seeks comment on these
proposals.
178. The Commission permits the
database administrators to assess fees to
support the creation and operation of
the databases, and these fees may be
imposed on the operators of the white
space devices in order to access the
database and/or on the manufacturers of
the white space devices. The
Commission believes that both white
space devices and unlicensed wireless
microphones in the 600 MHz guard
bands and duplex gap should be equally
responsible for supporting the ongoing
operation of the databases. Both types of
uses benefit equally from the
information provided by the databases.
Should wireless microphone users also
register their devices in the white space
databases? Should database
administrators assess a fee for
microphone registration, as they do with
fixed white space devices? Would a
registration program facilitate the
assessment of fees for obtaining channel
lists? Commenters should address the
feasibility of assessing database fees on
unlicensed wireless microphone
operators or manufacturers.
179. Regarding the registration of
fixed white space devices in the white
space databases, the Commission has
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
stated that devices that do not check the
database for three months to update
their channel lists will be removed from
the databases, but it did not codify this
requirement. Fixed devices that are reregistered later would be subject to a
new registration fee. The Commission
seeks comment on whether it should
continue this requirement, and whether
it should apply to wireless microphones
if we adopt a similar registration
requirement for them. What purpose is
served by removing a fixed device
registration if it has not updated its
channel list over a certain period of
time? In this NPRM, the Commission is
proposing to significantly increase the
frequency for white space devices to recheck the database for a list of available
channels. If the Commission continues
this requirement, is a three month
inactive period appropriate?
D. Equipment Certification and
Marketing
180. Most part 15 intentional
radiators, including white space devices
and wireless microphones, must be
authorized through the certification
procedure before they can be imported
into or marketed within the United
States. Part 74 wireless microphones
must also be authorized through the
certification procedure. This procedure
requires the filing of an application with
either the Commission or a designated
Telecommunications Certification Body
(TCB) that includes test data
demonstrating that the device complies
with the appropriate technical rules. A
grant of equipment certification does
not normally specify an importation or
marketing cutoff date, so it remains
valid indefinitely unless revoked or
withdrawn, rescinded, surrendered, or a
termination date is otherwise
established by the Commission.
181. The Commission is proposing
rule changes in this NPRM that would
give greater flexibility for fixed and
personal/portable white space device
operation in the TV bands. The majority
of these changes are permissive,
meaning that manufacturers of approved
white space devices are not required to
incorporate them into their equipment.
However, the proposed requirement for
white space devices to re-check a
database at more frequent intervals
would require changes to previously
approved devices. In addition, the
Commission is proposing to adopt rules
for unlicensed wireless microphones
that operate in the TV bands and for
unlicensed devices and for licensed and
unlicensed wireless microphones that
operate in the guard bands and duplex
gap. These devices will be affected by
the transition provisions adopted in the
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69735
Incentive Auction R&O. The
Commission addresses certification,
marketing and operational requirements
for white space devices and unlicensed
wireless microphones below.
Fixed and Personal/Portable Devices
182. Our proposal to require fixed and
Mode II personal/portable devices to
check the database more frequently and
to obtain scheduling information for
wireless microphones over a shorter
time period would require changes to
devices that were previously approved,
since the frequency of checking the
database is a function of a device. The
Commission believes that this change
can be implemented with a minor
software update, so only short transition
time periods are necessary. Accordingly,
the Commission proposes to require that
devices for which a certification
application is filed beginning 30 days
after the effective date of the rules
comply with the new re-check
requirements. The Commission also
proposes to require that within 90 days
after the effective date of the rules, all
white space devices imported and
marketed within the United States must
comply with the new re-check
requirement, regardless of when they
were certified. The Commission further
proposes to require that white space
devices that do not comply with the
new re-check requirements must cease
operating within 180 days of the
effective date of the rules. The
Commission seeks comment on these
proposals.
Wireless Microphones
183. All wireless microphones that
now operate in the TV bands are
certified as compliant with part 74,
subpart H of the Commission’s rules.
The Commission decided in the
Incentive Auction R&O that all wireless
microphones that operate in the portion
of the TV bands that will be repurposed
for licensed wireless services may
continue to operate in that spectrum
during the post-auction transition
period but must cease those operations
no later than 39 months after release of
the Channel Reassignment Public
Notice. At the end of this post-auction
transition period, licensed microphones
will be permitted to operate in a portion
of the duplex gap, and unlicensed
wireless microphones will be permitted
to operate in the guard bands and
duplex gap.
184. Because of these future changes
in the permitted operating frequency
range for wireless microphones, plus the
rule changes for these devices that the
Commission proposes in this NPRM and
in the Wireless Microphone NPRM, we
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
69736
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
need to establish cutoff dates for the
certification, manufacturing and
marketing of wireless microphones in
the guard bands and repurposed 600
MHz Band spectrum to ensure that
manufacturers cease making and
marketing equipment that cannot be
legally used after a certain date. Cutoff
dates will encourage manufacturers to
concentrate on developing wireless
microphones that operate in compliance
with new parts 74 and 15 rules. Because
similar technical requirements would
apply to both licensed and unlicensed
wireless microphones, the Commission
proposes to apply to both the same
transition rules for certification,
manufacturing and marketing. This
approach would be the least disruptive
to wireless microphone manufacturers
and users. In this NPRM, the
Commission proposes rules for
unlicensed wireless microphones;
proposed rules for part 74 licensed
wireless microphones are in the
Wireless Microphone NPRM.
185. Although the Commission
encourages wireless microphone
manufacturers to come into compliance
as soon as possible with new or revised
technical rules, it may be preferable to
have the transition period align as
closely as possible with the post-auction
transition schedule. Manufacturers and
users will not know until after the
auction which band plan will be in
effect and where wireless microphones
will be permitted to operate at the end
of the post-auction transition period.
The auction results will determine the
size and frequency range of the 600
MHz Band guard bands, duplex gap,
and repurposed spectrum. Our goal is to
establish transition periods that are
flexible and do not impose multiple recertification requirements over a
relatively short period of time.
186. Currently, unlicensed wireless
microphones operate in the TV bands
under part 15 of the Commission’s rules
pursuant to waivers. These devices must
operate in compliance with certain
technical requirements set forth in the
TV Bands Wireless Microphones R&O
and be certified under the applicable
rules under part 74, subpart H. The
waiver limits unlicensed wireless
microphone operations to no greater
than 50 milliwatts, but otherwise the
technical requirements (e.g., 200 kHz
bandwidth limit) for their operations are
the same as part 74 wireless
microphones. Unlicensed microphone
operations can continue in the core TV
bands under this waiver until the
effective date of final rules for their
operation on an unlicensed basis under
part 15. The rules the Commission
proposes in this NPRM allows the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
certification of unlicensed wireless
microphones that operate on channels
2–51, excluding channel 37. However,
some portion of those channels will be
repurposed for licensed wireless
services. The Commission thus proposes
that, after it adopts part 15 rules for
unlicensed wireless microphone
operation, the Commission continues to
permit unlicensed wireless microphone
users to operate part 74 wireless
microphones in the TV bands under the
waivers already in place until they must
cease those operations no later than 39
months after release of the Channel
Reassignment Public Notice. The
Commission also proposes to accept
applications to certify wireless
microphones under part 15 rules as
soon as those rules are effective, but not
require such applications until after the
incentive auction. The Commission
seeks comment on these proposals.
187. The Commission proposes that
parties may no longer submit
applications to certify under part 15
wireless microphones that operate in
repurposed TV spectrum beginning nine
months after the release of the Channel
Reassignment Public Notice. The
Commission also proposes a
manufacturing and marketing cutoff on
wireless microphones that would not
comply with the 600 MHz Band of 18
months after release of the Channel
Reassignment Public Notice. The
Commission seeks comment on these
proposals. In particular, it seeks
comment on the appropriateness of the
proposed cutoff dates. Should we
provide longer or shorter time periods?
Should we also require that, in any
event, parties may not submit
applications to certify wireless
microphones that operate in repurposed
TV spectrum later than 24 months after
the effective date of the service rules we
adopt in this proceeding, and
microphones that do not comply with
the new rules may not be manufactured
and marketed later than 33 months after
the effective date of the service rules we
adopt in this proceeding? Are any other
requirements necessary, such as
requiring advisory labeling or other
information to the user about the
operational cutoff date?
188. Unlike wireless microphones
operating in the repurposed 600 MHz
Band, operation of unlicensed wireless
microphones in the guard bands and
duplex gap is not affected by the postauction transition requirements. To
ensure that we can distinguish which
wireless microphones may be legally
operated after the transition from those
that cannot, we propose the following
requirements. A wireless microphone
that is certified to operate only in the
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
guard bands and duplex gap may
continue to be marketed and operated
with no cutoff date. However, if a
wireless microphone is certified to
operate in any portion of the repurposed
600 MHz Band, the Commission
proposes that it may no longer be
marketed or operated after the specified
cutoff dates, even if it could be tuned to
operate outside the repurposed 600
MHz Band. This approach will allow
use of the FCC identification number to
identify which wireless microphones
may be legally marketed and operated,
rather than having to determine the
precise frequency to which a specific
wireless microphone is tuned, which
may not be indicated on the device. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
Procedural Matters
189. As required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended
(RFA),1 the Commission has prepared
this present Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) of the
possible significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities by
the policies and rules proposed in this
NPRM of Proposed Rule Making
(NPRM). Written public comments are
requested on this IRFA. Comments must
be identified as responses to the IRFA
and must be filed by the deadlines for
comments on the NPRM provided in the
item. The Commission will send a copy
of the NPRM, including this IRFA, to the
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration (SBA).2
A. Need for, and Objectives of, the
Proposed Rules
190. The NPRM proposes rules for
unlicensed operations in the frequency
bands that are now and will continue to
be allocated and assigned to broadcast
television services (TV bands),
including fixed and personal/portable
white space devices and unlicensed
wireless microphones. Based on its
experience with the development and
deployment of white space devices in
the TV bands, the Commission is
considering changes to the part 15 rules
that will allow for more robust service
and efficient spectral use without
increasing the risk of harmful
interference to authorized users. The
NPRM also proposes to codify rules for
the operation of unlicensed wireless
microphones in the TV bands.
1 See 5 U.S.C. 603. The RFA, see 5 U.S.C. 601–
612, has been amended by the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996
(SBREFA), Public Law 104–121, Title II, 110 Stat.
857 (1996).
2 See 5 U.S.C. 603(a).
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
191. The NPRM addresses issues that
arise from the Incentive Auction R&O to
repurpose a portion of the broadcast
spectrum for new wireless services.3
The 600 MHz Band Plan adopted in the
Incentive Auction R&O provides new
opportunities for unlicensed white
space devices, unlicensed wireless
microphones and wireless microphones
licensed under part 74. The NPRM
proposes rules for their operation that
will protect licensed services as
spectrum is repurposed to introduce
new wireless services.
B. Legal Basis
192. The proposed action is taken
pursuant to Sections 4(i), 301, 302,
303(e), 303(f), 303(r), 304 and 307 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), 301, 302,
303(e), 303(f), 303(r), 304 and 307.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
C. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Small Entities to Which the
Proposed Rules Will Apply
193. The RFA directs agencies to
provide a description of, and where
feasible, an estimate of the number of
small entities that may be affected by
the proposed rules, if adopted.4 The
RFA generally defines the term ‘‘small
entity’’ as having the same meaning as
the terms ‘‘small business,’’ ‘‘small
organization,’’ and ‘‘small governmental
jurisdiction.’’ 5 In addition, the term
‘‘small business’’ has the same meaning
as the term ‘‘small business concern’’
under the Small Business Act.6 A
‘‘small business concern’’ is one which:
(1) Is independently owned and
operated; (2) is not dominant in its field
of operation; and (3) satisfies any
additional criteria established by the
Small Business Administration (SBA).7
194. Radio and Television
Broadcasting and Wireless
Communications Equipment
Manufacturing. The Census Bureau
defines this category as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in manufacturing
3 See Expanding the Economic and Innovation
Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive
Auctions, GN Docket No. 12–268, Report and Order,
29 FCC Rcd 6567 (2014) (Incentive Auction R&O).
4 See 5 U.S.C. 603(b)(3).
5 See 5 U.S.C. 601(6).
6 See 5 U.S.C. 601(3) (incorporating by reference
the definition of ‘‘small-business concern’’ in the
Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 632). Pursuant to 5
U.S.C. 601(3), the statutory definition of a small
business applies ‘‘unless an agency, after
consultation with the Office of Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration and after
opportunity for public comment, establishes one or
more definitions of such term which are
appropriate to the activities of the agency and
publishes such definition(s) in the Federal
Register.’’
7 See 15 U.S.C. 632.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
radio and television broadcast and
wireless communications equipment.
Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and
receiving antennas, cable television
equipment, GPS equipment, pagers,
cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio
and television studio and broadcasting
equipment.’’ 8 The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for Radio
and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, which is: All such firms
having 750 or fewer employees.
According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 939
establishments in this category that
operated for part or all of the entire year.
Of this total, 912 had less than 500
employees and 17 had more than 1000
employees.9 Thus, under that size
standard, the majority of firms can be
considered small.
D. Description of Projected Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements for Small Entities
195. White space devices are
unlicensed devices that operate in the
TV bands at locations where frequencies
are not in use by licensed services.
These devices may be either fixed or
personal/portable. Fixed devices may
operate at power levels up to four watts,
and personal/portable devices operate at
up to 100 milliwatts, if they are outside
the service contours of adjacent channel
TV stations. Personal/portable devices
may operate with 40 milliwatts if they
are within the service contour of an
adjacent channel TV station. White
space devices are not permitted to
operate on channel 37 (608–614 MHz),
which is use by the Radio Astronomy
Service (RAS) and Wireless Medical
Telemetry Service (WMTS). To prevent
harmful interference to broadcast
television stations and other authorized
users of these bands, white space
devices must obtain a list of available
TV channels that may be used at their
location from databases administered by
private entities selected by the
Commission.
196. Wireless microphones also
operate in the TV bands. Certain entities
may be issued licenses under subpart H
of part 74 of the rules to operate low
power auxiliary stations in the TV
8 The NAICS Code for this service 334220. See 13
CFR 121/201. See also https://factfinder.census.gov/
servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&geo_id=&-_skip=300&-ds_name=EC0731SG2&-_
lang=en
9 See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_name=
EC0700A1&-_skip=4500&-ds_name=EC0731SG3&-_
lang=en
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69737
bands. Because the operators of part 74
wireless microphones are licensed, they
may register the times and locations of
their operation in the white spaces
databases to obtain interference
protection from co-channel white space
devices. The Commission also allows
the operation of part 74 certified
wireless microphones in the VHF and
UHF TV bands on an unlicensed basis
under a waiver of the part 15 rules
granted in the 2010 TV Bands Wireless
Microphones R&O and Further NPRM.10
Operators of unlicensed wireless
microphones are generally not
permitted to register in the TV bands
database, but parties operating large
numbers of wireless microphones on an
unlicensed basis at venues of events and
productions/shows may register in the
TV bands database if they meet certain
criteria specified in the rules and obtain
Commission approval to do so.
197. In the Incentive Auction R&O,
the Commission decided to repurpose a
portion of the UHF TV spectrum for
licensed wireless services (the ‘‘600
MHz Band’’). The Commission’s band
plan provides for a guard band between
television spectrum and 600 MHz
downlink services, a guard band
between 600 MHz uplink and downlink
services (a duplex gap), and guard bands
between 600 MHz downlink services
and channel 37. In the TV bands that are
repurposed for wireless services, the
Commission decided to allow white
space devices to continue operating
indefinitely in areas where a 600 MHz
Band licensee has not commenced
operations, and to allow wireless
microphones to operate for 39 months
after release of a public NPRM
announcing channel reassignments as a
result of the incentive auction.
198. Most RF transmitting equipment,
including white space devices and
wireless microphones, must be
authorized through the certification
procedure. Certification is an equipment
authorization issued by the Commission
or by a designated TCB based on an
application and test data submitted by
the responsible party (e.g., the
manufacturer or importer).11 The NPRM
10 See Revisions to Rules Authorizing the
Operation of Low Power Auxiliary Stations in the
698–806 MHz Band, WT Docket No. 08–166, Public
Interest Spectrum Coalition, Petition for
Rulemaking Regarding Low Power Auxiliary
Stations, Including Wireless Microphones, and the
Digital Television Transition, WT Docket No. 08–
167, Amendment of Parts 15, 74 and 90 of the
Commission’s Rules Regarding Low Power
Auxiliary Stations, Including Wireless
Microphones, ET Docket No. 10–24, Report and
Order and Further NPRM of Proposed Rulemaking,
25 FCC Rcd 643, 682–87, para. 81–90 (2010).
11 See 47 CFR 2.907. The Commission or a TCB
may test a sample of a device to verify that it
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
Continued
21NOP4
69738
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
does not propose to change the
authorization procedure for white space
devices and wireless microphones, but
it does propose to establish new
technical requirements or modify
existing technical requirements for
white space devices and wireless
microphones.
199. The NPRM proposes to establish
the following new and changed
compliance requirements for white
space devices, unlicensed wireless
microphones and licensed wireless
microphones:
White Space Devices That Operate in
the TV Bands Remaining After the
Incentive Auction and Channel
Reassignment
• Allow personal/portable white
space devices to operate on channels
14–20 where their operation is currently
prohibited.
• Allow fixed white space devices to:
Æ Operate at 40 milliwatts on
channels adjacent to occupied TV
channels.
Æ Operate at 4 Watts where there are
two contiguous vacant TV channels
rather than three as the rules currently
require.
Æ Operate closer to a TV station
contour when the operating power is
reduced.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
White Space Devices Operating in the
600 MHz Guard Bands, Duplex Gap and
Channel 37
• Allow fixed and personal/portable
devices to operate at 40 milliwatts in the
guard bands and the upper six
megahertz portion of the duplex gap.
• Allow white space devices to
operate on channel 37, subject to
minimum separation distances enforced
by the white spaces databases to protect
the WMTS and RAS.
• Require that fixed and personal/
portable devices operating in the
repurposed 600 MHz Band comply with
minimum separation distances from the
areas where part 27 licensees have
commenced operations. This would be
enforced by the white spaces databases.
Wireless Microphones
• Codify new part 15 rules for
unlicensed wireless microphones in the
TV bands. Wireless microphones
operating on an unlicensed basis are
currently certified under the part 74
rules.
complies with the rules before granting approval for
the equipment to be marketed. Examples of devices
subject to certification include, but are not limited
to, mobile phones; wireless local area networking
equipment, remote control transmitters; land
mobile radio transmitters; wireless medical
telemetry transmitters; cordless telephones; and
walkie-talkies.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
• Allow unlicensed wireless
microphones to operate at 20 milliwatts
in the 600 MHz guard bands and the
upper six megahertz portion of the
duplex gap. Unlicensed wireless
microphones would have to rely on the
white spaces databases to ensure they
are operating on channels available for
their use.
• Allow licensed wireless
microphones to operate at 20 milliwatts
in the four megahertz portion of the
duplex gap below the six megahertz
portion used by white space devices and
unlicensed wireless microphones.
• Require wireless microphones
operating in the repurposed 600 MHz
Band to comply with minimum
separation distances from the areas
where part 27 600 MHz Band licensees
have commenced operations.
White Spaces Databases
• Expand the databases to include
location/frequency information for
additional licensed services such as the
WMTS and part 27 600 MHz Band
services.
• Require more frequent database rechecks by white space devices and
faster database updates. This would
enable wireless microphone users to
register, on short NPRM, in the white
spaces databases channels that would be
protected from interference from white
space devices.
• Eliminate registration in the white
spaces databases of channels used by
unlicensed wireless microphones for
protection from white space devices.
Certification of White Space Devices
and Wireless Microphones
• White space devices would have to
meet the following timetable for
compliance with the shorter database recheck interval: 30 days for new
equipment certification, 90 days for
equipment importation and marketing,
180 days for equipment operation.
• Wireless microphones in the
repurposed TV spectrum would have to
meet the following cutoff dates, which
are from the release of the channel
reassignment public notice: 9 months
for equipment certification, 18 months
for importing and marketing equipment
(the 39 month date for ceasing operation
in the band was decided in the Incentive
Auction R&O).
E. Steps Taken To Minimize the
Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives
Considered
200. The RFA requires an agency to
describe any significant, specifically
small business, alternatives that it has
considered in reaching its proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
approach, which may include the
following four alternatives (among
others): ‘‘(1) the establishment of
differing compliance or reporting
requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification,
consolidation, or simplification of
compliance and reporting requirements
under the rule for such small entities;
(3) the use of performance rather than
design standards; and (4) an exemption
from coverage of the rule, or any part
thereof, for such small entities.’’ 12
201. The rule changes proposed in the
NPRM would give greater flexibility for
fixed and personal/portable white space
device operation. The majority of these
changes are permissive, meaning that
manufacturers of approved white space
devices are not required to incorporate
them into their equipment. However,
the proposed requirement for white
space devices to re-check a database at
more frequent intervals would require
changes to previously approved devices.
We propose a transition period for
equipment manufacturers and users to
make the change. While we believe that
only a short transition period is
necessary, the NPRM seeks comment on
whether the Commission should allow
more time.
202. Licensed and unlicensed
wireless microphones that operate in
the TV bands will be affected by the
transition provisions adopted in the
Incentive Auction R&O. The NPRM
proposes transition periods that we
believe are reasonable to minimize the
burden on wireless microphone
manufacturers and users, while
implementing the Commission’s
previous decision to transition users out
of the repurposed TV spectrum within
39 months. Specifically, we propose to
allow manufacturers a period of nine
months after the final 600 MHz Band
Plan is announced before they may no
longer certify wireless microphones that
operate in the repurposed TV spectrum,
and a period of 18 months before they
must cease marketing them. The
Commission also proposes that parties
operating wireless microphones on an
unlicensed basis may continue to use
part 74 certified wireless microphones
rather than part 15 certified wireless
microphones until the end of the 39
month transition to avoid users having
to replace equipment more than once.
203. The NPRM proposes a number of
changes that would require the white
space database administrators to make
changes to their systems. For example,
the NPRM would require the database
administrators to implement new
12 See
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
5 U.S.C. 603(c)(1) through (c)(4).
21NOP4
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
protection requirements for the WMTS
and part 27 wireless licensees, and
modified protection requirements for
TV stations and the RAS. The NPRM
seeks information on the costs and
burdens the proposed changes would
place on the database administrators,
and how the database administrators
could recoup their costs.
F. Federal Rules That May Duplicate,
Overlap, or Conflict With the Proposed
Rules
204. None.
205. Pursuant to Sections 1, 4(i), 7(a),
301, 303(f), 303(g), 303(r), 307(e) and
332 of the Communications Act of 1934,
as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i),
157(a), 301, 303(f), 303(g), 303(r), 307(e),
and 332, this NPRM of Proposed Rule
Making IS ADOPTED.
206. The Commission’s Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference
Information Center, SHALL SEND a
copy of this NPRM of Proposed Rule
Making, including the Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis to the Chief Counsel
for Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration.
List of Subjects in 47 CFR Parts 15
and 74
Communications equipment, Radio,
and Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
Proposed Rules
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, the Federal Communications
Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR
parts 15 and 74 as follows:
PART 15—RADIO FREQUENCY
DEVICES
1. The authority citation for part 15
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 304,
307, 336, 544a, and 549.
2. Section 15.37 is amended by adding
paragraph (i) and paragraph (j) to read
as follows:
■
§ 15.37 Transition provisions for
compliance with the rules.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
*
*
*
*
*
(i) Certification may no longer be
obtained for wireless microphones that
operate in the repurposed TV spectrum
beginning nine months after release of
the Channel Reassignment Public Notice
issued pursuant to Expanding the
Economic and Innovation Opportunities
of Spectrum Through Incentive
Auctions, Report and Order, GN Docket
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
No. 12–268 (FCC 14–50), 29 FCC 6567
(2014). Manufacturing and marketing of
wireless microphones that operate in
the repurposed TV spectrum must cease
18 months after release of the Channel
Reassignment Public Notice, and
operation of these wireless microphones
must cease 39 months after release of
the Channel Reassignment Public
Notice.
(j) Fixed and Mode II personal/
portable white space devices for which
an application for certification is filed
beginning [30 days after the effective
date of the rules] must comply with the
database re-check requirements in
§ 15.711(b)(3)(i) and (ii). Fixed and
Mode II personal/portable white space
devices that are marketed beginning [90
days after the effective date of the rule]
must comply with these requirements.
Previously approved white space
devices that do not comply with these
requirements must cease operating no
later than [180 days after the effective
date of the rules].
■ 3. Section 15.236 is added to read as
follows:
§ 15.236 Operation of wireless
microphones in the bands 54–72 MHz, 76–
88 MHz, 174–216 MHz, 470–608 MHz and
614–698 MHz.
(a) Definitions. The following
definitions apply in this section.
(1) Wireless Microphone. An
intentional radiator that converts sound
into electrical audio signals that are
transmitted using radio signals to a
receiver which converts the radio
signals back into audio signals that are
sent through a sound recording or
amplifying system. Wireless
microphones may be used for cue and
control communications and
synchronization of TV camera signals as
defined in § 74.801 of this chapter.
Wireless microphones do not include
auditory assistance devices as defined
in § 15.3(a).
(2) 600 MHz duplex gap. An 11
megahertz guard band that separates
wireless uplink and downlink
frequencies within the 600 MHz Band as
determined by the outcome of the
auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
Through Incentive Auctions, Report and
Order, GN Docket No. 12–268 (FCC 14–
50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
(3) 600 MHz guard band. Designated
frequency bands within the 600 MHz
Band that prevent interference between
licensed services as determined by the
outcome of the auction conducted
pursuant to Expanding the Economic
and Innovation Opportunities of
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
69739
Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions,
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12–
268 (FCC 14–50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
(4) Repurposed 600 MHz Band.
Frequencies that will be reallocated and
reassigned for part 27 600 MHz Band
services as determined by the outcome
of the auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
Through Incentive Auctions, Report and
Order, GN Docket No. 12–268 (FCC 14–
50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
(b) Operation under this section is
limited to wireless microphones as
defined in this section.
(c) Operation is permitted in the
following bands.
(1) Channels allocated and assigned
for broadcast television service.
(2) Television channels in the
repurposed 600 MHz Band. Operation
on these channels must cease no later
than 39 months after release of the
Channel Reassignment Public Notice
issued pursuant to Expanding the
Economic and Innovation Opportunities
of Spectrum Through Incentive
Auctions, Report and Order, GN Docket
No. 12–268 (FCC 14–50), 29 FCC 6567
(2014). Operation must cease
immediately if harmful interference
occurs to a 600 MHz Band licensee.
(3) The upper six megahertz segment
of the 600 MHz Band duplex gap.
(4) The 600 MHz guard band between
television and wireless downlink
services, excluding the upper one
megahertz segment.
(5) The 600 MHz guard bands
adjacent to channel 37, excluding the
one megahertz segments furthest from
channel 37.
(6) Microphone operation in the
frequencies identified in paragraphs
(c)(3) through(5) of this section shall
prior to operation rely on the white
space databases in part 15, subpart H to
determine that their intended operating
frequencies are available for unlicensed
wireless microphone operation at the
location where they will be used.
(d) The unmodulated carrier power at
the antenna input may not exceed the
following values.
(1) In the bands allocated and
assigned for broadcast television and in
the repurposed 600 MHz Band: 50 mW
(2) In the 600 MHz Band guard bands
including the duplex gap: 20 mW.
(e) Operation is limited to locations
separated from licensed services by the
following distances.
(1) Four kilometers outside the
following protected service contours of
co-channel TV stations.
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
69740
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Protected contour
Type of station
Contour
(dBu)
Channel
Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, translator and booster ........................................................
Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, LPTV, translator and booster ...............................
(2) The following distances outside of
the area where a 600 MHz Band licensee
has commenced operations.
Separation distance in
kilometers
Co-channel
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
Base ..................
Mobile ...............
Adjacent
channel
15
35
0.4
31
(f) The operating frequency within a
permissible band of operation as
defined in paragraph (b) of this section
must comply with the following
requirements.
(1) The frequency selection shall be
offset from the upper or lower band
limits by 25 kHz or an integral multiple
thereof.
(2) One or more adjacent 25 kHz
segments within the assignable
frequencies may be combined to form a
channel whose maximum bandwidth
shall not exceed 200 kHz. The operating
bandwidth shall not exceed 200 kHz.
(3) The frequency tolerance of the
carrier signal shall be maintained within
+/¥ 0.005% of the operating frequency
over a temperature variation of -20
degrees to +50 degrees C at normal
supply voltage, and for a variation in the
primary supply voltage from 85% to
115% of the rated supply voltage at a
temperature of 20 degrees C. Battery
operated equipment shall be tested
using a new battery.
(g) Emissions within the band from
one megahertz below to one megahertz
above the carrier frequency shall
comply with the emission mask in
Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422–1,
Electromagnetic compatibility and
Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless
microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
frequency range; Part 1: Technical
characteristics and methods of
measurement. Emissions outside this
band shall comply with the limits in
§ 15.209.
■ 4. Revise the heading of subpart H to
part 15 to read as follows:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
Subpart H—White Space Devices
5. Section 15.701 is revised to read as
follows:
■
§ 15.701
Type of station
Low VHF (2–6) ..........
High VHF (7–13) .......
UHF (14–51) ..............
Low VHF (2–6) ..........
High VHF (7–13) .......
UHF (14–51) ..............
Scope.
This subpart sets forth the regulations
for unlicensed intentional radiators that
operate on available channels in the
frequency bands at 54–72 MHz (TV
channels 2–4), 76–88 MHz (TV channels
5–6), 174–216 MHz (TV channels 7–13),
and 470–698 MHz (TV channels 14–51).
■ 6. Section 15.703 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a), (c), (i), (k), (l),
(m), (n) and adding paragraphs, (o), (p),
(q) and (r) to read as follows:
§ 15.703
Definitions.
(a) Available channel. A channel
which is not being used by an
authorized service at or near the same
geographic location as an unlicensed
device and is acceptable for use by the
device under the provisions of this
subpart.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Fixed device. A device that
transmits and/or receives
radiocommunication signals at a
specified fixed location. A fixed device
may select channels for operation itself
from a list of available channels
provided by a white spaces database,
and initiate and operate a network by
sending enabling signals to one or more
fixed devices and/or personal/portable
devices.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) Personal/portable device. A device
that transmits and/or receives
radiocommunication signals on
available channels at unspecified
locations that may change.
*
*
*
*
*
(k) Repurposed 600 MHz Band.
Frequencies that will be reallocated and
reassigned for part 27 600 MHz Band
services as determined by the outcome
of the auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
Through Incentive Auctions, Report and
Order, GN Docket No. 12–268 (FCC 14–
50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
(l) Sensing only device. A personal/
portable TVBD that uses spectrum
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Propagation
curve
47
56
64
28
36
41
F(50,50)
F(50,50)
F(50,50)
F(50,90)
F(50,90)
F(50,90)
sensing to determine a list of available
channels. Sensing only devices may
transmit on any available channels in
the frequency bands 512–608 MHz (TV
channels 21–36) and 614–698 MHz (TV
channels 38–51).
(m) Spectrum sensing. A process
whereby a TVBD monitors a television
channel to detect whether the channel
is occupied by a radio signal or signals
from authorized services.
(n) Television bands. The portions of
the broadcast television frequency
bands at 54–72 MHz (TV channels 2–4),
76–88 MHz (TV channels 5–6), 174–216
MHz (TV channels 7–13), 470–608 MHz
(channels 14–36) and 614–698 MHz
(channels 38–51) that will be allocated
and assigned to broadcast television
licensees consistent with the outcome of
the auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
Through Incentive Auctions, Report and
Order, GN Docket No. 12–268 (FCC 14–
50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
(o) White space device. An intentional
radiator that operates in the television
bands, the 600 MHz Band or on channel
37 accordance with the provisions of
this subpart.
(p) White spaces database. A database
system that maintains records of all
authorized services in the television and
600 MHz frequency bands, is capable of
determining the available channels as a
specific geographic location and
provides lists of available channels to
unlicensed devices that have been
certified under the Commission’s
equipment authorization procedures.
White spaces databases that provide
lists of available channels to unlicensed
devices must receive approval by the
Commission.
(q) 600 MHz duplex gap. An 11
megahertz guard band that separates
wireless uplink and downlink
frequencies within the 600 MHz Band as
determined by the outcome of the
auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
Through Incentive Auctions, Report and
Order, GN Docket No. 12–268 (FCC 14–
50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
69741
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(r) 600 MHz guard band. Designated
frequency bands within the 600 MHz
Band that prevent interference between
licensed services as determined by the
outcome of the auction conducted
pursuant to Expanding the Economic
and Innovation Opportunities of
Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions,
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12–
268 (FCC 14–50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
■ 7. Section 15.707 is revised to read as
follows:
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
§ 15.707 Permissible channels of
operation.
(a)(1) Fixed and personal/portable
white space devices may operate on
available channels in the frequency
bands 470–608 (TV channels 14–36),
512–608 MHz (TV channels 21–36) and
614–698 MHz (TV channels 38–51),
subject to the interference protection
requirements in §§ 15.711 and 15.712.
(2) Fixed and personal/portable
devices may operate on frequencies in
the repurposed 600 MHz Band in areas
where part 27 600 MHz Band licensees
have not commenced operations, as
defined in part 27 of this chapter.
(b) Only fixed devices that
communicate with other fixed devices
may operate on available channels in
the bands 54–72 MHz (TV channels 2–
4), 76–88 MHz (TV channels 5 and 6)
and 174–216 MHz (TV channels 7–13)
subject to the interference protection
requirements in §§ 15.711 and 15.712.
(c) Fixed and Mode II personal/
portable devices shall operate only on
available channels as identified in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section
and as determined by a white spaces
database in accordance with the
interference avoidance mechanisms of
§§ 15.711 and 15.712.
(d) Mode I personal/portable devices
shall operate only on available channels
as identified in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section and provided from a fixed or
Mode II device in accordance with
§ 15.711(b)(3)(iv).
(e) Fixed and personal/portable
devices may operate in the upper six
megahertz segment of the 600 MHz
duplex gap.
(f) Fixed and personal/portable
devices may operate in the 600 MHz
guard band between television and
wireless downlink services, excluding
the upper three megahertz segment,
provided this guard band is at least nine
megahertz wide.
■ 8. Section 15.709 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) and (c) to read as
follows:
§ 15.709
General technical requirements.
(a) Power limits for white space
devices. (1) The maximum EIRP for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
fixed white space devices operating in
the television bands and repurposed 600
MHz Band shall not exceed the
following values:
(i) If the device complies with the
minimum separation distances outside
adjacent channel television service
contours in § 15.712(a): four watts (36
dBm) per six megahertz of bandwidth
on which the device operates.
(ii) If the device operates within a six
megahertz band centered on the
boundary between two available
channels: four watts (36 dBm) per six
megahertz of bandwidth on which the
device operates.
(iii) If the device operates adjacent to
an occupied television channel, i.e.,
within its protected service contour: 40
mW (16 dBm) per six megahertz of
bandwidth on which the device
operates.
(2) The maximum EIRP for personal/
portable white space devices operating
in the television bands and repurposed
600 MHz Band shall not exceed the
following values:
(i) If the device complies with the
minimum separation distances outside
adjacent channel television service
contours in § 15.712(a): 100 mW (20
dBm) per six megahertz of bandwidth
on which the device operates.
(ii) If the device operates adjacent to
an occupied television channel, i.e.,
within its protected service contour: 40
mW (16 dBm) per six megahertz of
bandwidth on which the device
operates.
(3) The maximum EIRP for fixed and
personal/portable white space devices
operating in the 600 MHz guard band
and duplex gap shall not exceed 40 mW
(16 dBm).
(4) The maximum EIRP for fixed
white space devices operating on
channel 37 shall not exceed the
following values:
(i) If channels 36 and 38 are allocated
and assigned for television broadcasting
and the device complies with the
minimum separation distances outside
adjacent channel television service
contours in § 15.712(a): four watts (36
dBm) per six megahertz of bandwidth
on which the device operates.
(ii) If channels 36 and 38 are allocated
and assigned for television broadcasting
and the device operates within a six
megahertz band centered on the
boundary between channel 37 and an
available adjacent channel: four watts
(36 dBm) per six megahertz of
bandwidth on which the device
operates.
(iii) If channels 36 and 38 are
allocated and assigned for television
broadcasting and the device operates
adjacent to an occupied television
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
channel, i.e., within its protected
service contour, or if one or both of the
adjacent bands are designated as 600
MHz guard bands: 40 mW (16 dBm) per
six megahertz of bandwidth on which
the device operates.
(5) Mode I personal/portable devices
that operate on available channels
provided by a Mode II device that
operates within the protected service
contour of an adjacent channel
television station are limited to a
maximum EIRP of 40 milliwatts (16
dBm) per six megahertz of bandwidth
on which the device operates.
(6) Fixed devices with a four watt
EIRP limit may operate closer to cochannel and adjacent channel television
stations and other protected services at
reduced power levels. The following
table shows the power levels at which
separation distances are defined.
Devices operating at a particular EIRP
level must comply with the limit on
conducted power to the antenna. The
power delivered to the transmitting
antenna is the maximum conducted
output power reduced by the signal loss
experienced in the cable used to
connect the transmitter to the transmit
antenna. The conducted power limits
are based on a maximum transmitting
antenna gain of 6 dBi. If transmitting
antennas of directional gain greater than
6 dBi are used, the maximum conducted
output power shall be reduced by the
amount in dB that the directional gain
of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. Operation
is permitted at EIRP levels between the
values in this table, provided the
conducted power limit is interpolated
between the values shown.
EIRP
(6 MHz)
16
20
24
28
32
36
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
(40 mW) .........
(100 mW) .......
(250 mW) .......
(625 mW) .......
(1600 mW) .....
(4000 mW) .....
Conducted power
limit
(6 MHz)
10
14
18
22
26
30
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
(10 mW).
(25 mW).
(63 mW).
(158 mW).
(400 mW).
(1000 mW).
(7) Maximum conducted output
power is the total transmit power over
the occupied bandwidth delivered to all
antennas and antenna elements
averaged across all symbols in the
signaling alphabet when the transmitter
is operating at its maximum power
control level. Power must be summed
across all antennas and antenna
elements. The average must not include
any time intervals during which the
transmitter is off or is transmitting at a
reduced power level. If multiple modes
of operation are possible (e.g.,
alternative modulation methods), the
maximum conducted output power is
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
69742
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the highest total transmit power
occurring in any mode.
(8) White space devices shall
incorporate transmit power control to
limit their operating power to the
minimum necessary for successful
communication. Applicants for
equipment certification shall include a
description of a device’s transmit power
control feature mechanism.
(9) The power spectral density from a
white space device shall not be greater
than the following values when
measured in any 100 kHz band during
any time interval of continuous
transmission.
(i) Fixed devices: The values shown
in the following table. If transmitting
antennas of directional gain greater than
6 dBi are used, the conducted power
level shall be reduced by the amount in
dB that the directional gain of the
antenna exceeds 6 dBi. If the conducted
power of the device is between two
defined levels, then the PSD limit must
be interpolated between the values
shown.
Conducted power limit
(6 MHz)
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
10
14
18
22
26
30
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
(10 mW) .........
(25 mW) .........
(63 mW) .........
(158 mW) .......
(400 mW) .......
(1000 mW) .....
Conducted PSD
limit
(100 kHz)
¥7.4 dBm.
¥3.4 dBm.
0.6 dBm.
4.6 dBm.
8.6 dBm.
12.6 dBm.
(ii) Personal/portable device operating
at 40 mW: ¥1.4 dBm EIRP.
(iii) Sensing-only devices operating at
50 mW: ¥0.4 dBm EIRP.
(iv) Personal/portable devices
operating at 100 mW: 2.6 dBm EIRP.
(10) White space devices shall
incorporate adequate security measures
to prevent the devices from accessing
databases not approved by the FCC and
to ensure that unauthorized parties
cannot modify the device or configure
its control features to operate in a
manner inconsistent with the rules and
protection criteria set forth in this
subpart.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Emission limits for white space
devices. (1) In the six megahertz bands
immediately adjacent to the channel or
group of contiguous channels in which
the device is operating, emissions from
the device shall not exceed the
following levels.
(i) Fixed devices: The values shown
in the following table. If transmitting
antennas of directional gain greater than
6 dBi are used, the conducted power
level shall be reduced by the amount in
dB that the directional gain of the
antenna exceeds 6 dBi. If a device
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
operates between two defined power
levels, it must comply with the limit for
the higher power level.
Conducted power limit
(6 MHz)
10
14
18
22
26
30
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
(10 mW) .........
(25 mW) .........
(63 mW) .........
(158 mW) .......
(400 mW) .......
(1000 mW) .....
Adjacent channel
emission limit
(100 kHz)
¥62.8
¥58.8
¥54.8
¥50.8
¥46.8
¥42.8
dBm.
dBm.
dBm.
dBm.
dBm.
dBm.
(ii) Personal/portable devices
operating at 40 mW EIRP: ¥56.8 dBm
EIRP.
(iii) Sensing-only devices operating at
50 mW EIRP: ¥55.8 dBm EIRP.
(iv) Personal/portable devices
operating at 100 mW: ¥52.8 dBm EIRP.
(2) Emission measurements in the
adjacent bands shall be performed using
a minimum resolution bandwidth of 100
kHz with an average detector. A
narrower resolution bandwidth may be
employed near the band edge, when
necessary, provided the measured
energy is integrated to show the total
power over 100 kHz.
(3) At frequencies beyond the six
megahertz bands immediately adjacent
to the channel or group of contiguous
channels in which the device is
operating, the radiated emissions from
devices shall meet the requirements of
§ 15.209. If a white space device
transmits on multiple non-contiguous
channels simultaneously, it must
comply with the adjacent channel
emission limits in the six megahertz
bands above and below each of the
single channels or channel groups used
by the white space device, and the
requirements of § 15.209 beyond these
six megahertz bands.
(4) White space devices connected to
the AC power line are required to
comply with the conducted limits set
forth in § 15.207.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 9. Section 15.711 is amended by
revising the introductory text and
paragraphs (a), (b)(3)(i) and (ii),
removing and reserving paragraph
(b)(3)(iii), and revising paragraph
(b)(3)(v) to read as follows:
§ 15.711
Interference avoidance methods.
Except as provided in § 15.717,
television channel availability for a
white space device is determined based
on the geo-location and database access
method described in paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this section.
(a) Geo-location and database access.
A white space device shall rely on the
geo-location and database access
mechanism to identify available
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
channels consistent with the
interference protection requirements of
§ 15.712. Such protection will be
provided for the following authorized
and unlicensed services: Digital
television stations, digital and analog
Class A, low power, translator and
booster stations; translator receive
operations; fixed broadcast auxiliary
service links; private land mobile
service/commercial radio service
(PLMRS/CMRS) operations; offshore
radiotelephone service; low power
auxiliary services authorized pursuant
to §§ 74.801 through 74.882 of this
chapter, including licensed wireless
microphones; MVPD receive sites;
wireless medical telemetry service
(WMTS); radio astronomy service (RAS)
and part 27 600 MHz Band licensees
where they have commenced
operations. In addition, protection shall
be provided in border areas near Canada
and Mexico in accordance with
§ 15.712(g).
(b) * * *
(3)(i) Fixed devices must access a
white spaces database over the Internet
to determine the channels that are
available at their geographic
coordinates, taking into consideration
the fixed device’s antenna height and
operating power, prior to their initial
service transmission at a given location.
Operation is permitted only on channels
that are indicated in the database as
being available for their use. Fixed
devices shall access the database at least
once every 20 minutes to verify that the
operating channels continue to remain
available. Operation on a channel must
cease immediately if the database
indicates that the channel is no longer
available. Fixed devices must adjust
their use of channels in accordance with
channel availability schedule
information provided by their database
for the 60 minute period beginning at
the time of the device last accessed the
database for a list of available channels.
(ii) Mode II personal/portable devices
must access a white spaces database
over the internet to determine the
channels that are available at their
geographic coordinates, taking into
account the device’s operating power,
prior to their initial service transmission
at a given location. Operation is
permitted only on channels that are
indicated in the database as being
available for personal/portable devices.
A Mode II device must access the
database for a list of available channels
each time it is activated from a poweroff condition and re-check its location
and the database for available channels
if it changes location during operation
by more than 100 meters from the
location at which it last accessed the
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
69743
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
database. A Mode II device that has
been in a powered state shall re-check
its location and access the database
every 20 minutes to verify that the
operating channel(s) continue to be
available. Mode II devices must adjust
their use of channels in accordance with
channel availability schedule
information provided by their database
for the 60 minute period beginning at
the time of the device last accessed the
database for a list of available channels.
A Mode II device may load channel
availability information for multiple
locations around, i.e., in the vicinity of,
its current location and use that
information in its operation. A Mode II
device may use such available channel
information to define a geographic area
within which it can operate on the same
available channels at all locations, for
example a Mode II device could
calculate a bounded area in which a
channel or channels are available at all
locations within the area and operate on
a mobile basis within that area. A Mode
II device using such channel availability
information for multiple locations must
contact the database again if/when it
moves beyond the boundary of the area
where the channel availability data is
valid, and must access the database
once every 20 minutes even if it has not
moved beyond that range to verify that
the operating channel(s) continue to be
available. Operation must cease
immediately if the database indicates
that the channel is no longer available.
*
*
*
*
*
(v) Device manufacturers and
database administrators may implement
a system that pushes updated channel
availability information from the
database to white space devices.
However, the use of such systems is not
mandatory, and the requirements for
white space devices to validate the
operating channel at least once every 20
minutes continue to apply if such a
system is used.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 10. Section 15.712 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a), (f), and (h), and
by adding paragraphs (i) and (j) to read
as follows:
§ 15.712 Interference protection
requirements.
(a) Digital television stations, and
digital and analog Class A TV, low
power TV, TV translator and TV booster
stations:
(1) Protected contour. White space
devices must protect digital and analog
TV services within the contours shown
in the following table. These contours
are calculated using the methodology in
§ 73.684 of this chapter and the R–6602
curves contained in § 73.699 of this
chapter.
Protected contour
Type of station
Contour
(dBu)
Channel
Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, translator and booster ............................................
Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, LPTV, translator and booster ...................
(2) Required separation distance.
White space devices must be located
outside the contours indicated in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section of cochannel and adjacent channel stations
by at least the minimum distances
specified in the following tables. If a
device operates between two defined
power levels, it must comply with the
separation distances for the higher
47
56
64
28
36
41
F(50,50)
F(50,50)
F(50,50)
F(50,90)
F(50,90)
F(50,90)
power level. Fixed and personal/
portable devices operating at an EIRP of
40 mW or less are not required to meet
adjacent channel separation distances.
Required separation in kilometers from co-channel digital or analog TV (full service or
low power) protected contour
Antenna height above average terrain
of unlicensed device
16 dBm
(40 mW)
Personal/portable .............................................................
Less than 3 meters ..........................................................
3–Less than 10 meters ....................................................
10–Less than 30 meters ..................................................
30–Less than 50 meters ..................................................
50–Less than 75 meters ..................................................
75–Less than 100 meters ................................................
100–Less than 150 meters ..............................................
150–Less than 200 meters ..............................................
200–250 meters ...............................................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
Low VHF (2–6) ..........
High VHF (7–13) .......
UHF (14–69) ..............
Low VHF (2–6) ..........
High VHF (7–13) .......
UHF (14–51) ..............
Propagation curve
1.3
1.3
2.4
4.2
5.4
6.6
7.7
9.4
10.9
12.1
20 dBm
(100 mW)
1.7
1.7
3.1
5.1
6.5
7.9
9.2
11.1
12.7
14.3
24 dBm
(250 mW)
N/A
2.1
3.8
6.0
7.7
9.4
10.9
13.2
15.8
18.2
28 dBm
(625 mW)
N/A
2.7
4.8
7.1
9.2
11.1
12.8
16.5
19.5
22.0
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
N/A
3.3
6.1
8.9
11.5
13.9
17.2
21.4
24.7
27.3
36 dBm
(4 watts)
N/A
4.0
7.3
11.1
14.3
18.0
21.1
25.3
28.5
31.2
Required separation in kilometers from adjacent channel digital or
analog TV (full service or low power) protected contour
Antenna height above average terrain of unlicensed device
20 dBm
(100 mW)
Personal/portable .....................................................................................
Less than 3 meters ..................................................................................
3–Less than 10 meters ............................................................................
10–Less than 30 meters ..........................................................................
30–Less than 50 meters ..........................................................................
50–Less than 75 meters ..........................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
Sfmt 4702
24 dBm
(250 mW)
N/A
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
28 dBm
(625 mW)
N/A
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
21NOP4
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
N/A
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.7
36 dBm
(4 watts)
N/A
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.8
69744
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Required separation in kilometers from adjacent channel digital or
analog TV (full service or low power) protected contour
Antenna height above average terrain of unlicensed device
20 dBm
(100 mW)
75–Less than 100 meters ........................................................................
100–Less than 150 meters ......................................................................
150–Less than 200 meters ......................................................................
200–250 meters .......................................................................................
(3) The antenna height above ground
for a fixed device may not exceed 30
meters.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Low power auxiliary services,
including wireless microphones: Fixed
devices are not permitted to operate
within 1 km, and personal/portable
white space devices will not be
24 dBm
(250 mW)
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.6
28 dBm
(625 mW)
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
permitted to operate within 400 meters,
of the coordinates of registered low
power auxiliary station sites on the
registered channels during the
designated times they are used by low
power auxiliary stations.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Radio astronomy services: (1)
Operation of fixed and personal/
0.6
0.8
0.9
1.0
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.2
Latitude
(deg/min/sec)
Arecibo Observatory ..........................................................................................................................................
Green Bank Telescope (GBT) ...........................................................................................................................
Very Long Baseline Array (VLBA) Stations:
Pie Town, NM .............................................................................................................................................
Kitt Peak, AZ ..............................................................................................................................................
Los Alamos, NM .........................................................................................................................................
Ft. Davis, TX ...............................................................................................................................................
N. Liberty, IA ...............................................................................................................................................
Brewster, WA ..............................................................................................................................................
Owens Valley, CA ......................................................................................................................................
St. Croix, VI ................................................................................................................................................
Hancock, NH ..............................................................................................................................................
Mauna Kea, HI ...........................................................................................................................................
Desecheo, Mona, Vieques or Culebra
defined in § 1.924(d) of this chapter.
(i) WMTS: Devices operating on
channel 37 must comply with the
following co-channel and adjacent
36 dBm
(4 watts)
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.5
portable devices is prohibited within 2.4
kilometers at the following locations.
(i) The Naval Radio Research
Observatory in Sugar Grove, West
Virginia at 38 30 58 N and 79 16 48 W.
(ii) The Table Mountain Radio
Receiving Zone (TMRZ) at 40 08 02 N
and 105 14 40 W.
(iii) The following facilities:
Observatory
(2) White space devices may not
operate on channel 37 within the quiet
zone at Green Bank WV defined in
§ 1.924(a) of this chapter or within the
quiet zone on the islands of Puerto Rico,
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
Longitude
(deg/min/sec)
18 20 37 N
38 25 59 N
066 45 11 W
079 50 23 W
34
31
35
30
41
48
37
17
42
19
108
111
106
103
091
119
118
064
071
155
18
57
46
38
46
07
13
45
56
48
04
23
30
06
17
52
54
24
01
05
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
07
36
14
56
34
41
16
35
59
27
09
45
44
41
27
00
37
03
12
20
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
channel separation distances from
WMTS receivers.
Required co-channel separation distances in kilometers from WMTS sites
Antenna height above average terrain
of unlicensed device
16 dBm
(40 mW)
Less than 3 meters ..........................................................
3–Less than 10 meters ....................................................
10–Less than 30 meters ..................................................
30–Less than 50 meters ..................................................
50–Less than 75 meters ..................................................
75–Less than 100 meters ................................................
100–Less than 150 meters ..............................................
150–Less than 200 meters ..............................................
200–250 meters ...............................................................
20 dBm
(100 mW)
0.3
0.6
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.7
2.1
2.5
2.8
0.4
0.7
1.2
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.7
3.1
3.5
24 dBm
(250 mW)
0.5
0.9
1.5
2.1
2.4
2.7
3.1
3.4
3.7
28 dBm
(625 mW)
0.6
1.1
1.9
2.4
2.9
3.3
3.8
4.3
4.7
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
36 dBm
(4 watts)
0.8
1.4
2.7
3.0
3.6
4.2
5.0
5.8
6.3
1.0
1.7
2.9
3.8
4.5
5.3
6.5
7.4
8.0
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
Required adjacent channel separation distances in kilometers from WMTS sites
Antenna height above average terrain
of unlicensed device
16 dBm
(40 mW)
Personal/portable .............................................................
Less than 3 meters ..........................................................
3–Less than 10 meters ....................................................
10–Less than 30 meters ..................................................
30–Less than 50 meters ..................................................
50–Less than 75 meters ..................................................
75–Less than 100 meters ................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
PO 00000
Frm 00036
20 dBm
(100 mW)
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Fmt 4701
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
Sfmt 4702
24 dBm
(250 mW)
N/A
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
28 dBm
(625 mW)
N/A
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
21NOP4
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
N/A
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
36 dBm
(4 watts)
N/A
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
69745
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Required adjacent channel separation distances in kilometers from WMTS sites
Antenna height above average terrain
of unlicensed device
16 dBm
(40 mW)
100–Less than 150 meters ..............................................
150–Less than 200 meters ..............................................
200–250 meters ...............................................................
(j) Repurposed 600 MHz band: Fixed
and personal/portable devices operating
in the repurposed 600 MHz Band must
comply with the following co-channel
and adjacent channel separation
distances outside the defined polygonal
area encompassing the base stations
deployed by a part 27 600 MHz Band
0.2
0.2
0.2
16 dBm
(40 mW)
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
White spaces database.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
20 dBm
(100 mW)
5
9
15
20
24
27
33
39
43
16 dBm
(40 mW)
Less than 3 meters ..........................................................
3–Less than 10 meters ....................................................
10–Less than 30 meters ..................................................
30–Less than 50 meters ..................................................
50–Less than 75 meters ..................................................
75–Less than 100 meters ................................................
100–Less than 150 meters ..............................................
150–Less than 200 meters ..............................................
200–250 meters ...............................................................
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(v) WMTS operating locations.
*
*
*
*
*
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
36 dBm
(4 watts)
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
megahertz between the edge of a
channel used by a white space device
and the edge of a five megahertz
spectrum block used by a part 27 600
MHz Band licensee.
(1) On frequencies used by wireless
uplink services:
24 dBm
(250 mW)
6
11
19
24
30
34
42
49
54
7
14
24
31
37
43
53
60
60
28 dBm
(625 mW)
9
17
30
38
47
54
60
60
60
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
36 dBm
(4 watts)
12
22
38
49
60
60
60
60
60
15
27
47
60
60
60
60
60
60
Required adjacent channel separation distances in meters between white space
devices in the uplink band and 600 MHz Band base stations
Antenna height above average terrain
of unlicensed device
*
0.2
0.2
0.2
28 dBm
(625 mW)
Required co-channel separation distances in kilometers between white space devices
in the uplink band and 600 MHz Band base stations
Less than 3 meters ..........................................................
3–Less than 10 meters ....................................................
10–Less than 30 meters ..................................................
30–Less than 50 meters ..................................................
50–Less than 75 meters ..................................................
75–Less than 100 meters ................................................
100–Less than 150 meters ..............................................
150–Less than 200 meters ..............................................
200–250 meters ...............................................................
§ 15.713
24 dBm
(250 mW)
licensee that has commenced operation.
For the purpose of this rule, co-channel
means any frequency overlap between a
channel used by a white space device
and a five megahertz spectrum block
used by a part 27 600 MHz Band
licensee, and adjacent channel means a
frequency separation of zero to four
Antenna height above average terrain
of unlicensed device
(2) On frequencies used by wireless
downlink services: 35 kilometers for cochannel operation, and 31 kilometers for
adjacent channel operation.
■ 11. Section 15.713 is amended by:
■ a. Revising the section heading;
■ b. Adding paragraph (b)(2)(v); and
■ c. Revising paragraph (h)(4), removing
and reserving paragraph (h)(9), revising
paragraph (h)(10), and adding paragraph
(h)(11).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
20 dBm
(100 mW)
112
204
354
457
560
646
792
914
1022
20 dBm
(100 mW)
24 dBm
(250 mW)
141
257
445
575
704
813
996
1150
1285
(h) * * *
(4) PLMRS/CMRS base station
operations located more than 80 km
from the geographic centers of the 13
metropolitan areas defined in
§ 90.303(a) of this chapter (e.g., in
accordance with a waiver).
(i) Transmitter location (latitude and
longitude in NAD 83) or geographic area
of operations.
(ii) TV channel of operation.
(iii) Call sign.
*
*
*
*
*
(10) 600 MHz Band in areas where the
part 27 600 MHz Band licensee has
commenced operations.
(i) Area within a part 27 600 MHz
Band licensee’s PEA where it has
commenced or will commence
operations. This area must be delineated
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
177
323
560
723
885
1022
1252
1446
1616
28 dBm
(625 mW)
223
407
704
909
1113
1285
1574
1818
2033
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
282
514
890
1150
1408
1626
1991
2299
2571
36 dBm
(4 watts)
354
646
1120
1446
1770
2044
2504
2891
3232
by at minimum of eight and a maximum
of 120 geographic coordinates;
(ii) Identification of the frequencies
on which the part 27 600 MHz Band
wireless licensee has commenced
operations;
(iii) Call sign.
(iv) Date of commencement of
operations.
(11) WMTS operating locations
obtained from the WMTS frequency
coordination database established under
§ 95.1113(b)(2) of this chapter.
(i) Frequency of operation (i.e.,
channel 37),
(ii) Geographic coordinates of
transmitters, and
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
69746
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(iii) Cross reference to the registration
in the WMTS frequency coordination
database (e.g., record number).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 12. Section 15.714 is amended by
revising the section heading and
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
areas where a part 27 600 MHz Band
licensee has commenced operations.
(o) Establish a procedure for obtaining
the locations where the WMTS is used
from the WMTS coordination database
established under § 95.1117(b)(2) of this
chapter.
§ 15.714 White spaces database
administration fees.
PART 74—EXPERIMENTAL RADIO,
AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST
AND OTHER PROGRAM
DISTRIBUTIONAL SERVICES
(a) A white spaces database
administrator may charge a fee for
provision of lists of available channels
to fixed and personal/portable devices
and for registering fixed devices. This
provision applies to devices that operate
in the TV bands, the repurposed 600
MHz Band, the 600 MHz guard bands,
including the duplex gap, and Channel
37. White spaces database
administrators may also charge fees for
providing lists of available channels to
users of unlicensed wireless
microphones.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 13. Section 15.715 is amended by
revising the section heading and
paragraph (l), and by adding paragraphs
(n) and (o) to read as follows:
§ 15.715 White spaces database
administrator.
*
*
*
*
(l) If more than one database is
developed, the database administrators
shall cooperate to develop a
standardized process for providing the
data collected for the facilities listed in
§ 15.713(b)(2) to all other white spaces
databases within ten minutes to ensure
consistency in the records of protected
facilities.
*
*
*
*
*
(n) Establish a procedure for
registering the locations, operating
frequencies and starting dates for the
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS4
*
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:33 Nov 20, 2014
Jkt 235001
14. The authority citation for part 74
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307,
309, 336 and 554.
15. Section 74.801 is amended by
adding the definitions for ‘‘600 MHz
duplex gap’’ and ‘‘Repurposed 600 MHz
Band’’ in alphabetical order to read as
follows:
■
§ 74.801
Definitions.
600 MHz duplex gap. An 11
megahertz guard band that separates
wireless uplink and downlink
frequencies within the 600 MHz Band as
determined by the outcome of the
auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
Through Incentive Auctions, Report and
Order, GN Docket No. 12–268 (FCC 14–
50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
Repurposed 600 MHz Band.
Frequencies that will be reallocated and
reassigned for part 27 600 MHz Band
services as determined by the outcome
of the auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
Through Incentive Auctions, Report and
Order, GN Docket No. 12–268 (FCC 14–
50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
■ 16. Section 74.802 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) and paragraph
(c) introductory text to read as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
§ 74.802
Frequency assignment.
(a) Frequencies within the following
bands may be assigned for use by low
power auxiliary stations:
26.100–26.480 MHz
54.000–72.000 MHz
76.000–88.000 MHz
161.625–161.775 MHz (except in Puerto
Rico or the Virgin Islands)
174.000–216.000 MHz
450.000–451.000 MHz
455.000–456.000 MHz
470.000–488.000 MHz
488.000–494.000 MHz (except Hawaii)
494.000–608.000 MHz
614.000–698.000 MHz
944.000–952.000 MHz
The four megahertz segment from one
to five megahertz above the lower edge
of the 600 MHz duplex gap.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Specific frequency operation is
required when operating within the 600
MHz duplex gap or the bands allocated
for TV broadcasting.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 17. Section 74.861 is amended by
revising paragraph (e) introductory text
and adding paragraph (e)(1)(iii) to read
as follows:
§ 74.861
Technical requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) For low power auxiliary stations
operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap
and the bands allocated for TV
broadcasting, the following technical
requirements apply:
(1) * * *
(iii) 600 MHz duplex gap—20 mW.
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 2014–26674 Filed 11–20–14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
E:\FR\FM\21NOP4.SGM
21NOP4
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 225 (Friday, November 21, 2014)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 69709-69746]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-26674]
[[Page 69709]]
Vol. 79
Friday,
No. 225
November 21, 2014
Part IV
Federal Communications Commission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
47 CFR Parts 15 and 74
Unlicensed Use of TV Band and 600 MHz Band Spectrum; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 225 / Friday, November 21, 2014 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 69710]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Parts 15 and 74
[ET Docket No. 14-165; FCC 14-144]
Unlicensed Use of TV Band and 600 MHz Band Spectrum
AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: In this document, the Commission proposes and seeks comments
on rules for unlicensed operations in the frequency bands that are now
and will continue to be allocated and assigned to broadcast television
services after the incentive auction, including fixed and personal/
portable white space devices and unlicensed wireless microphones. The
Commission also proposes and seeks comment on rules for the operation
of unlicensed white space devices, and licensed and unlicensed wireless
microphones in the 600 MHz Band, guard bands and duplex gap that will
exist after the incentive auction.
DATES: Comments are due on or before January 5, 2015; reply comments
are due on or before January 26, 2015.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Hugh L. Van Tuyl, Office of
Engineering and Technology, (202) 418-7506, email:
Hugh.VanTuyl@fcc.gov, TTY (202) 418-2989.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by ET Docket No. 14-165,
by any of the following methods:
[ssquf] Federal Communications Commission's Web site: https://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/. Follow the instructions for submitting
comments.
[ssquf] Mail: Hugh Van Tuyl, Office of Engineering and Technology,
Room 7-A162, Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th SW.,
Washington, DC 20554.
[ssquf] People with Disabilities: Contact the FCC to request
reasonable accommodations (accessible format documents, sign language
interpreters, CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov or phone: 202-418-
0530 or TTY: 202-418-0432.
For detailed instructions for submitting comments and additional
information on the rulemaking process, see the SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section of this document.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a summary of the Commission's NPRM
of Proposed Rule Making, ET Docket No. 14-165, FCC 14-144, adopted
September 30, 2014, and released September 30, 2014. The full text of
this document is available for inspection and copying during normal
business hours in the FCC Reference Center (Room CY-A257), 445 12th
Street SW., Washington, DC 20554. The complete text of this document
also may be purchased from the Commission's copy contractor, Best Copy
and Printing, Inc., 445 12th Street SW., Room, CY-B402, Washington, DC
20554. The full text may also be downloaded at: www.fcc.gov.
Pursuant to sections 1.415 and 1.419 of the Commission's rules, 47
CFR 1.415 and 1.419, interested parties may file comments and reply
comments on or before the dates indicated on the first page of this
document. Comments may be filed using the Commission's Electronic
Comment Filing System (ECFS). See Electronic Filing of Documents in
Rulemaking Proceedings, 63 FR 24121 (1998).
[ssquf] Electronic Filers: Comments may be filed electronically
using the Internet by accessing the ECFS: https://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/.
Paper Filers: Parties who choose to file by paper must
file an original and one copy of each filing. If more than one docket
or rulemaking number appears in the caption of this proceeding, filers
must submit two additional copies for each additional docket or
rulemaking number. Filings can be sent by hand or messenger delivery,
by commercial overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S.
Postal Service mail. All filings must be addressed to the Commission's
Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.
[ssquf] All hand-delivered or messenger-delivered paper filings
for the Commission's Secretary must be delivered to FCC Headquarters at
445 12th St. SW., Room TW-A325, Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours
are 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. All hand deliveries must be held together
with rubber bands or fasteners. Any envelopes and boxes must be
disposed of before entering the building.
[ssquf] Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service
Express Mail and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300 East Hampton
Drive, Capitol Heights, MD 20743.
[ssquf] U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority
mail must be addressed to 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554.
People with Disabilities: To request materials in accessible formats
for people with disabilities (braille, large print, electronic files,
audio format), send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the Consumer &
Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530 (voice), 202-418-0432
(tty).
Summary of NPRM of Proposed Rulemaking
1. The Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) proposes and seeks
comment on rules for fixed and personal/portable white space devices
that would operate in: The frequency bands that are now and will
continue to be allocated and assigned to broadcast television services
(the ``TV bands''); the 600 MHz Band Plan spectrum that, following the
Incentive Auction, will be designated as guard bands (including a
duplex gap); the portion of that spectrum allocated and assigned to new
part 27 licensees where wireless licensees have not commenced
operations; and Channel 37. It also proposes rules for unlicensed
wireless microphone operations under part 15 of the rules in the TV
bands and 600 MHz Band Plan spectrum, and for licensed wireless
microphone operations under part 74 of the rules in the 600 MHz Band
Plan spectrum. In addition, the NPRM proposes changes to the white
spaces databases and changes for certifying, manufacturing and
marketing white space devices and wireless microphones in the frequency
bands at issue in this proceeding. In particular, the NPRM proposes
rules to expand the location and frequency information in these
databases so that they can be used to identify available frequencies
for white space devices, including unlicensed wireless microphones, in
the repurposed 600 MHz band, guard bands, and Channel 37.
2. The Commission's part 15 rules allow unlicensed devices to
operate in the TV bands at locations where frequencies are not in use
by licensed services. These devices, which are commonly referred to as
TV white space (TVWS) devices, may be either fixed or personal/
portable. The TV bands currently consist of six-megahertz channels
designated 2 to 51 in four bands of frequencies in the VHF and UHF
regions of the radio spectrum. TVWS devices are not permitted to
operate on channel 37, which is allocated for the Radio Astronomy
Service (RAS) and Land Mobile Service (the latter being limited to
Wireless Medical Telemetry Service (WMTS), or on any other channel
within 2.4 kilometers of protected radio observatories. To prevent
harmful interference to broadcast television stations and other
authorized users of these bands, TVWS devices obtain a list of
available TV channels that may be used at their location from databases
[[Page 69711]]
administered by private entities selected by the Commission.
3. Certain entities may be issued licenses under subpart H of part
74 of the rules to operate low power auxiliary stations, including
wireless microphones, in the TV bands. Because the operators of part 74
wireless microphones are licensed, they may register the times and
locations of their operation in the TV bands databases to obtain
interference protection from TVWS devices. The Commission also allows
the operation of wireless microphones in the TV bands on an unlicensed
basis under a waiver of the part 15 rules granted in the 2010.
Operators of unlicensed wireless microphones are generally not
permitted to register in the TV bands database, but parties operating
large numbers of wireless microphones on an unlicensed basis at venues
of events and productions/shows may register in the TV bands database
if they meet certain criteria specified in the rules and obtain
Commission approval.
4. In the Incentive Auction R&O, 79 FR 48442 (August 15, 2014), the
Commission adopted rules to repurpose broadcast television spectrum in
the UHF bands for licensed wireless services. Under these rules, full
power and Class A broadcast licensees may participate in a reverse
auction that will allow them to voluntarily relinquish some or all of
their spectrum usage rights in exchange for financial compensation. A
broadcast licensee that participates in the auction will have the
option to turn in its license, move to a channel in the VHF band, or
cease using its channel and share a channel with another licensee. The
Commission will reorganize or repack the remaining full power and Class
A television stations to clear the UHF band from channel 51 down. When
the transition is completed, the TV bands will occupy a shorter
frequency range than they do today and fewer channels may be available
for TVWS and wireless microphone uses at any given location.
5. The Commission adopted a band plan for the repurposed 600 MHz
spectrum (``600 MHz Band Plan'') in the Incentive Auction R&O that
provides for a guard band between television spectrum and 600 MHz
downlink services, a guard band between 600 MHz uplink and downlink
services (a duplex gap), and guard bands between 600 MHz downlink
services and channel 37. It decided to permit unlicensed devices,
including unlicensed wireless microphones, to operate in the guard
bands and duplex gap. The Commission also decided to permit unlicensed
devices to operate on channel 37 and in spectrum reallocated and
reassigned to new wireless services except in those areas where part 27
600 MHz Band wireless licensees commence operations. It stated that it
planned to develop technical rules for unlicensed operation and to
consider changes to the rules for TVWS devices in a separate
proceeding.
A. Fixed and Personal/Portable White Space Devices
1. TV Bands
a. Permissible Frequencies of Operation
6. Channels for white space device and microphone use. Under the
current rules, white space devices may not operate on the first two
vacant TV channels above and below channel 37 to ensure that there is
spectrum available for wireless microphones. In the Incentive Auction
R&O, the Commission decided that it would no longer continue to
designate up to two unused television channels in any area exclusively
for wireless microphone operations. The Commission stated that in this
proceeding we are initiating today, it would seek comment on ways it
could update the rules for white spaces databases to provide for more
immediate reservation of unused and available channels in the
television bands to help ensure that licensed wireless microphone
operators can obtain access to available television channels without
receiving harmful interference from white space devices. It decided
that it would continue to prohibit white space devices from operating
on the first two vacant TV channels above and below channel 37 until
such time as revised Commission rules are in effect to provide for more
immediate interference protection. After that time, any available
channels could be used by either wireless microphones or white space
devices.
7. The Commission proposes to eliminate the prohibition on white
space device operation on the first two vacant TV channels above and
below channel 37 and make them available for use by white space devices
when the rules proposes in this NPRM become effective. Specifically,
the Commission proposes to increase the frequency at which white space
devices must re-check the database, and limit the time required for a
wireless microphone registration made in one white spaces database to
appear in all other white spaces databases. The effect of these two
proposals will ensure that a white space device ceases operation on a
channel used by a wireless microphone within 30 minutes after a new
microphone registration is entered into the database. The Commission
seeks comment on these proposals.
8. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission also stated that it
expects there will be at least one channel not assigned to a television
station in all areas of the United States at the end of the repacking
process, and that it intends, after NPRM and an opportunity for public
input, to designate one such channel in each area for shared use by
white space devices and wireless microphones. The Commission plans to
address the issue of a preserved white space channel in a separate
proceeding. It is not proposing to make any changes to the white space
rules with respect to a future preserved channel. Such a channel would
simply appear in the white spaces database as vacant and would
therefore be available for white space devices under the existing rules
as well as any new or modified rules adopted in this proceeding.
9. Operation of fixed devices on channels 3 and 4. The current
prohibition on fixed white space device operation on channels 3 and 4
may no longer be warranted. The Commission established this prohibition
to protect TV interface devices and TV receivers from direct pickup
interference on channels 3 and 4. The Commission did not have detailed
data on the susceptibility of TV interface devices and TV receivers to
direct pickup interference on channels 3 and 4, but decided to take a
cautious approach due to the expected large number of TV interface
devices with outputs on those channels. The number of these devices has
declined significantly since 2008. The transition from analog to
digital TV in 2009 spurred many consumers to replace their old analog
TV receivers with digital receivers that have multiple inputs that
allow the connection of external devices without requiring the use of a
channel 3 or 4 input signal, including HDMI, component video and
composite video inputs. Further, the price of new TV receivers has
dropped significantly since that time, resulting in many more consumers
replacing their old analog TV receivers. TV receivers also have been
required to come equipped with digital TV tuners for a number of years,
thus eliminating the need to use an external converter box to receive
over-the-air signals. While we recognize that some consumers continue
to use older analog TV sets with a converter box or other TV interface
devices with a channel 3 or 4 output, we believe that number is
significantly less than in 2008, and will continue to drop over time as
older TV sets are replaced.
10. The Commission therefore proposes to eliminate the prohibition
on
[[Page 69712]]
the use of channels 3 and 4 by fixed white space devices. This proposed
action would provide an additional 12 MHz of contiguous spectrum for
use by white space devices in areas where those channels are not used
for authorized services. Limiting the use of these channels to fixed
white space devices will reduce the likelihood of direct pickup
interference to TV interface devices and TV receivers that continue use
these frequencies, since a fixed white space device is less likely to
be used in close proximity to a TV receiver than a portable device. The
Commission seeks comment on this proposal. Specifically, it seeks
comment on the extent to which consumers still use TV interface devices
that operate on channels 3 and 4, e.g., the estimated number and types
of devices. The Commission also seeks comment on the susceptibility of
TV interface devices and receivers to direct pickup interference on
channels 3 and 4, particularly the signal levels at which such
interference would occur as compared to the expected signal level from
a nearby white space device. In addition, the Commission seeks comment
on the extent to which white space device manufacturers would use TV
channels 3 and 4 if they were available for fixed devices.
11. Operation of personal/portable devices on channels 14-20 and
below channel 14. Operation of personal/portable white space devices is
currently prohibited below TV channel 21. The Commission established a
prohibition on personal/portable device operation on channels 14-20 to
prevent possible interference to public safety and other operations in
the PLMRS/CMRS that use channels in that range in certain cities and in
other areas under waivers. It decided to prohibit the use of personal/
portable devices on channels 14-20 nationwide since the devices could
be easily transported anywhere.
12. The repurposing of spectrum for part 27 services will reduce
the number of channels available for white space use, and relaxing the
restrictions on the channels available for personal/portable devices
could offset that reduction. We believe that it is appropriate to
revisit the Commission's previous decisions to prohibit personal/
portable device operation on channels 14-20 and below channel 14. Since
the time the Commission made these decisions, it has designated
multiple TV bands database administrators and has had extensive
experience working with their databases. Based on that experience, the
Commission has a high degree of confidence that the databases can
reliably protect PLMRS/CMRS operations. The locations where the PLMRS/
CMRS is used, both in eleven cities and in other areas where it is
authorized under waiver, are already in the TV bands database since
that information is used to protect those operations from fixed white
space operations. Personal/portable devices rely on database access to
determine their list of available channels, so they can protect the
PLMRS/CMRS in the same manner as fixed devices.
13. Accordingly, the Commission proposes to remove the prohibition
on personal/portable device operation on channels 14-20. This proposed
action would make 42 megahertz of spectrum potentially available in
locations where the spectrum is not used for the PLMRS/CMRS or other
authorized services. The Commission seeks comment on the risk of
interference to public safety and other PLRMS/CMRS based on the
Commission's current technical rules for personal portable devices,
e.g., power limits and database access. It also seeks comment on any
changes to the rules that would be required to minimize the risk of
harmful interference if we were to allow operations on channels 14-20.
14. In addition, the Commission seeks comment on whether it should
permit personal/portable devices to operate below channel 14. Allowing
operation of personal/portable devices on channels 7-13 would make
another 42 megahertz of spectrum potentially available for personal/
portable devices. On which channels should we permit operation? Would
manufacturers be interested in developing personal/portable devices
that operate below channel 14 given the longer radio wavelengths at
these lower frequencies?
b. Technical Rule Changes
(i) Fixed Device Operation on Adjacent Channels
15. Fixed white space devices, which can operate with a maximum
power of four watts EIRP, are not permitted to operate on channels that
are adjacent to occupied TV channels. They must always operate outside
the defined service contours of adjacent channel TV stations by a
minimum distance specified in the rules. Personal/portable devices,
which can operate with a maximum power of 100 milliwatts EIRP, are
generally required to operate outside the defined service contour of
adjacent channel TV stations as well. However, personal/portable
devices are permitted to operate within the service contour of adjacent
channel TV stations if they reduce their power to 40 milliwatts EIRP.
There is currently no corresponding provision in the rules that permits
fixed devices to operate within the service contour of adjacent channel
stations at reduced power. The requirement for fixed white space
devices to avoid adjacent channel operation means that they may operate
only at locations where there are three contiguous vacant TV channels,
regardless of how low they reduce their operating power.
16. After the incentive auction and TV spectrum repacking, there
will be fewer vacant TV channels available for white space devices.
Therefore, the Commission expects that there will be fewer locations
where three contiguous vacant channels exist, particularly in urban
areas, thus limiting the locations where fixed devices may be used. The
Commission proposes two changes to the current rules to provide fixed
devices access to more vacant TV channels.
17. First, the Commission proposes to allow fixed devices to
operate adjacent to occupied TV channels (i.e., within their service
contour), provided the operating power is reduced to 40 milliwatts
EIRP. This is the same maximum power level that we permit for personal/
portable devices that operate adjacent to occupied TV channels. This
change would allow fixed devices to operate in locations where the
spectrum is highly congested and available channels are not contiguous.
The Commission also proposes to modify the table of separation
distances in Sec. 15.712(a)(2) to include co-channel separation
distances for 40 milliwatt fixed devices. The current table of
separation distances between fixed white space devices and co-channel
television service contours was developed assuming a four watt EIRP
device, so the separation distances are greater than necessary to
protect TV service from a 40 milliwatt white space device. The
methodology we will use for determining these distances and the
proposed distances are discussed in the following paragraphs.
18. The Commission seeks comment on these proposals. In particular,
it seeks comment on the appropriateness of making the rules for fixed
and personal/portable white space devices consistent with respect to
operation within an adjacent TV station's contour. The Commission also
seeks comment on the usefulness of a 40 milliwatt power level for fixed
devices and whether we could allow higher power levels without causing
interference to adjacent TV stations. Parties that recommend higher
power levels should submit technical justification (e.g., analysis or
test data) to support their recommendations.
[[Page 69713]]
19. Second, the Commission proposes to allow fixed devices to
operate with a maximum power of four watts EIRP at locations where
there are two contiguous vacant channels rather than three. When the
Commission adopted the current requirement for three contiguous vacant
channels, it stated that it would remain open to modifying this
requirement if parties develop options that would permit operations on
first adjacent channels that would not increase the potential for
interference to television service and submit those for our
consideration. This issue is revisited here because such operation will
increase spectrum efficiency and the Commission believes, based on
several studies, that operating in this manner will not increase the
potential of interference to television reception. The Commission
invites parties to submit information on such studies in response to
this NPRM. The Commission further proposes that such operation would
have to be within a six megahertz band centered on the boundary between
the two vacant television channels, effectively reducing the frequency
separation from six megahertz to three megahertz on each side of the
white space channel. The Commission also proposes that the device would
have to comply with all fixed white space requirements with respect to
the six megahertz band in which it operates (e.g., maximum conducted
power, power spectral density and out-of-band emissions.) These changes
would allow fixed devices to operate at the maximum power currently
permitted under the rules in locations where they cannot operate under
the current rules.
20. The Commission seeks comment on these proposals, particularly
whether such operation would adequately protect television stations
operating on adjacent channels. Commenters should indicate if they
believe any rule changes are necessary to ensure protection of adjacent
channel TV stations. For example, should we require slightly greater
adjacent channel separation distances for fixed devices that operate
with two vacant channels instead of three? If so, what are the
appropriate distances?
(ii) Operation at Lower Power Levels
21. As proposed, there would be three power levels at which white
space devices could operate: 40 milliwatts, 100 milliwatts and 4000
milliwatts EIRP. We note however, that the current table of separation
distances in Sec. 15.712(a)(2) was based on an EIRP of 4000 milliwatts
which results in greater distance than necessary to protect TV
reception from devices operating at 40 milliwatts or 100 milliwatts. By
allowing shorter separation distances for devices operating at less
than 4000 milliwatts EIRP, we can expand the locations at which they
can operate.
22. In addition, we can provide even more flexibility for white
space device users by defining intermediate power levels and
corresponding separation distances. This will allow white space devices
operating at less than the maximum permissible power to meet separation
distances commensurate with their actual power and still protect over-
the-air TV reception and other authorized services from harmful
interference. As a result, white space devices, which must include
transmit power control, would be able to operate in more locations with
limited spectrum availability than available today. In crafting our
proposal, we observe that the power increase from 40 milliwatts to 100
millwatts is 4 dB, and that the difference in power from 100 milliwatts
to 4000 milliwatts is 16 dB. The Commission, therefore proposes a
series of tables providing co- and adjacent channel separation
distances from the TV contour based on intermediate power levels in
uniform 4 dB steps for fixed devices. Specifically, it proposes to
define separation distances for fixed devices at EIRP levels of 40
milliwatts, 100 milliwatts, 250 milliwatts, 625 milliwatts and 1600
milliwatts (i.e.,16 dBm, 20 dBm, 24 dBm, 28 dBm and 32 dBm,
respectively) in addition to the current separation distances at 4000
milliwatts (36 dBm). The proposed separation distances and methodology
for determining them are discussed below. The Commission also proposes
that a device be required to indicate to the white space database the
power at which it will operate when it requests a list of available
channels. The Commission further proposes that when a device operates
between two defined power levels, it must comply with the separation
distances for the higher power level.
23. The current maximum fixed device power level of 4000 milliwatts
EIRP is based on a maximum conducted power of one watt (1000
milliwatts) into an antenna with a gain of 6 dBi (a factor of four). If
the antenna gain exceeds 6 dBi, the maximum conducted power must be
reduced by the amount in dB that the gain exceeds 6 dBi. We propose
similar requirements for fixed devices that operate at power levels
less than 4000 milliwatts EIRP. Specifically, the Commission proposes
to define a maximum conducted power limit for each EIRP level, which
would be 6 dB lower than the EIRP. In addition, because the power
spectral density (PSD) limit for fixed devices is based on the maximum
conducted power limit, the Commission proposes to define a PSD limit
for each of the proposed conducted power levels. The Commission further
proposes to calculate the PSD limit using the same methodology
described in the White Spaces Third MO&O, 77 FR 29236 (May 17, 2012).
That is, the Commission will assume that the power of a device will be
confined to a 5.5 megahertz band to allow a 250 kilohertz roll-off at
the upper and lower edges of a channel to meet the adjacent channel
emission limits. Consistent with the current rules, the Commission also
proposes to require that the maximum conducted power and PSD limits for
each EIRP level be reduced by the amount in dB that the maximum antenna
gain exceeds 6 dBi. In addition, the Commission proposes that if a
fixed device operates between these defined EIRP levels, the conducted
power and PSD limits must be interpolated between the defined values
shown.
24. The Commission seeks comment on the EIRP conducted power and
PSD limits in proposals in paragraph 24 of the NPRM. In particular, it
seeks comment on the usefulness of operation at the power levels
proposed and whether there is a need to specify protection distances at
additional power levels. The Commission also seeks comment on how the
information on the power level and available channels should be
communicated between the device and the database. For example, a fixed
device could simply supply its geographic coordinates to the database,
and the database could return a list of channels that indicates the
maximum power at which the device could operate on each channel.
Alternatively, the device could supply its locations and maximum power
level and the database could return a list of available channels
corresponding to operation at that location/power level combination.
Are there other combinations of parameters for information exchange
that would better suit such operation? What are the benefits and
drawbacks of each alternative with respect to database operation and
design and to equipment design? The Commission also seeks comment on
the proposed PSD limits. Do these limits provide sufficient flexibility
for device design and operation? Or would different limits be more
appropriate? Commenters who advocate alternative limits and methodology
should provide detailed technical analysis and justification to support
their position.
[[Page 69714]]
(iii) White Space Devices in Rural Areas
25. The Commission seeks comment on a number of possible changes
that could give more flexibility to operators of white space devices
that would allow them to increase coverage and provide improved service
in rural areas. For purposes of these proposals only, we use the term
``rural'' to refer to areas where there are numerous unused TV
channels, which may be areas of low population density or areas that
are merely under-served by broadcast services. In these cases, the
potential for harmful interference from a white space device to a
broadcasting station is significantly reduced. Specifically, the
Commission seeks comment on whether to increase the limit on antenna
height above ground for fixed devices in rural areas. The Commission
also seeks comment on whether to allow higher power by fixed and
personal/portable white space devices operating in rural areas.
Finally, the Commission seeks comment on an appropriate definition of
rural area for purposes of these proposals.
26. Definition of rural area. The part 15 rules do not define what
constitutes a rural area. The Commission proposes to identify rural
areas for white space devices as those where at least half of the TV
channels are unused for broadcast services and available for white
space use. At higher power, would fixed devices need to be located at a
greater distance from a broadcast station contour, or would the fixed
devices need to avoid operating on first, second or third adjacent
channels? How might these factors affect the number and location of
unused channels in identifying a rural area? The Commission seeks
comment on the appropriateness of such a criterion or whether a
different definition would better meet the needs of service providers.
Because white space devices rely on a database to determine their list
of available channels, the database would need to determine whether a
fixed white space device is located in a rural area to allow such
operation. Although the Commission believes that the white space
databases already have the information needed to identify a rural area
under the proposed criterion (i.e., the identification of vacant TV
channels at a given white space device location), the Commission seeks
comment on what changes might be needed to implement this proposal,
including the cost and programming complexity of such changes.
27. Fixed device antenna height above ground. The range at which a
white space device could cause interference to authorized services
increases as the antenna height increases. To limit this interference
potential, the Commission established maximum height limits of 30
meters above ground level (AGL) and 250 meters HAAT for fixed white
space device antennas. The Commission also established minimum required
separation distances between white space devices and authorized
services such as broadcast television that were determined based on the
antenna height above ground and average terrain. The Commission adopted
the 30-meter height above ground limit as a balance between increasing
the white space device transmission range and the need to minimize the
impact on licensed services. A higher antenna height above ground can
improve signal propagation in suburban and urban areas by raising the
antenna above obstacles such as trees and buildings. However, this
increased signal propagation can also have a negative impact on
spectrum sharing in congested areas where there are few available
channels. The Commission stated that it could revisit the antenna
height above ground limit in the future if experience with TV bands
devices indicates they could operate at higher antenna heights without
causing harmful interference.
28. A higher antenna height above ground could be beneficial in
rural areas since an antenna could be mounted on a tower or other
structure at a sufficient height to clear intervening obstacles such as
trees and hills that would attenuate the transmitted signal. Increasing
the antenna height could increase the maximum distance at which a
signal can be received. There will generally be a significant number of
available white space channels in rural areas, so there will not be the
same concerns in those locations as in more congested areas about
multiple users competing for spectrum. Since there are fewer authorized
users of the spectrum in rural areas, there is a lower likelihood that
an increased antenna height above ground will cause harmful
interference. Accordingly, the Commission seeks comment on whether it
should allow fixed white space device antennas at a height above ground
of more than 30 meters in rural areas. If so, what is the maximum
height that we should allow? What interference or spectrum sharing
concerns would be raised by a higher antenna height above ground? Would
we need to increase the minimum required separation distances to co-
channel and adjacent channel television stations since the current
distances assume a maximum antenna height above ground of 30 meters? If
so, what are the appropriate separation distances? Similarly, should
the Commission also consider increasing the HAAT limit for rural areas
or keep that limit at 250 meters, but only allow a higher antenna
height above ground level? What are the implications on interference
distance from a higher HAAT limit along with a higher AGL limit?
29. Power limit for fixed devices. In adopting the four watt EIRP
limit for fixed white space devices, the Commission recognized that
there would be advantages to allowing operation of white space devices
at higher power levels, such as reduced infrastructure costs and
increased service range. However, the Commission decided not to allow
the operation of fixed white space devices at power levels above four
watts EIRP due to concerns about the increased risk of interference in
congested areas that could make sharing spectrum between white space
device users difficult. The Commission also stated that because it did
not have experience with unlicensed wireless broadband operations in
the TV bands, it would take a cautious approach in setting power limits
to minimize the risk of harmful interference to authorized users of the
TV bands. The Commission indicated that it would explore in a future
proceeding whether higher powered unlicensed operation might be
accommodated in the TV white spaces in rural areas.
30. The Commission seeks comment on whether it should allow fixed
white space devices in rural areas to operate with up to ten watts
EIRP, which could improve broadband service coverage in these areas.
The Commission expects that equipment manufacturers can achieve this
higher EIRP level by using higher gain antennas (10 dBi rather than 6
dBi), with no increase in the one watt conducted power level currently
permitted. The Commission believes that requiring a higher gain antenna
to achieve the higher EIRP as opposed to a higher transmitter power is
appropriate for several reasons. First, it will result in more
efficient spectrum use because the power from a higher gain antenna
will be concentrated in a narrower beamwidth, thus reducing the
likelihood of interference to authorized services and to other white
space device users. Also, the Commission believes that use of fixed
devices at these higher power levels would be limited to point-to-point
type operations as it is unlikely that lower power personal/portable
devices would be able to communicate over the increased distances.
[[Page 69715]]
31. The Commission seeks comment on the appropriateness of a ten
watt power level and the degree to which it could help rural broadband
operators improve or expand their service offerings to additional
areas. What is the trade-off in terms of cost and system complexity of
using a single high power fixed station as opposed to several lower
power stations? The Commission also seeks comment on whether it should
allow higher transmitter output power (i.e., greater than one watt) as
an alternative to, or in addition to, higher gain antennas. In
addition, if we were to adopt rules for higher power, should we provide
for intermediate levels between 4 and 10 watts EIRP? If so, what are
the appropriate levels? The Commission further seeks comment on the
impact of these proposed changes on authorized services in the TV
bands. It recognizes that allowing a higher power level for white space
devices will require greater separation distances from co-channel and
adjacent channel TV stations. Would the methodology described below for
determining such separation distances be appropriate for higher power
white space devices in rural areas? Would we need to increase the
minimum separation distance from protected services such as licensed
wireless microphones, registered receive sites, and the PLMRS in
addition to full power and Class A television stations?
32. Power limit for personal/portable devices. The Commission
established a lower power limit for personal/portable devices (100
milliwatts EIRP) than for fixed devices (4 watts EIRP). The Commission
adopted this lower limit because it found that personal/portable
devices generally pose a greater risk of harmful interference to
authorized operations than fixed devices because portable devices will
change locations, making identification of both unused TV frequencies
and the devices themselves, if harmful interference occurs, more
complex and difficult. It further stated that the significant distances
at which harmful interference could occur from a personal/portable
device operating at greater than 100 milliwatts would make it very
difficult to identify a device that is the source of harmful
interference.
33. Higher power limits for personal/portable devices in rural
areas could benefit the public by enabling applications that are
limited or precluded by the current rules, such as mobile
communications and vehicle tracking. We recognize the Commission's
previous concerns with higher power limits for personal/portable
devices. However, we believe that personal/portable devices may be able
to operate at higher power levels in certain limited situations without
a high risk of harmful interference to authorized services.
Specifically, they may be able to operate at higher power in rural
areas where there are a large number of TV channels available for white
space use. In that situation, the risk of harmful interference to
services operating in the TV bands is lower. Further, the rules contain
detailed requirements for Mode II personal/portable devices that are
designed to prevent harmful interference to authorized services.
Specifically, they must: (1) Be capable of determining their position
to within 50 meters; (2) re-check their position every 60 seconds; (3)
access a database to determine the list of available channels at their
location; and (4) re-check the database whenever they move at least 100
meters from their last location.
34. The Commission seeks comment on whether it should permit
personal/portable devices to operate at higher power in rural areas. If
so, what should be the maximum power at which they can operate? Should
we limit higher power personal/portable devices to certain types of
applications? If so, what applications? If we were to allow personal/
portable devices to operate at higher power, would we need to adopt any
additional requirements to prevent harmful interference to authorized
services? If so, what requirements? For example, should personal/
portable devices be required to comply with larger separation distances
from authorized services than fixed devices operating at comparable
power levels?
(iv) Channel Bonding and Out-of-Band Emission Limits
35. White space devices must comply with a three part out-of-band
emission limit. First, they must comply with a power limit (conducted
for fixed devices and EIRP for portable devices) in the television
channels immediately adjacent to the channel in which the device
operates. Second, they must comply with the Sec. 15.209 radiated
emission limits at frequencies beyond the television channels
immediately adjacent to the channel in which the white space device is
operating. Third, they must comply with stringent out-of-band emission
limits on channels 36 through 38.
36. The Commission notes that the current out-of-band emission
rules were written with the assumption that a white space device would
transmit on a single six megahertz TV channel and meet the appropriate
out-of-band emission limits at all frequencies outside of this single
channel. However, a white space device could be designed to use two or
more channels simultaneously to increase its transmission bandwidth and
maximum data rate. A device could use multiple non-contiguous channels,
i.e. channel aggregation, or could use multiple contiguous channels,
i.e. channel bonding. There is no prohibition in the rules on the use
of multiple channels by a white space device. In fact, the rules
already implicitly allow the use of multiple channels by a single
device since they specify the maximum power limits per six megahertz of
bandwidth, indicating that a device may use multiple six megahertz
channels. However, because the rules do not consider cases where a
white space device transmits on multiple channels simultaneously, we
believe that the current out-of-band emission rules in Sec. 15.709(c)
could be modified so that users could better make use of the
efficiencies associated with channel aggregation and channel bonding.
Channel aggregation and channel bonding will allow the development of
devices that transmit at higher data rates, thus making higher speed
equipment available to consumers.
37. The Commission, therefore, proposes several rule changes with
respect to channel bonding. The Commission proposes to modify Sec.
15.709(c)(1) to specify that the adjacent channel emissions limits do
not apply within an adjacent channel that is being used by the same
white space device, since in such cases there would be no TV station or
other authorized service to protect on the adjacent channel; that is,
to operate on two adjacent channels, a device would need to receive a
message from a white space database that both channels are available at
its location. Instead, the Commission proposes to apply these limits
within the six megahertz bands immediately above and below the edges of
the band of contiguous channels used by the white space device. The
Commission also proposes to require that a device must meet the Sec.
15.209 limits at frequencies more than six megahertz above and below
the edges of the highest and lowest channels used in the device. The
Commission further proposes to apply these requirements to fixed
devices that operate centered on the boundary of two channels as
proposed above, since that is a form of channel bonding. The Commission
seeks comment on these proposals. In particular, it seeks comment on
whether the white space databases will need to make any adjustments to
accommodate channel bonding as proposed. Would
[[Page 69716]]
programming changes be necessary or should the logic to bond channels
reside solely within a device based on the list of available channels
obtained from the white space database? How easily can existing devices
accommodate these changes or would new devices need to be designed?
38. With respect to channel aggregation, the Commission proposes to
modify Sec. 15.709(c)(2) to indicate that when a white space device
transmits on multiple non-contiguous channels simultaneously, it must
comply with the adjacent channel emission limits in the six megahertz
bands above and below each of the single channels or channel groups
used by the white space device. In such cases, the white space device
would have to comply with the Sec. 15.209 limits at frequencies
outside of the channels used by the device and the six megahertz bands
adjacent to the channels used by the device. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal.
39. Adjacent channel emission levels. In addition to our proposals
to modify the adjacent channel emission rules to allow for channel
bonding and aggregation, we are proposing to add emission limits for
fixed devices operating at the proposed new power levels that are less
than four watts EIRP. The Commission further proposes to correct the
method of specifying the emission limits for fixed devices using a high
gain (greater than 6 dBi) antenna.
40. In the White Spaces Third MO&O, the Commission decided to set
the adjacent channel emission limit, measured in a 100 kHz bandwidth,
as 72.8 dB below the maximum permitted power measured in a 6 MHz
bandwidth. This results in an adjacent channel conducted emission limit
of -42.8 dBm for the maximum permissible one watt (30 dBm) conducted
power for fixed devices. Because the Commission is now proposing to
define additional conducted power levels for fixed devices that are
less than 30 dBm, we are proposing adjacent channel emission limits
corresponding to these lower power levels. These proposed limits, shown
in the table in paragraph 59 of the NPRM, are calculated using the
methodology in the White Spaces Third MO&O. The Commission proposes
that a device that operates between two defined power levels must
comply with the limit for the higher power level.
41. The Commission seeks comment on the appropriateness of these
limits. It recognizes that we could simply adopt the -42.8 dBm level
for all power levels, but by providing flexibility based on power, our
rules will provide for lower power white space devices to operate
closer to the TV contours than higher power devices.
42. Similarly, the rules in Sec. 15.709(c)(1)(i) do not compensate
for fixed devices with antenna gains greater than 6 dBi where the
device must operate by reducing its maximum conducted power by the
amount in dB that the antenna gain exceeds 6 dBi. In such situations,
the adjacent channel emission limits also need to be reduced because
they are calculated relative to the maximum conducted power (i.e., 72.8
dB lower). The Commission therefore proposes to modify Sec.
15.709(c)(1)(i) to require that the adjacent channel emission limits
for fixed devices be reduced in the same manner as the in-band power,
i.e., by the amount in dB that the antenna gain exceeds 6 dBi. This
approach is consistent with the methodology used to determine
compliance with the power spectral density limit for fixed devices. The
Commission seeks comment on this proposal.
43. In light of the proposals above, the Commission seeks comment
on whether it should relax the current adjacent channel emission
limits. Are these limits difficult to meet and does the necessary
filtering increase the cost of equipment? Commenters advocating for
less stringent adjacent channel emission limits are requested to
provide proposals detailing different levels along with analysis
showing the effect of TV reception, the potential interference to other
authorized services in the band and any effect such changes would have
on the required separation distance between white space devices and
adjacent channel TV stations. For example, to compensate for less
stringent out-of-band requirements we could increase the adjacent
channel separation distances to TV station contours. What are the
benefits of adopting such rules? And what would be the effect on the
white space databases? Would devices need to transmit information
regarding their out-of-band emission levels to the database to be used
when calculating the list of available channels? Or could information
regarding the capabilities of various devices reside in the database?
How would such a scheme work? Another option would be to provide a
range of adjacent channel emission limits with corresponding separation
distances. The Commission seeks comment on this option and what
benefits such flexibility would add. Or would the added complexity
introduced to both devices and the database negates any potential
benefits? Finally, the Commission seeks comment on the effect that less
stringent adjacent channel emission limits would have on services and
uses where there are no adjacent channel separation requirements, such
as on wireless microphones or on TV stations adjacent to 40 milliwatt
white space devices.
(v) Calculating the Separation Distances From a TV Station Contour
44. The rules require that white space devices protect defined
service contours of analog and digital full service and low power
television stations. These contours are calculated using the
methodology in Sec. 73.684 of the rules and the F(50,50) and F(50,90)
curves contained in Sec. 73.699. Under the current rules, fixed white
space devices must operate outside the contours of co-channel and
adjacent channel TV stations at the distances specified in the table in
Sec. 15.712(a)(2). This table provides co-channel and adjacent channel
separation distances for nine ranges of fixed device HAAT, up to a
maximum of 250 meters. Personal/portable devices that operate with an
EIRP greater than 40 milliwatts, up to the maximum of 100 milliwatts,
must comply with the co-channel and adjacent channel separation
distances at the lowest HAAT in the table (i.e., less than 3 meters).
Personal/portable devices operating at 40 milliwatts or less only need
to comply with the co-channel separation distance at the lowest HAAT
listed in the table.
45. The Commission described the methodology it used to determine
the table of separation distances in the White Spaces Third MO&O.
Specifically, the Commission calculated the distances assuming a fixed
white space device with an EIRP of four watts. It used a D/U signal
ratio of 23 dB to protect co-channel TV reception, and -33 dB to
protect adjacent channel TV reception. The Commission assumed that a TV
receive antenna within a TV station's protected service contour would
have a front to back ratio of 14 dB as specified in the DTV planning
factors of OET Bulletin 69. Using these factors, it calculated the
minimum required separation distances that a white space device must
operate outside a TV stations' protected contour using the F(50,10) and
F(50,50) curves over the range of antenna heights and distances at
which these curves are defined. For HAAT values below 30 meters and for
contour distances of less than 1.5 kilometers where the F(50,50) and
F(50,10) curves are not defined, the Commission used the TM 91-1
propagation model to calculate the required separation distances.
[[Page 69717]]
46. The Commission is proposing to amend the table of separation
distances in Sec. 15.712(a)(2) to reflect the proposals above that
would allow fixed device operation at a range of power levels below
four watts EIRP. Requiring shorter separation distances for fixed white
space devices with power levels below four watts will permit them to
operate in more locations than the current rules allow, i.e., closer to
a television station service contour, since the current separation
distances were based on the assumption that a fixed device always
operates at the maximum power level. In addition, since the separation
distances for personal/portable devices were also based on an EIRP of
four watts, they are greater than necessary since personal/portable
devices may operate with a maximum EIRP of 100 milliwatts, or 40
milliwatts if they are on a channel adjacent to an occupied channel.
Because we are calculating separation distances for fixed devices at 40
milliwatts and 100 milliwatts EIRP, we propose to apply those
separation distances, based on the lowest antenna HAAT, to personal/
portable devices. This proposal will increase the number of locations
where personal/portable devices may operate.
47. The Commission notes that the table of separation distances
will increase in size due to the inclusion of additional power levels
and therefore propose to split the table into two: one for co-channel
and the other for adjacent channel separation distances. It also
proposes to add an entry to show which separation distances apply to
personal/portable devices, see table in paragraph 66 of the NPRM. The
proposed co-channel separation distance table is as follows:
48. The proposed adjacent channel separation distances are shown in
paragraph 67 of the NPRM. There is no entry for 40 milliwatt (16 dBm)
devices because fixed and personal/portable devices operating at this
power level would not have to meet adjacent channel separation distance
requirements. This proposed table would correct an error in the current
rules for the separation distances at the four watt power level. The
Commission determined that the current separation distances were
inadvertently calculated without considering the 14 dB receive antenna
front-to-back ratio that the Commission previously stated it would use
in determining these distances. Therefore, they are larger than they
would be if the receive antenna directivity were taken into account.
All of the distances in the following table were calculated using the
14 dB receive antenna front-to-back ratio.
49. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal. In particular,
it seeks comment on whether these separation distances will provide
adequate protection to co-channel and adjacent channel TV stations at
the power levels and antenna HAATs listed. Parties that suggest changes
to these distances should provide a technical analysis explaining their
rationale. The Commission also seeks comment on the validity of the
calculated prediction distances at low power levels (e.g., 40
milliwatts) and high HAAT. Is a 40 milliwatt white space device capable
of causing interference to co-channel television stations at the
calculated distances (over 12 kilometers at the maximum HAAT)? Do we
need to consider the HAAT of low power white space devices?
50. In addition, we note that some parties have informally advised
the Commission that they believe the Commission's current table of
separation distances is overly conservative in some cases, and
therefore limits the amount of white space spectrum available for
unlicensed devices. The Commission therefore seeks comment on whether
it should make additional rule changes with respect to the following
issues.
51. Alternative propagation models for calculating interference. As
discussed above, the Commission requires the use of the propagation
curves in the rules for calculating the protected service contours of
TV stations. Digital TV service contours are calculated using the
F(50,90) curves, and analog TV service contours are calculated using
the F(50,50) curves. Additionally, the table of separation distances
between TV station service contours and white space devices was
calculated using the F(50,10) and F(50,50) curves over the range where
they are defined. Some parties have suggested that the Commission use
other propagation models such as the Longley-Rice methodology or the
Hata models to determine where white space devices could operate
without causing interference to TV reception.
52. In seeking comment on alternative propagation models, we note
that we are not proposing any changes to the method of calculating the
protected service contours of TV stations using the F(50,90) and
F(50,50) propagation curves. This is the method specified in the part
73 rules for calculating TV service contours, and we believe it is
appropriate to require unlicensed white space devices to follow the
same method for determining protected TV contours. In addition, the
Commission do not believe the use of the Longley-Rice methodology would
be appropriate for determining whether a white space device would cause
interference to TV reception as it is computationally intensive and
would significantly slow the determination of available TV channels by
the white spaces databases.
53. With regard to the calculation of distances in the separation
table, the Commission used a combination of its own propagation curves
and the TM 91-1 to calculate separation the distances. It recognizes
that this may not be the only appropriate methodology for calculating
separation distances. We therefore seek comment on whether the
Commission should consider using other propagation models that could
give a more accurate indication as to whether interference is likely
occur to TV reception. For example, are the Hata models appropriate for
making these calculations? Are there other models that could be used?
Could the separation distances calculated using other models provide a
high degree of confidence that interference to TV would not occur? How
would the separation distances obtained with an alternative model
differ from those calculated with the methodology previously used by
the Commission? Would the differences in these distances increase the
amount of available white space, and if so, by how much?
54. Directional antenna use by white space devices. The Commission
considered the directivity of TV receive antennas in developing the
table of separation distances for white space devices and assumed a 14
dB front-to-back ratio. Because a TV receive antenna located just
inside the protected contour of a TV station would be pointed toward
the TV station, it would therefore be pointed away from a white space
device located just outside the contour. However, the Commission did
not consider the directivity of a white space transmit antenna in
developing the table of separation distances and assumed an
omnidirectional transmit antenna with a transmit power of four watts
EIRP. The Commission stated that it was desirable to minimize the
complexity for compliance while providing assurance that TV stations
would be adequately protected. Likewise, when the Commission modified
the table of protection distances in the White Spaces Third MO&O to
allow white space device operation at higher antenna HAAT, it did not
consider the directivity of the white space device transmit antenna.
55. The directional pattern of a fixed white space device transmit
antenna could affect the identification of available channels. In the
case where
[[Page 69718]]
the transmit antenna points away from a TV station that the white space
device must protect, the effect would be that the white space device
has a lower EIRP in the direction of the TV station. Under such
situations it may be possible to reduce the required separation
distance between the white space device and the protected contour of
the co-channel and adjacent channel TV stations. This change could
increase the number of locations where a fixed device could operate.
However, there are a number of factors that have to be considered to
ensure that white space devices provide adequate protection to TV
stations. For example, antenna pattern information for fixed white
space devices, including the orientation of the antenna as installed in
the field would be needed. This information would then have to be
stored in some format in the white spaces databases. The Commission
would also have to develop appropriate protection criteria for a fixed
white space device that uses a directional antenna. For example, we may
need to specify the minimum arc size over which the power must be
reduced in the direction of a protected TV station, since reduced power
over a very narrow arc may not provide adequate protection.
56. Accordingly, the Commission seeks comment on whether it should
modify the rules to consider the directional antenna pattern for fixed
space devices. If so, how can we assure the accuracy of antenna pattern
information? Should we require the database to store detailed
information, such as the antenna gain at one degree intervals, or could
we define several simpler generic patterns that approximate commonly
used antennas? Should the database be responsible for storing various
antenna patterns or should they be transmitted to the databases by the
device at power up the first time it requests a channel list? How would
we specify the appropriate protection criteria for white space devices
using directional antennas? For example, could the protection distances
proposed above for multiple power levels be used in conjunction with
directional antenna information to protect TV reception? What other
criteria would we need to specify?
(vi) Location Accuracy
57. A fixed or Mode II personal/portable device must be able to
determine its position and provide that information to the white spaces
database, which then determines whether the device meets the minimum
required separation distances from protected services. The rules
currently require that a fixed or Mode II personal/portable device
incorporate a geo-location capability that can determine its geographic
coordinates to within 50 meters. GPS is capable of
determining coordinates to this level of accuracy, but there may be
circumstances where it is not possible to receive a GPS signal, such as
indoors or at outdoor locations where there are obstacles such as
buildings and trees. The Commission seeks comment on whether there are
other location methods besides GPS that can determine a white space
device's location to within 50 meters. If so, what are
these methods? The Commission also seeks comment on whether devices
need to determine their position with this level of accuracy to protect
authorized services.
58. In addition, the Commission seeks comment on whether we should
allow white space devices to use geo-location methods that are less
accurate than the current rules require, provided they provide the same
level of protection to authorized services. If so, what level of
accuracy should be required? How could we assure that devices with a
lower level of geo-location accuracy do not cause interference to
authorized services? Could we require white space devices to operate at
greater distances from authorized services to offset the increased
uncertainty in a device's location? If so, should we require all white
space devices to meet increased separation distances, or only those
with less accurate geo-location capabilities? If we allow only some
devices to use a less accurate geo-location method, how could the white
space databases take into account a device's geo-location accuracy in
determining the list of available channels? The accuracy of some geo-
location technologies, such as GPS, is well established, but this may
not be the case for geo-location technologies, some of which may be
proprietary, that manufacturers wish to use for white space devices.
How should the location accuracy of a device be tested? Should
manufacturers be required to certify the accuracy of the location
technology incorporated into a device as part of the equipment
certification process? Are there any other approaches that would allow
white space devices to incorporate less accurate geo-location
capabilities while still protecting authorized services?
2. 600 MHz Guard Bands
59. The 600 MHz Band includes a guard band between the wireless
downlink services band and the TV band that will vary in size and
frequency depending on the amount of spectrum recovered in the auction.
There are three possibilities for the size of this guard band: 11
megahertz, nine megahertz and seven megahertz. However, if exactly 84
megahertz of spectrum is recovered in the auction, channel 37 plus the
three megahertz guard band that protects the WMTS and RAS on channel 37
will serve as the guard band between the wireless downlink services
band and TV band. Therefore, there would not be a separate guard band
between the TV band and the wireless downlink services band that could
be made available for unlicensed use as there would be under all other
spectrum recovery scenarios.
60. The Spectrum Act states that the Commission may permit
unlicensed use of the guard bands, and stipulates that (a) unlicensed
use shall rely on a database or subsequent methodology as determined by
the Commission, and (b) the Commission may not permit any use of a
guard band that the Commission determines would cause harmful
interference to licensed services. The term ``guard band'' includes the
duplex gap, and thus the Spectrum Act's requirements discussed here
apply equally to the duplex gap. Fixed and personal/portable white
space devices clearly satisfy the Act's stipulation that ``unlicensed
use rely on a database'' since our rules already require that these
devices access a database to identify vacant TV channels in their area
that meet the interference avoidance requirements of our rules, and
they may only operate on the vacant channels that the database
identifies. This Commission is proposing in this NPRM to expand the
information in the white space databases to include 600 MHz Band
services that will be entitled to interference protection. The
Commission's part 15 rules already require that unlicensed devices not
cause harmful interference to and must accept interference from
authorized users. In this NPRM, the Commission proposes technical and
operational rules for white space devices in these bands that will
satisfy the requirements of both the Spectrum Act and our rules.
61. The Commission proposes to allow fixed and personal/portable
devices to operate in the guard bands and duplex gap. The current white
space rules provide for two types of personal/portable devices. Mode II
devices, like fixed devices, incorporate geo-location and database
access capabilities which facilitate their ability to meet the required
separation distances at their operating location, while Mode I devices
do not. Instead, Mode I devices must obtain a list of available
operating channels from a fixed or Mode II personal/portable white
[[Page 69719]]
space device that is within their transmission range and may only
operate so long as they can receive a controlling signal from the fixed
or Mode II device. Because Mode I devices are limited to a maximum EIRP
of 100 milliwatts, or 40 milliwatts EIRP if they are adjacent to an
occupied TV channel, they must operate relatively close to the device
that provides the list of available channels. Thus, the actual location
of a Mode I device is different from the device providing it a list of
available channels. The Commission seeks comment from parties
contemplating use of Mode I devices on the types of functions and
applications they envision for these devices, and the typical and
maximum operating range envisioned for these devices. It also seeks
comment on any studies that address the interference potential of Mode
I devices. The Commission further seeks comment on whether it should
limit operation in these bands to fixed and Mode II devices only to
ensure protection to authorized services in these bands. Alternatively,
should we also allow Mode I devices to operate in these bands, but
increase the separation distances to offset the uncertainty in the
devices' locations? In addition, the Commission seeks comment on
whether any limitations on the types of devices in the duplex gap would
be necessary after the 39 month transition period when all television
stations are moved from the spectrum that is designated as the duplex
gap. The Commission asks commenters to address the effect that any
limitations on the permissible types of devices in these bands may have
on the development of white space services and applications.
62. A white space device operating in a guard band would have to
protect two different authorized services on frequencies immediately
adjacent to the guard band. Broadcast television will operate in the
lower adjacent spectrum, and licensed wireless downlink services will
operate in the upper adjacent spectrum. The current rules permit
operation of personal/portable white space devices on a channel that is
immediately adjacent to an occupied TV channel, provided the device
power is reduced to 40 milliwatts. In the NPRM, the Commission is
proposing to also allow fixed devices to operate on a channel
immediately adjacent to an occupied TV channel at the same 40 milliwatt
power level, and it is proposing to allow fixed devices to operate at 4
watts EIRP three megahertz away from an occupied TV channel. However,
the Commission does not currently have rules for white space devices
that address operation on a channel immediately adjacent to wireless
downlink services. Therefore, the Commission must develop rules to
protect wireless downlink services adjacent to the guard bands, that
is, protecting the ability of handsets to receive signals from a base
station. The analysis discussed applies equally to the duplex gap
because white space devices operating in the duplex gap must also
protect wireless downlink services in adjacent frequency bands. The
Commission proposes to protect wireless handsets by limiting the power
of white space devices in the guard bands and duplex gap, and by
requiring a buffer between the edge of the channel used by the white
space device and wireless downlink services. The proposed approach
ensures against harmful interference to licensed services and promotes
the public interest and benefits inherent in maximizing spectrum use.
63. The Commission considers separately the guard band sizes under
each of the spectrum recovery scenarios. In each case, we assume that
the white space devices could be either fixed or personal/portable,
that they will transmit over a six megahertz wide bandwidth, that they
could be operating at 40 milliwatts immediately adjacent to an occupied
TV channel, and that their operation will be controlled through use of
a database. The power limits and frequency separation needed to protect
part 27 wireless services will alter the assumptions for white space
devices' power limits and bandwidth in each case and, ultimately, how
white space devices could use the guard bands. Based on our preliminary
analysis, discussed below, we also assume a three megahertz frequency
separation between the white space devices and the handset receive band
to offset a worst case interference distance of less than seven meters.
Our preliminary analysis is based on conservative assumptions, and
intended as a starting point for purposes of developing a record on
these issues. There are numerous ways to conduct interference analyses
and each depends on a number of assumptions, such as filter
characteristics, the propagation model and miscellaneous losses (e.g.,
body loss, polarization mismatch, etc.). In addition, the Commission
notes that there is a lack of real world testing between white space
transmitters and LTE receivers, and we invite manufacturers and other
interested parties to submit data and test results to the record in
this proceeding. Nevertheless, we believe that under reasonable
conditions white space devices can operate in the duplex gap and guard
bands without causing harmful interference to LTE receivers.
64. In the Incentive Auction proceeding, Qualcomm has submitted
analyses purportedly showing that unlicensed use in the guard bands and
duplex gap is not feasible without extremely large frequency
separations from licensed services and Broadcom has submitted analyses
to the contrary. Both parties' analyses rely on the 3GPP industry
standards which define the onset of blocking interference at more than
a five percent degradation in throughput. While the Commission does not
go into the merits of these analyses here, our preliminary analysis
also relies on the 3GPP standard for frequencies closest to the 600 MHz
band as a starting point. However, the Commission notes that these
standards contain minimum specifications and equipment used by wireless
carriers may significantly exceed these minimums.
65. This standard sets a floor of -97 dBm for LTE receiver
sensitivity and an adjacent channel selectivity of 33 dB. The
Commission believes it is reasonable to assume at least 25 dB of
additional loss over any path loss to include an additional 10 dB for
adjacent channel selectivity plus an additional 15 dB of loss due to a
combination of obstructions, body loss and antenna polarization
mismatch, etc. The Commission further assumes a minimum of three
megahertz frequency separation between white space devices and LTE
receivers, resulting in a seven dB pass band filter attenuation. The
Commission calculated the required separation distances using the TM
91-1 model. In doing so, it assumes a white space device with a maximum
EIRP of 40 milliwatts and an antenna height of three meters, which is
the lowest antenna height the part 15 rules specify for white space
devices. The Commission also assumes a 1.5 meter LTE handset height,
which we believe is representative of typical wireless handset use.
Based on these assumptions, our calculations show a worst case
interference distance of less than seven meters.
66. While the Commission recognizes there may be concerns about the
potential for interference to wireless handsets at seven meters, we
emphasize that our preliminary analysis is a static, worst case
analysis that does not consider many other factors that would tend to
reduce this distance. For example, it does not take into account the
behavior of deployed networks which manage operating channels and
[[Page 69720]]
handset power in noisy conditions to ensure the best possible
connection, nor does it take into account the probabilistic nature of
the conditions that lead to an interference situation. For example, if
an LTE handset is operating at the edge of coverage on a frequency at
the edge of the band closest to the guard band in very close proximity
to a white space device, the white space device, which must incorporate
transmit power control, will limit its operating power to the minimum
necessary for successful communication, so its power will often be less
than the maximum on which we based our preliminary analysis.
Additionally analyses that are based on the onset of blocking may not
rise to the threshold of harmful interference if one considers
transmission protocols and modulation schemes which are designed to
facilitate operations when conditions are less than ideal by
incorporating coding, bit interleaving, and retransmission events when
necessary. Finally, the Commission notes that based on device and
spectrum usage evolution, manufacturers have incorporated a range of
unlicensed and licensed bands into devices and we expect that this will
be the case with white space devices too. Given that there is some time
prior to networks being deployed, we expect manufacturers to improve
filter technology and designs to ensure a minimum potential for harmful
interference.
67. In the guard band scenarios discussed, the Commission is
proposing to allow white space devices to generally operate in the
guard bands and the duplex gap at a maximum power level of 40
milliwatts and a three megahertz frequency separation from the handset
receive band. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal. The
Commission invites comment on the assumptions we make for wireless
broadband service to the public by both licensed services and
unlicensed devices. Parties that disagree are requested to provide
their own assumptions, including what frequency separations are needed
to protect wireless services from harmful interference, along with
justification and analysis. The Commission also ask those parties who
advocate against use of the guard bands for unlicensed use to provide
details on what services they believe could operate there and under
what operating conditions, so that valuable spectrum does not lay
fallow. Parties should address how white space use in each scenario
below would satisfy the Spectrum Act's requirement that no harmful
interference is caused to licensed services.
68. Eleven megahertz guard band. Fixed and personal/portable white
space devices could operate in the lower six megahertz portion of the
guard band, adjacent to broadcast TV spectrum, leaving a five megahertz
separation to wireless downlink services at the upper portion of the
band. In this case, under the existing white space rules, the white
space devices could operate at 40 milliwatts adjacent to an operating
TV station and 100 milliwatts if the adjacent station is vacant. The
Commission proposes that white space devices be permitted to operate at
40 milliwatts so long as it maintains a three megahertz separation
distance from the lower edge of the band where handsets will receive.
Is the 40 milliwatt power level useful for unlicensed devices? Should
we permit operation up to 100 milliwatts if the white space device can
maintain 4 or 5 megahertz separation from the handset receive band and
satisfy the conditions for protecting TV reception as well as the
necessary distance separation from adjacent base stations? Would a
different power level be used?
69. Nine megahertz guard band. The Commission proposes that fixed
and personal/portable white space devices could operate at 40
milliwatts in the lower six megahertz portion of the guard band
adjacent to broadcast TV spectrum, leaving three megahertz separation
to wireless services. The Commission believes this would adequately
protect handsets from harmful interference while providing an
opportunity for unlicensed devices to operate. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal and asks if there are other operating
scenarios for the nine megahertz guard band that could be adopted to
provide for unlicensed device use while protecting wireless handsets.
70. Seven megahertz guard band. In this case, if fixed and
personal/portable white space devices operated adjacent to the
broadcast TV band at the lower end of the guard band, there would be
only one megahertz separation to wireless downlink services at the
upper end of the band. Under this situation, could we provide for 40
milliwatt white space device operation? Alternatively, could white
space devices operate at reduced power with only one megahertz of
separation from broadband downlinks and still protect those operations?
What power level and separation distance would provide for such
operation? Another option is to restrict white space devices to a four
megahertz bandwidth to maintain three megahertz separation from
broadband downlinks. Is the current white space equipment capable of
such operation? Is there a market for operating in this manner as it
would necessitate slower data rates? What parameters in terms of power
and separation distance would be required to ensure operation of all
services? The Commission seeks comment on the appropriate power limits
and frequency separations for white space devices to protect both TV
and wireless services in this case.
71. Three megahertz plus channel 37. In the case where 84 megahertz
of spectrum is recovered in the auction, the guard band between
wireless downlink services and TV spectrum will consist of channel 37
plus a three megahertz guard band. The purpose of the three megahertz
guard band is primarily to protect the WMTS and RAS on channel 37 from
interference from wireless downlink services, but it also would protect
wireless downlink services from harmful interference from white space
devices operating on channel 37. If we determine that less than three
megahertz separation is needed to protect part 27 services, could fixed
or personal/portable devices make use of any portion of this three
megahertz band? The Commission seeks comment on whether any types of
low power, narrowband devices could use this guard band without causing
harmful interference to licensed services in the adjacent bands. Is so,
what types of devices and at what power levels and bandwidths?
3. 600 MHz Duplex Gap
a. Types of Permitted Operations
72. The 600 MHz Band includes a duplex gap of 11 megahertz between
the wireless uplink and downlink services bands to prevent harmful
interference between them. The frequency range of this duplex gap will
depend on the outcome of the incentive auction, but the size of the
band will be the same nationwide, regardless of whether there is any
market variation in the amount of spectrum recovered in certain areas.
Wireless downlink services will operate in the lower adjacent spectrum
to the duplex gap, and wireless uplink services will operate in the
upper adjacent spectrum to the duplex gap. In the Incentive Auction
R&O, the Commission concluded that the public interest would be served
by allowing broadcasters and cable programming networks to use wireless
microphones on a licensed basis in a portion of the duplex gap and to
obtain interference protection from unlicensed devices at specified
times and locations, on an as-
[[Page 69721]]
needed basis. The Commission decided that it would in a future
proceeding examine how best to provide access to a portion of the
duplex gap by licensed wireless microphone users, while also ensuring
that unlicensed users of the duplex gap can make use of this spectrum
to provide broadband services. It anticipated that the duplex gap could
be partitioned such that six megahertz would be available for
unlicensed broadband devices to operate under the existing white space
rules for 40 milliwatt personal/portable devices, and four megahertz
adjacent to the wireless downlink services band would be available for
licensed wireless microphone operations. This approach would leave one
megahertz available for use as a buffer to protect licensed wireless
services.
73. There are several different ways to divide the duplex gap to
accommodate wireless microphones and white space devices, although
there are trade-offs with each one. As an initial proposal, the
Commission proposes to allow unlicensed operations, including both
fixed and personal/portable white space devices and unlicensed
microphones, to operate in the six megahertz band segment at the upper
end of the duplex gap. It also proposes to allow licensed wireless
microphones to operate in the four megahertz band segment immediately
below this six megahertz segment. The Commission further proposes to
use the remaining portion of the duplex gap spectrum to provide a one
megahertz frequency separation between licensed wireless microphones
and wireless downlinks in the spectrum below the duplex gap, thereby
providing an additional margin of interference protection to mobile
handsets. Thus, licensed wireless microphones would be able to operate
in the band between one and five megahertz above the lower end of the
duplex gap, and unlicensed devices, including wireless microphones,
would be able to operate in the band from five to eleven megahertz
above the lower end of the duplex gap.
74. The Commission believes that providing a six megahertz band for
unlicensed devices is appropriate since that is the minimum size that
many parties indicated is useful for unlicensed uses, and it is
consistent with the current fixed and personal/portable white space
rules. Additionally, it believes that a four megahertz segment of the
duplex gap will be useful for licensed wireless microphones that are
used on short NPRM since it will be available nationwide. Manufacturers
have indicated that as many as 16 wireless microphones can operate in a
six megahertz channel, and while we are proposing a smaller channel
size here, manufacturers should still be able to get a substantial
number of microphones to operate in it.
75. The Commission is not proposing to provide a guard band between
licensed wireless microphones and unlicensed white space devices, since
white space devices must comply with low emission limits outside their
channel of operation. Also, wireless microphones that operate in this
spectrum use narrow (no greater than 200 kilohertz) bandwidths and many
can operate close together within a six megahertz channel, so we expect
their receivers to have good selectivity. Thus, the Commission believes
that there is a low risk of unlicensed white space devices causing
interference to licensed wireless microphones in the adjacent band.
76. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal for partitioning
of the duplex gap between licensed wireless microphones and unlicensed
white space devices and unlicensed wireless microphones. Our proposed
split maximizes the frequency separation between a six megahertz
segment of the duplex gap for unlicensed use and wireless downlink
spectrum, thereby reducing the risk of interference to those adjacent
band services as required by the Spectrum Act, but it does not provide
any frequency separation between the six megahertz unlicensed segment
and wireless uplink spectrum used for base stations. The one megahertz
separation at the lower end of the duplex gap provides an additional
margin of interference protection to wireless handsets from licensed
wireless microphones. The Commission also seeks comment on other
possible partitioning scenarios and whether other approaches would
provide interference protection to adjacent wireless uplink and
downlink services while maximizing use of the spectrum. For example,
should the one megahertz buffer be located at the upper end of the
duplex gap? Is it needed to provide increased interference protection
to wireless uplink spectrum from unlicensed operations operating in a
six megahertz bandwidth? If so, how would this scenario affect the
operation of licensed microphones in the lower duplex gap? Could
licensed wireless microphones operate in the lower four megahertz
portion of the duplex gap without a one megahertz buffer to separate
them from wireless downlink spectrum? Would that approach increase the
interference risk to either licensed wireless microphones or wireless
downlink spectrum? Do we need a buffer at both ends of the duplex gap
to protect both wireless uplink and downlink services? If so, what size
buffers are appropriate and how would increasing the number or size of
those buffers affect the available spectrum for unlicensed white space
and wireless microphone users? For example, if we were to require a one
megahertz buffer at each end of the duplex gap, should we allow only
three megahertz of spectrum for licensed wireless microphones at the
lower end of the duplex gap and six megahertz for white space devices
and unlicensed wireless microphones at the upper end? Parties should
address how white space use in each scenario above would satisfy the
Spectrum Act's requirement that no harmful interference is caused to
licensed services.
b. Technical Rules for Fixed and Personal/Portable Operations
77. The Commission proposes to allow fixed and personal/portable
white space devices to operate in the six megahertz segment of the
duplex gap described above with a power level of 40 milliwatts. This is
consistent with our proposal to allow 40 milliwatt white space device
operation in the guard bands. The Commission does not believe that a
buffer is necessary to protect wireless uplink services above the
duplex gap since the receivers of interest are those in base stations,
and it expects there to be a greater separation distance from base
station receivers than from mobile receivers, thus reducing the
likelihood of harmful interference. The Commission seeks comment on
this proposal. Is the 40 milliwatt power level useful for unlicensed
devices? Would the proposed power level and frequency separation
adequately protect wireless uplink services in the upper adjacent band?
Do we need to limit the HAAT of fixed devices to minimize the
possibility of interference to licensed services outside the duplex gap
and licensed wireless microphones within the duplex gap?
4. Channel 37
78. The WMTS is used for remote monitoring of patients' vital signs
and other important health parameters (e.g., pulse and respiration
rates) inside medical facilities. WMTS includes devices that transport
the data via a radio link to a remote location, such as a nurses'
station, which is equipped with a specialized radio receiver. WMTS
operates licensed stations on three bands, including 608-614 MHz
(channel 37) in the UHF band. Health
[[Page 69722]]
care institutions are required to register their locations and
coordinate the use of all three bands through the American Society for
Health Care Engineering (ASHE) of the American Hospital Association--
the designated frequency coordinator--prior to commencing operation.
This process minimizes the potential of WMTS users from causing harmful
interference to, and receiving harmful interference from, other WMTS
devices.
79. RAS is a receive-only service that uses highly sensitive
receivers to examine and study radio waves of cosmic origin. There are
twelve RAS telescopes that have been using channel 37 or plan to use
channel 37 in the near future. Of them, ten comprise the National Radio
Astronomy Observatory's (NRAO's) Very Long Baseline Array (VLBA), which
are distributed in several locations in the United States and its
territories, and collect simultaneous observations that are combined to
emulate a single telescope 5000 miles in diameter. The remaining two
telescopes are single dish instruments. The Commission protects RAS
from in-band harmful interference by imposing field strength limits on
WMTS and requiring coordination of WMTS use within certain distances of
RAS observatories.
80. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission decided to permit
unlicensed operations on channel 37, subject to the development of the
appropriate technical parameters for such operations to protect the
WMTS and RAS from harmful interference. It stated that authorizing the
use of channel 37 for unlicensed operations would make additional
spectrum available for unlicensed devices in areas of the country that
are not in close proximity to hospitals or other medical facilities
that use WMTS equipment, or to RAS sites.
81. The Commission recognizes the importance of WMTS to patient
care, and will remain mindful of this critical function when developing
these technical parameters. In this NPRM, the Commission proposes
technical parameters below to protect the WMTS and RAS from harmful
interference and will develop a full record on the issues raised in
this proceeding before adopting final rules.
a. Power Limits and Separation Distances
82. General technical requirements. There are several different
approaches that could be taken regarding the types of white space
devices that we would permit to operate on channel 37. The most
cautious approach would be to limit operations on channel 37 to fixed
devices only and to require registration of the locations where the
devices are used in the white spaces database. Fixed devices are
required to register their location and operator information in the
white spaces database because the rules permit them to operate at
higher power than personal/portable devices. The registration
requirement makes fixed devices easer to locate in the event harmful
interference occurs. Another approach would be to allow both fixed and
Mode II personal/portable devices to operate on channel 37. Like fixed
devices, Mode II devices must incorporate geo-location and database
access capabilities. Unlike fixed devices, they are not required to
register with the database since their maximum permitted power is lower
than that allowed for fixed devices, and their operating location
changes frequently. A third approach would be to allow fixed and both
Mode I and Mode II personal/portable devices to operate on channel 37.
Mode I devices are not required to incorporate a geo-location
capability and obtain their list of available channels from a fixed or
Mode II device that is within their transmission range. Thus, the
separation distances we calculate below to protect the WMTS and RAS may
need to be increased if Mode I devices are permitted to operate on or
adjacent to channel 37.
83. The Commission seeks comment on the types of white space
devices that should be permitted to operate on channel 37. If we allow
personal/portable devices to operate on channel 37, should we require
them to register with the white spaces database, and if so, what
registration information should be required? What interference concerns
are raised by allowing personal/portable devices on channel 37, and how
could these be addressed, particularly those involving Mode I devices?
Are there technology solutions or other means to mitigate the risk?
Would we need to specify greater separation distances for personal/
portable devices than for fixed devices of comparable power levels? If
we initially allow only fixed devices on channel 37, should we then
allow personal/portable devices at a later date once we have confidence
that they will not cause harmful interference to the WMTS and RAS? The
Commission seeks comment on any studies that address the interference
potential of personal/portable devices to the WMTS and RAS.
84. The Commission proposes to allow the same maximum four watt
EIRP for channel 37 fixed white space devices that is allowed for fixed
devices in the TV bands. If we allow personal/portable devices on
channel 37, we propose that the maximum EIRP would be 100 milliwatts,
consistent with the current rules for operation in the TV bands.
However, as discussed, these power levels may need to be reduced
depending on what devices operate in the adjacent bands. The Commission
also proposes to require white space devices on channel 37 to meet the
other technical requirements for white space devices, including the
conducted power, antenna gain and PSD limits as appropriate. The
Commission further proposes that these devices must access a database
over the internet to determine if channel 37 is available at their
location, meaning that the location is sufficiently far removed from
all WMTS and RAS sites to avoid causing harmful interference. The
required separation distances are discussed in the following
paragraphs.
85. Power limits. The maximum power at which an unlicensed device
can operate may be limited based upon the need to protect authorized
services in adjacent bands, in addition to services in the same band.
For example, neither the current rules nor our proposals discussed
above permit fixed devices to operate at four watts in bands
immediately adjacent to occupied TV channels. Currently, the adjacent
spectrum bands to channel 37 (channels 36 and 38) are allocated for TV
broadcasting. After the incentive auction, this situation may or may
not change depending upon the amount of spectrum recovered in the
auction. There are three possible scenarios. First, if less than 84
megahertz of spectrum is recovered, channels 36 and 38 will continue to
be available for TV broadcasting, so there will be essentially no
change from the current situation. Second, if exactly 84 megahertz of
spectrum is recovered, channel 36 will continue to be available for TV
broadcasting, while channel 38 will not. Instead, there will be a three
megahertz guard band directly above channel 37 which will separate
channel 37 from licensed wireless downlink spectrum. Third, if more
than 84 megahertz of spectrum is recovered, there will be three
megahertz guard bands above and below channel 37 to separate channel 37
from licensed wireless downlink spectrum.
86. Under the first scenario, channel 37 in a particular location
could be treated similarly to any other television channel, provided it
is sufficiently far removed from the WMTS and RAS to avoid harmful
interference. The Commission therefore proposes to permit fixed white
space devices to operate with an EIRP of up to four watts
[[Page 69723]]
on channel 37, provided channels 36 and 38 are also vacant. If we allow
personal/portable device operation, we propose that the maximum EIRP
would be limited to 100 milliwatts in this scenario. In locations where
channel 37 is available, but both channels 36 and 38 are occupied, the
Commission proposes to allow a maximum allowable power of 40 milliwatts
to protect television services on the adjacent channels. In locations
where channel 37 is available, but only one of the adjacent channels is
occupied, the Commission proposes to allow fixed unlicensed device
operation with a maximum power of 4 watts EIRP, where the device
operates in the six megahertz band centered on the boundaries of
channel 37 and the unoccupied channel.
87. Under the second scenario (84 megahertz recovered), the
Commission proposes to allow a maximum white space device power of 40
milliwatts EIRP on channel 37 to protect wireless downlink services
that will be three megahertz above channel 37 and to protect television
on channel 36 if that channel is occupied. If channel 36 is vacant, a
white space device could also operate at 40 milliwatts, and possibly
higher, in a six megahertz band centered on the boundary of channels 36
and 37, leaving a three megahertz separation from channel 35 and a six
megahertz separation from wireless downlink spectrum.
88. Under the third scenario (more than 84 megahertz recovered), we
propose to allow a maximum white space device power of 40 milliwatts on
channel 37 where there will be a three megahertz guard band on each
side of channel 37 to protect licensed wireless downlink services in
the adjacent bands.
89. The Commission seeks comment on these proposals. In particular,
it seeks comment on the appropriateness of the proposed power limits
for white space devices in each of these scenarios. Should these limits
be lower to reduce the likelihood of harmful interference to the WMTS,
RAS and wireless downlink services? Conversely, could the proposed
limits be higher without a risk of harmful interference? For example,
could a white space device operate at power levels higher than 40
milliwatts under the second scenario with a three megahertz separation
to TV and a six megahertz separation to wireless downlink services? If
so, what is the maximum power that could be used? Should we allow a
fixed device power limit on channel 37 that is higher than four watts
in rural areas under those scenarios where we propose a four watt
limit?
90. Determination of WMTS separation distances. WMTS systems
typically consist of small patient-worn transmitters and receive
antennas located within a healthcare facility. According to GE, WMTS
transmitters are frequency-division multiplexed with typical occupied
bandwidth of 10 kHz and a relatively low transmit power of less than 0
dBm (1 milliwatt) to extend battery life. GE argues that, to prevent
interference to the WMTS, the signal level at the perimeter of a
registered WMTS facility should not exceed 10 microvolts per meter
within a 100 kilohertz bandwidth on channel 37, or 20 millivolts per
meter within a one megahertz bandwidth on channels 36 and 38.
91. The Commission calculated the minimum co-channel separation
distances that would be required for white space devices to meet GE's
recommended field strength limit for channel 37. It used the TM 91-1
propagation model and white space device power levels that range from
40 milliwatts to 4,000 milliwatts in four dB steps. The Commission
assumed that the WMTS transmitter would be at 10 meter height above
ground, which is the highest height specified in the ASHE/AHA database,
and used the same range of HAAT currently specified in the rules for
fixed white space devices.
92. The Commission calculated the minimum required adjacent channel
separation distances in two different ways using the same basic
methodology that we used to determine the co-channel separation
distances (TM 91-1 model, WMTS height of 10 meters, same range of white
space device power and HAAT). First, it calculated the distances
considering receiver ``blocking'' using the field strength limits on
channels 36 and 38 that GE recommended to avoid interference. We then
considered the out-of-band emission power that would fall into channel
37 from white space devices operating on channels 36 and 38 and
calculated the minimum required separation distances based on GE's
recommended field strength limit on channel 37. Based on our analysis,
the effect of receiver blocking is greater than the effect of out-of-
band emissions, so we considered receiver blocking in determining the
minimum required separation distances.
93. The calculated co-channel and adjacent channel separation
distances based on our methodology are shown in the two tables in
paragraph 112 of the NPRM. These are the distances that would be
required between a white space device and an individual WMTS receiver,
and not the total distance that would be required to protect WMTS use
that relies on large distributed antenna systems throughout buildings
and that may be spread out across a large facility but represented by
only single point in the database. The separation distances are rounded
to the nearest tenth of a kilometer. In cases where the calculated
adjacent channel separation distance is less than one tenth of a
kilometer, we listed a separation of one tenth of a kilometer to avoid
specifying extremely small distances. If we allow personal/portable
devices on channel 37, the separation distances would be those at an
HAAT of less than three meters at a power level of either 40 milliwatts
or 100 milliwatts, depending on which authorized services are in the
adjacent frequency bands. The Commission seeks comment on the
appropriateness of these separation distances for protecting the WMTS
as well as our methodology used to calculate them.
94. The current ASHE/AHA database allows the registration of only a
single geographic point, whereas a hospital or health care facility is
often a large building or group of building on a campus. The Commission
also notes that GE stated that its recommended protection criteria for
the WMTS should apply at the perimeter of a facility. For these
reasons, the Commission expects that it will need to increase the
calculated distances listed above to compensate for the fact that a
single point may not accurately represent WMTS usage that could be
spread out over a large facility. If so, what is the appropriate
adjustment and why? For example, should we simply add an additional
distance to our calculated distances? Alternatively, as discussed in
the database section, should the Commission allow a facility to specify
multiple points that define a bounded area around a large facility that
uses the WMTS as opposed to specifying a single point?
95. The Commission also seeks comment on any ways it can simplify
the process of protecting the WMTS. For example, there are thousands of
registered WMTS sites, many of which are clustered close together in
urban areas. Could we define exclusion zones in urban areas where
operation is prohibited on channel 37 rather than requiring the
databases to consider each individual WMTS location? If so, how should
we define the exclusion zones and enter this information into the white
spaces databases?
96. The Commission further seeks comment on whether there are any
other requirements necessary to protect the WMTS. For example, would a
limit on the HAAT of fixed devices on channel 37 reduce the potential
for interference
[[Page 69724]]
to the WMTS? Should the Commission prohibit the operation of Mode I
personal/portable devices on channels 36 and 38 since they rely on
another device's geo-location capability and could possibly operate
slightly closer to adjacent channel WMTS locations than the device that
obtained the list of available channels? Alternatively, should the
Commission limit operation on channel 36 and 38 to fixed devices only?
97. Determination of RAS separation distances. The Commission
proposes different protection criteria for the ten VLBA stations than
for the two single dish radio astronomy observatories because of their
differing potential to receive interference. VLBA observations are less
susceptible to interference than single dish observations because
interfering signals do not correlate across the multiple receivers that
comprise the array. The Commission proposes to require that white space
devices operating on channel 37 comply with separation requirements
based on their operating power to protect the ten VLBA observatories,
and that they may not operate within defined exclusion zones around the
two single dish observatories that receive on channel 37.
98. The Commission proposes requirements for white space devices to
protect the VLBA based on the existing requirements that protect those
stations from WMTS stations operating on channel 37. Section 95.1115(a)
of the rules allows a maximum WMTS field strength on channel 37 of 200
millivolts per meter measured at a distance of three meters (this
equates to an EIRP of approximately 12 mW). Further, Sec. 95.1119(b)
specifies that WMTS operations within 32 kilometers of the ten VLBA
sites must coordinate with those sites. Using these two requirements as
a basis, we can determine the minimum distance that a white space
device must be from a VLBA site to provide the same level of protection
as a WMTS transmitter located just outside the 32 kilometer
coordination zone. Using the WMTS criterion, we calculate the
appropriate path loss exponent to be 2.53. Therefore, the Commission
proposes to calculate the separation distances between fixed white
space devices and VLBA sites using a propagation model with a path loss
exponent of 2.53. This model considers only the power of the white
space device and not its antenna height above ground or average
terrain.
99. Based on the foregoing, our calculated minimum co-channel
separation distances between white space devices operating on channel
37 and VLBA sites are as listed in the table in paragraph 118 of the
NPRM.
100. The Commission notes that in developing this table, factors
which would act to shorten the protection distance such as buildings,
mountains, trees or other ground clutter were not considered. In
addition, because VLBA stations require very low noise environments,
most have been constructed in remote areas that have substantial
natural shielding due to the fore mentioned obstructions. Also, we note
that most of these distances would be beyond the radio horizon for
most, if not all, paths between white space devices and VLBA sites.
101. The Commission seeks comment on these separation distances and
the methodology and assumptions used to calculate them. In particular,
it seeks comment on whether these separation distances are appropriate
for protecting the VLBA. Do they provide adequate protection to the
VLBA? Are they greater than necessary to protect the VLBA? Should we
place a cap on the maximum separation distances, such as 100
kilometers, to account for the fact our analysis did not account for
any factors as mentioned above that would act to shorten the required
separation distances and that radio astronomy sites will be beyond the
radio horizon in most instances? Are the assumptions made in our
analysis reasonable? For example, would a different propagation model
or different protection criteria for the VLBA be more appropriate? Is
so, what model or criteria should we use to determine the minimum
separation distances? Commenters on this issue should provide detailed
technical criteria and analysis to justify their position.
102. The Commission also seeks comment on whether it should
establish adjacent channel separation distances between white space
devices operating on channels 36 and 38 and the ten VLBA observatories.
Under the current rules, white space devices cannot operate on these
channels because they are reserved for wireless microphones if they are
not being used by television stations. However the Commission will
allow white space devices to operate on these channels if they are
still available for television broadcasting after the incentive auction
and are not being used by a television station at a white space
device's location. Under the current rules, white space devices must
operate at least 2.4 kilometers away from VLBA sites, so this
requirement would apply to white space devices operating on channels 36
and 38. Is this adjacent channel separation distance adequate to
protect the VLBA observatories? If not, what is the appropriate
separation distance and why?
103. With respect to the two single dish RAS observatories that
receive on channel 37 (Green Bank Telescope and Arecibo Observatory),
Sec. 1.924 of the rules defines coordination requirements to protect
them. Specifically, Sec. 1.924(a) requires parties planning to
construct and operate a new or modified station at a permanent fixed
location within a specified quiet zone around the National Radio
Astronomy Observatory at Green Bank West Virginia to notify the
observatory in writing of the technical details of the proposed
operation. Similarly, Sec. 1.924(d) requires parties planning to
construct and operate a new station at a permanent fixed location on
the islands of Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques or Culebra to
notify the Interference Office of the Arecibo Observatory in writing or
electronically of the technical parameters of the planned operation.
104. Because the Commission does not believe it reasonable for
operators of white space devices to coordinate with the Green Bank and
Arecibo Observatories, and because separation distances to protect
these observatories would be extremely large, the Commission is
proposing that white space devices not operate on channel 37 within the
National Radio Quiet Zone around Green Bank or on the islands of Puerto
Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques or Culebra. Much of the quiet zones are
in less populated areas, and the Commission expects that in these areas
there will be many other channels available for white space operation
in addition to spectrum in the guard bands and duplex gap. However, the
Commission seeks comment on whether there are ways to allow operation
of white space devices on channel 37 within these areas. For example,
are there coordination procedures that white space device operators
and/or white space database administrators could follow to enable
operation in these areas?
105. The Commission also seeks comment on whether it could
establish minimum separation distances that white space devices must
meet to protect the Green Bank Telescope and the Arecibo Observatory
that would affect a smaller area than the existing quiet zones. If so,
what are the appropriate interference assumptions, propagation model
and separation distances? Because we are proposing protection criteria
for white space devices over a range of power levels and HAAT, could we
establish smaller exclusion zones for white space devices that operate
at lower power levels or
[[Page 69725]]
lower HAAT? If so, how should we determine these zones or separation
distances?
b. Guard Bands Adjacent to Channel 37
106. Under certain spectrum recovery scenarios, there will be a
three megahertz guard band on one or both sides of channel 37,
resulting in a contiguous block of nine or 12 megahertz of spectrum.
The Commission seeks comment on whether these guard bands could be
combined with the six megahertz of channel 37 spectrum in areas where
it is not being used for the RAS and WMTS to create a wider band for
white space device use. If so, what power level, frequency separation
and other technical requirements would be necessary to protect wireless
downlink services adjacent to these guard bands?
c. Out-of-Band Emission Limits on Channels 36-38
107. The Commission requires white space devices to comply with
out-of-band emission limits on channels 36 through 38 in addition to
the adjacent channel and Sec. 15.209 limits that white space devices
must meet on other channels. The white space device out-of-band
emission limit on channel 37 is significantly more stringent
(approximately 25 dB lower) than the Section 15.209 limit on this
channel. Manufacturers must incorporate an additional band-reject
filter into white space devices to comply with the limit on channel 37.
The high level of attenuation needed to meet the limit requires a sharp
roll-off across channels 36 and 38, which may extend as far as channels
35 and 37, potentially precluding the use of all four of those channels
by white space devices. The emission limits on channels 36 through 38
were originally recommended by GE Healthcare to protect the WMTS from
interference by personal/portable white space devices that could be
used in close proximity to WMTS receive antennas. The Commission
adopted these recommended limits and applied them to fixed devices as
well as personal/portable devices.
108. The inability of white space devices to use channels 36 and 38
was not previously a concern since the rules did not permit their use
by white space devices. However, in the Incentive Auction R&O, the
Commission decided to stop reserving two vacant channels exclusively
for wireless microphones and to make them available for both white
space devices and wireless microphones, provided those channels are not
repurposed for licensed wireless broadband use. At the same time, we
can also take steps to ensure that channels 35 and 39 can be used by
white space devices, provided those channels are available after the
incentive auction. Additionally, because the Commission is allowing
unlicensed devices to operate on channel 37, it needs to remove the
stringent emission limit that applies on that channel.
109. The Commission is proposing to remove the out-of-band emission
limits that apply on channels 36 through 38 and instead require white
space devices to meet either the current adjacent channel or the Sec.
15.209 emission limits as appropriate. Our proposal to allow white
space device operation on channel 37 requires that the devices access a
database to ensure that they will operate sufficiently far from both
WMTS and RAS sites to avoid causing interference to these services. The
database will enforce both co-channel and adjacent channel separation
distances from the WMTS, which will ensure that emissions that fall
within channel 37 do not cause harmful interference to the WMTS. Thus,
there will no longer be a need for the more stringent out-of-band
emission limits on channels 36 through 38. This proposed change will
eliminate the need for white space devices to incorporate additional
filtering that blocks channel 37 and impacts the first and second
adjacent channels, thus making channels 35, 36, 37, 38 and 39 useable
by white space devices. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal.
5. Repurposed 600 MHz Band
110. The Commission is proposing technical criteria for protecting
licensed wireless services that will operate in the 600 MHz Band from
interference from white space device operations. These criteria will be
applicable in two situations. First, the Commission decided to permit
the continued operation of white space devices in repurposed spectrum
except in those areas in which a 600 MHz Band licensee commences
operations. It took this action because it expects that 600 MHz Band
licensees will be commencing operations at different places at
different times, depending on their business plans and other factors,
both during and after the post-auction transition period. Some of the
repurposed television spectrum may not be used for licensed wireless
services in some areas for a considerable amount of time.
111. Second, the Commission decided to allow market variation in
developing the 600 MHz Band Plan. Therefore, some spectrum may be
assigned for broadcasting in some areas and licensed wireless services
in others. The Commission decided in the Incentive Auction R&O to allow
the continued use of white space devices on all spectrum that remains
allocated for TV broadcasting, which would include that spectrum with
uses that vary by market. Since both white space devices and licensed
wireless services can potentially operate on the same frequencies due
to market variation, we need technical requirements to prevent harmful
interference between the services.
112. The current white space device rules contain protection
requirements for a variety of services that operate in the TV bands,
but they do not contain protection requirements for licensed wireless
broadband services as such wireless services did not operate in the TV
bands at the time the Commission adopted those rules. Therefore, the
Commission proposes to develop appropriate protection criteria,
specifically, minimum distance separations, to protect these wireless
services. These criteria will be used by the white space databases to
ensure that unlicensed operations no longer occur on a channel in an
area in which a licensee has commenced operations. When a 600 MHz Band
licensee plans to commence operations on frequencies that includes
spectrum available for unlicensed operations under the rules for white
space devices, that licensee can notify any of the white spaces
database administrators when and where it plans to commence operations.
The white spaces databases would then preclude unlicensed operations in
those areas on the channels in use for wireless systems. We discuss the
proposed methodology that will be used to place 600 MHz Band licensee
information in the databases below.
113. Consistent with our discussion above with respect to the guard
bands and duplex gap, the Commission seeks comment on whether it should
allow both Mode I and Mode II personal/portable devices, in addition to
fixed devices, to operate in the repurposed 600 MHz band. The
Commission asks commenters to address the effect that any limitation on
the permissible types of devices in this band may have on the
development of white space services and applications. For commenters
that believe Mode I personal/portable white space devices should be
permitted in these bands, the Commission seeks comment on the typical
operating range of such a device, as that range will need to be
incorporated into many of the protection distances proposed in the
sections that follow. With respect to Mode II personal/portable
devices, the current white space rules assume
[[Page 69726]]
protection distances for these devices based on them not operating
above three meters HAAT. Thus, for all protection criteria that follows
below, we propose that protection from Mode II personal/portable
devices be based on operating at that low HAAT. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal.
114. Depending on the channel used by a white space device, it
could be in the same band as either wireless uplinks or downlinks.
Therefore, the Commission proposes co- and adjacent channel protection
criteria for both wireless uplinks and downlinks.
115. Wireless uplinks. Wireless uplinks are the transmissions from
mobile devices to fixed base stations. The receivers of concern in
developing protection criteria are therefore those in fixed base
stations. The Commission proposes that 600 MHz licensees provide
information to the white space databases which defines a polygon
representing the outer edge of their base station deployment. Using
that information, the Commission proposes to protect fixed stations by
determining the minimum separation distance needed between a white
space device and that polygon to prevent harmful interference. Because
the amount of spectrum available for white space devices in this band
will shrink over time as 600 MHz Band licensees build-out their
systems, there is little benefit in developing complex criteria to
manage white space device use in this band. Thus, this Commission is
taking a simple approach in developing protection criteria based on the
worst case of a white space device emission fully overlapping the
receive band of a base station. However, the Commission proposes that
the co-channel protection requirements apply for any amount of
frequency overlap between a channel used by a white space device and a
five megahertz spectrum block used by a part 27 licensee.
116. To determine the necessary separation distance to protect 600
MHz Band base stations, we must make certain assumptions regarding
their usage. As already stated the Commission is assuming the worst
case for this preliminary analysis and basing the protection distance
on 5/6 of the total energy of the white space device being present in
the base station receiver pass band. In addition, it assumes,
consistent with other analysis throughout the incentive auction
proceeding as well as in this instant proceeding, that a typical base
station operates at 30 meters or less above ground level and that a
white space device can operate at various heights up to 250 meters
above average terrain. Further, the Commissions bases its analysis on
the base station receiver sensitivity level of the 3GPP standard of -
101.5 dBm for wide area base stations. The Commission believes this is
the correct criteria for this analysis rather than assuming actual
operation at 10 dB or more above this level as in other analyses in
this proceeding. In those analyses, adjacent channel operations were
being protected mostly in areas of high wireless signal levels.
However, here, we are specifically protecting base stations at the
outer edge of a 600 MHz Band licensees coverage area that are providing
service to the most distant subscribers. Using the TM 91-1 propagation
model, the Commission believes the separation distances (rounded to the
nearest kilometer) from the polygon representing the edge of base
station deployment will protect base station operations from harmful
interference from co-channel white space devices, see table in
paragraph 135 of the NPRM.
117. The Commission therefore proposes that white space devices
adhere to these separation distances from the edge of the polygon
defining the location of base stations as provided by the 600 MHz Band
licensees, and that these criteria will be enforced by the white space
databases to protect co-channel 600 MHz base stations in the repurposed
TV spectrum. In making this proposal, which provides for a maximum
separation distance of 60 kilometers, we recognize that based strictly
on calculations, the distances could be much greater. However, the
line-of-sight radio horizon for a 30 meter high base station antenna
and a 250 meter high white space device antenna is 87 kilometers. Thus,
there is no reason for distances to be greater than that. Further, that
line-of-sight radio horizon assumes perfect atmospheric conditions, and
the absence of any obstructions such as buildings, mountains, trees or
other ground clutter which further acts to reduce actual operating
range. In addition, although the Commission developed these distances
based on full overlap of the white space device's emissions with the
base station receiver, there may be many cases where the overlap is
less and thus, these proposed distances will provide additional
protection. The Commission therefore, believes that the 60 kilometer
maximum separation distance is reasonable and seeks comment on this
proposal. The Commission asks that commenters address our assumptions
and conclusions and provide technical information and analysis if they
believe we should use different criteria or whether we should take a
different approach to protecting these stations.
118. In the repurposed 600 MHz Band, white space devices may also
be operating on an adjacent channel to wireless licensees. In these
situations, the white space device must comply with certain separation
distances to provide the required protection to avoid causing harmful
interference. In this instance, we are defining adjacent channel
operations as any overlap of a white space device's six megahertz
operating channel with any portion of a five megahertz block directly
adjacent to a five megahertz block that is being used by a 600 MHz base
station. As with our proposal for co-channel separation, we recognize
that in many cases, white space devices will operate with a greater
frequency separation from 600 MHz base stations than we use in our
analysis, but for the same reasons stated in the proposal to protect
co-channel operations, we base our proposed separation distances on the
worst case situation where a white space device operates immediately
adjacent to a five megahertz block used by a 600 MHz base station
(i.e., with a zero megahertz frequency offset).
119. In conducting our analysis to determine the necessary
protection distances, the Commission assumes, similar to our analysis
for handset protection, that the base station is operating 10 dB above
its sensitivity level of -101.5 dBm. The Commission also assumes an
adjacent channel selectivity of 43.5 dB. In addition, we assume a
wireless base station filter roll-off of 5.7 dB/MHz. Based on these
assumptions, we calculated the separation distance values for white
space devices to protect 600 MHz wireless base stations, see table in
paragraph 138 of the NPRM.
120. The Commission therefore proposes that white space devices
operating in the repurposed 600 MHz Band maintain these adjacent
channel separation distances from the edges of the boundary defined by
the 600 MHz Band licensees defining the area in which their base
stations are located. This requirement will be enforced through the
white space databases. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal
and our assumptions. Commenters who believe that different separation
criteria are needed should provide detailed comments and analysis
containing all assumptions and analysis.
121. Wireless downlinks. Wireless downlinks are the transmissions
from fixed base stations to mobile devices. The receivers of concern in
developing protection criteria in the wireless downlink spectrum are
therefore the
[[Page 69727]]
mobile device's receivers. A database cannot track the constantly
changing locations of mobile devices, so the protection criteria must
be based on base station location. The Commission proposes to calculate
the required separation distances as follows. First, it proposes to
define the minimum separation distance necessary to protect a mobile
device from interference from a white space device. Then it proposes to
define a maximum distance from base stations at which mobile devices
would typically operate. The minimum required separation distance from
the boundary of the area in which base stations operate would be the
sum of these two distances.
122. As with our approach for base stations, our goal is to provide
a simple mechanism for protecting 600 MHz Band handsets from co-channel
interference from white space devices. For our preliminary analysis, we
use the same assumptions as for the analysis for base stations above
except that we use the handset sensitivity of -97 dBm and assume that
handsets operate 1.5 meters above the ground. Based on those
assumptions, the Commission calculated the separation distances to
protect 600 MHz Band handsets from white space devices, see table in
paragraph 141 of the NPRM.
123. Inspecting this table reveals that the protection distance for
white space devices operating at maximum height are not that much
greater than for those operating near ground level. Therefore, for
simplicity, we will base our proposal only on the single separation
distance corresponding to the largest calculated--4.2 km. To calculate
the total separation distance from a base station to protect handsets,
we must also provide a maximum distance from a 600 MHz band base
station at which mobile devices would typically operate. We believe
that assuming a maximum of 30 km for this distance is reasonable. The
Commission therefore proposes that personal/portable white space
devices maintain a minimum distance of 35 kilometers from the edge of
the carrier's defined base station deployment. This distance will be
enforced through the white space databases. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal and our assumptions and asks that commenters
who disagree provide detailed technical analysis supporting their
conclusions.
124. As with protection of adjacent channel 600 MHz base stations,
we also need criteria to protect adjacent channel handsets. Using the
same assumptions for handsets as used above for interference analysis
between wireless handsets in the duplex gap and white space devices and
assuming the worst case of no frequency separation between the edge of
the handset receive band and the white space transmit band, we
calculated the separation distances to protect handsets from
interference, see table in paragraph 143 of the NPRM.
125. Under the same reasoning as used above; that is assuming a
maximum 30 kilometer service areas for wireless handsets around a base
station, and using the largest protection distance calculated, the
Commission proposes that white space devices operating adjacent channel
to 600 MHz systems maintain a 31 kilometer distance from the edge of
the area defined by the wireless licensees that contains their base
stations. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal and our
assumptions and ask that commenters who disagree provide detailed
technical analysis supporting their conclusions.
B. Wireless Microphones
126. In 2010, the Commission issued a waiver to permit unlicensed
wireless microphones in the television bands under part 15 pursuant to
certain technical rules. The Commission stated that this waiver would
remain in place until such time as final rules for their operations
were established. The Commission also sought comment on proposed part
15 rules for unlicensed wireless microphone operations in the TV bands.
In particular, the Commission proposed to define these devices as
intentional radiators used to transmit voice, music, or other audio
material over short distances. It also proposed to permit these devices
to operate with a power level to the antenna of up to 50 milliwatts in
both the VHF and UHF TV bands, and proposed technical rules that were
in many respects similar to the technical rules applicable to devices
licensed under part 74 as low power auxiliary stations.
127. The Commission continues to believe that it should codify part
15 rules for the operation of unlicensed wireless microphones in the TV
bands, but we believe that the Commission's 2010 proposals should be
modified for a number of reasons. Subsequent to these proposals, the
Commission adopted rules for the incentive auction, which will reduce
the number of TV channels where wireless microphones can operate. The
Incentive Auction R&O, also changed the method for determining the
minimum separation between licensed part 74 wireless microphones and
co-channel TV stations, and the Commission believes it should consider
the same approach for unlicensed wireless microphones. In addition,
because there will be less TV spectrum available for wireless
microphones after the incentive auction, the Commission believes it
should consider modifying the out-of-band emission limits for wireless
microphones to enable more efficient spectrum use. Finally, upon
further consideration, we believe that the Commission's previous
proposed definition for unlicensed wireless microphones is overly broad
and should be modified. Thus, the proposals in this NPRM supersede
those made by the Commission in the 2010. The Commission will therefore
not carry over the record from the previous proceeding concerning the
proposals to codify part 15 rules for unlicensed wireless microphones.
Parties that wish to comment on this issue must file comments in this
proceeding.
1. Unlicensed Wireless Microphones in the TV Bands
128. Definition of unlicensed wireless microphones in part 15. The
Commission proposes to define a wireless microphone as a device that
converts sound into electrical audio signals that are transmitted using
radio signals to a receiver which converts the radio signals back into
audio signals that are sent through a sound recording or amplifying
system. The Commission also proposes that wireless microphones may be
used for cue and control communications and synchronization of TV
camera signals as defined in Sec. 74.801. The Commission further
proposes that this definition would not include auditory assistance
devices as defined inSec. 15.3(a). The commission believes that this
definition would encompass the types of wireless microphones that
currently operate within the TV bands, but is not so broad as to
encompass other types of unlicensed devices that already have
provisions in part 15 for operation outside the TV bands. The
Commission seeks comment on this definition.
129. Permissible frequencies of operation. The Commission proposes
to allow unlicensed wireless microphones to operate in the TV spectrum
on channels 2-51, excluding channel 37 in all locations and channel 17
in Hawaii, which is allocated for non-broadcast purposes. Since the
number of TV channels that will be available for unlicensed wireless
microphones will be reduced after the incentive auction, the Commission
also proposes to add an advisory in the rules indicating that the
highest channel available for wireless microphones will be determined
by the outcome of the incentive auction and will be modified consistent
with the auction results. The Commission seeks comment on these
proposals. The
[[Page 69728]]
Commission also seeks comment on whether it should allow unlicensed
wireless microphone operation on channels 14-20 in locations where the
PLMRS/CMRS operates and whether there is a need to establish protection
criteria for these services.
130. To prevent harmful interference to co-channel TV stations, the
Commission proposes to require unlicensed wireless microphones to
operate at least four kilometers outside the following protected
service contours of co-channel TV stations, which is the same
protection requirement that the Commission adopted in the Incentive
Auction R&O for part 74 wireless microphones, see table in paragraph
150 of the NPRM.
131. Technical requirements for unlicensed wireless microphones.
Consistent with the current technical rules that apply under the
existing part 15 waiver and the Commission's previous proposals, we
propose to permit wireless microphones to operate with a power level to
the antenna of up to 50 milliwatts in both the VHF and UHF TV bands.
The Commission expects that this proposed power level is appropriate
for most users, particularly because we expect that parties using part
15 wireless microphones will typically be entities operating in smaller
venues that do not require the longer range operation that higher power
allows. The Commission seeks comment on the appropriateness of this
power level. The Commission also seeks comment on whether the equipment
certification rules should prohibit component parts such as amplifiers
from being attached after-market to a microphone and whether the rules
should specify a maximum field strength or other emission limits (e.g.,
EIRP) for equipment instead of a conducted power level.
132. The Commission proposes to require unlicensed wireless
microphones to comply with the same channelization, frequency
stability, and bandwidth requirements as part 74 wireless microphones.
Specifically, it proposes to require that operation be offset from the
upper or lower channel edge by 25 kHz or an integral multiple thereof
and that the operating frequency tolerance be 0.005 percent. The
Commission also proposes to specify that one or more adjacent 25 kHz
segments within a TV channel may be combined to form an operating
channel with a maximum bandwidth not to exceed 200 kHz. Consistent with
the measurement requirements for other part 15 transmitters, the
Commission further proposes to require that the frequency tolerance be
maintained over a temperature variation of -20 degrees to +50 degrees C
at normal supply voltage, for a variation in the supply voltage from 85
percent to 115 percent of the rated supply voltage at a temperature of
20 degrees C, and that battery operated equipment be tested using a new
battery. The Commission expects that the proposed 25 kHz offset
requirement would prevent wireless microphones from operating at the
edge of a TV channel where they could interfere with TV stations on
adjacent channels, and the proposed frequency tolerance requirement
would ensure that devices do not drift from the designated frequencies.
The limit on the bandwidth that a wireless microphone may occupy will
leave room for multiple microphones within a channel. The Commission
seeks comment on these proposals.
133. The Commission proposes that unlicensed wireless microphones
comply with the same emission mask that it is proposing for licensed
part 74 wireless microphones in the Wireless Microphones proceeding.
Specifically, The Commission proposes to require that emissions from
analog and digital unlicensed wireless microphones comply with the
emission masks in ETSI EN 300 422-1, Electromagnetic compatibility and
Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3
GHz frequency range; Part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of
measurement. Requiring wireless microphones to meet these tighter
emission requirements will protect authorized services in adjacent
bands from harmful interference, and will improve spectrum sharing by
wireless microphones. In light of the fact that there will be fewer
vacant TV channels available for wireless microphones and more
intensive use of the remaining TV spectrum after the incentive auction,
the Commission now proposes tighter emission limits for wireless
microphones than it had previously proposed in 2010. Shure supports
Commission adoption of these masks, stating that the reduced out-of-
band emissions would facilitate tighter spacing of wireless microphones
operating together within a TV channel.
134. The Commission also proposes to require that unlicensed
wireless microphones comply with the Sec. 15.209 emission limits
outside the frequency range where the ETSI masks are defined (one
megahertz above and below the wireless microphone carrier frequency).
The Commission further proposes that emissions would not have to be
attenuated below the limits in Sec. 15.209, even if the ETSI mask
would require greater attenuation.
135. The Commission seeks comment on these proposals. In
particular, it seeks comment on the benefits of requiring unlicensed
wireless microphones to comply with the ETSI limits, and whether these
benefits would outweigh the costs. Are these limits necessary to
protect authorized services in adjacent frequency bands? To what extent
would compliance with the proposed limits improve spectrum sharing by
wireless microphones? Would equipment manufacturers have difficulty in
complying with these limits? Do any existing wireless microphones
already comply with them? Are the Sec. 15.209 emission limits
appropriate beyond the range where the ETSI masks are defined, or
should the limit at the outer edges of the ETSI masks (-90 dBc) apply
at frequencies more than one megahertz removed from the wireless
microphone carrier frequency? The Commission also seeks comment on
whether it should specify separate emission masks for analog and
digital microphones, or whether a single mask is sufficient. For
example, ETSI EN 300 422-1 suggests that its mask for digital
microphones could also be used for analog microphones. Should the
Commission incorporate the ETSI standard by reference into the rules,
or should it simply specify the emission mask(s) in the part 15 rules?
136. Reducing the required separation distance between wireless
microphones and co-channel television stations could increase the
number of locations where wireless microphones could operate. The
Commission seeks comment on whether it could reduce the proposed four
kilometer separation distance, which was calculated using a power level
of 4,000 milliwatts. Is this a realistic assumption for the combined
power level of multiple wireless microphones operating within a
television channel? Should we assume a lower power level? If so, what
is the appropriate power level and separation distance? How much would
a shorter separation distance benefit wireless microphone users?
137. Finally, the Commission seeks comment on whether any other
technical requirements need to be specified for unlicensed wireless
microphones. For example, the part 74 rules for low power auxiliary
stations have additional requirements for wireless microphones
including a maximum frequency deviation specification when frequency
modulation is used. Additionally, part 74 states that a transmitter may
be either frequency synthesized or crystal controlled. The Commission
seeks comment on whether these or any other
[[Page 69729]]
requirements should be incorporated into the part 15 rules for wireless
microphones.
2. 600 MHz Guard Bands and Duplex Gap
a. Unlicensed Wireless Microphones
138. Unlicensed wireless microphones will be permitted to operate
in the 600 MHz Band Plan guard bands, including the duplex gap. The
Commission proposes to require that unlicensed wireless microphones
that operate in the guard bands and duplex gap meet many of the same
technical requirements that it proposes in this NPRM for unlicensed
wireless microphones that operate in the TV bands. Specifically, the
Commission proposes the same definition of wireless microphone, since
it believes that we should have a uniform definition for unlicensed
wireless microphones regardless of the bands in which they operate. The
Commission also proposes to require that unlicensed wireless
microphones that operate in the guard bands and duplex gap comply with
the same channelization, bandwidth, frequency stability and emission
mask requirements as wireless microphones that operate in the TV bands.
These requirements are necessary in the guard bands and duplex gap as
well as the TV bands to enable more efficient use of spectrum and
prevent harmful interference to authorized services outside the bands
where wireless microphones operate. The Commission seeks comment on
these proposals.
139. Frequencies of operation. The Commission proposes to allow
unlicensed wireless microphones to operate in certain segments of the
guard bands and duplex gap. Specifically, it proposes to allow
unlicensed wireless microphones to operate in the same six megahertz
portion of the duplex gap as white space devices. In the guard band
between television and wireless downlink spectrum, the Commission
proposes that unlicensed wireless microphones may operate across the
guard band with the exception of a one megahertz segment at the upper
end that would act as a buffer between unlicensed wireless microphone
operations and wireless downlink services. As with white space devices,
the amount of spectrum available for wireless microphone operation in
the guard band would depend on the size of the guard band and amount of
frequency separation needed to protect wireless services from harmful
interference. For example, if the guard band is 11 megahertz wide,
unlicensed wireless microphones would be allowed to operate in the
lower ten megahertz segment of the band; if the guard band is nine
megahertz wide, unlicensed wireless microphones would be allowed to
operate in the lower eight megahertz segment; and if the guard band is
seven megahertz wide, unlicensed wireless microphones would be allowed
to operate in the lower six megahertz segment. The Commission seeks
comment on the amount of frequency separation needed between wireless
microphones and wireless services in the adjacent bands in the duplex
gap and guard bands. In the three megahertz guard bands adjacent to
channel 37, the Commission proposes to allow unlicensed wireless
microphones to operate in the two megahertz segment closest to channel
37, leaving a one megahertz buffer to protect wireless downlink
services adjacent to these guard bands. The Commission seeks comment on
these proposals.
140. Power limits. The Commission proposes that unlicensed wireless
microphones operating in the guard bands and duplex gap operate with a
maximum conducted power output of 20 milliwatts to the antenna. This is
less than the 50 milliwatt power level it proposed for unlicensed
wireless microphones in the TV bands, but would still be useful by
wireless microphone operators, since many wireless microphones operate
at power levels between 10 and 20 milliwatts. The Commission believes
that this lower power limit for wireless microphones is necessary in
the guard bands and duplex gap to protect licensed wireless services
outside these frequency bands. In addition, since the Commission is
proposing that white space devices can operate in the guard bands and
duplex gap at power levels of 40 milliwatts, limiting the power of
unlicensed wireless microphones can help enable coexistence between
unlicensed wireless microphones and white space devices by making both
types of devices operate at more comparable power levels. Wireless
microphones operate in 200 kilohertz channels as opposed to the six
megahertz (6000 kilohertz) channels used by white space devices, and as
many as 16 wireless microphones potentially could operate in the same
amount of spectrum as a single white space device. Thus, the aggregate
wireless microphone power within a six megahertz channel can be greater
than a white space device power within a six megahertz channel. The
Commission recognizes that even at our proposed lower power level for
unlicensed wireless microphones in the guard bands and duplex gap,
there would still be a disparity between the aggregate power for
wireless microphones and the power for white space devices, but the
lower power level we propose for wireless microphones in these bands
would reduce this disparity.
141. The Commission seeks comment on the proposed power level for
unlicensed wireless microphones. Is this power level useful for
unlicensed wireless microphones? Will it provide adequate protection
for wireless uplink and downlink services as well as TV broadcasting
services? How would the power limit for unlicensed wireless microphones
impact the ability of a white space device to operate co-frequency in
the duplex gap, i.e., would the operation of one device preclude the
operation of the other? Should the proposed power level be reduced
further to allow for better coexistence between unlicensed wireless
microphones and white space devices? Alternatively, could the proposed
power level be increased without causing interference to authorized
services or adversely affecting white space operations?
142. Database access. The Spectrum Act states that the Commission
may permit unlicensed use of the guard bands, and stipulates that (a)
unlicensed use shall rely on a database or subsequent methodology as
determined by the Commission, and (b) the Commission may not permit any
use of a guard band that the Commission determines would cause harmful
interference to licensed services. The Commission's part 15 rules
already require that unlicensed devices not cause harmful interference
to and must accept interference from authorized users. In this NPRM,
the Commission proposes and seek comment on technical and operational
rules for unlicensed wireless microphones in the guard bands and duplex
gap that would satisfy the requirements of both the Spectrum Act and
our rules that unlicensed wireless microphones not cause harmful
interference to authorized services.
143. Unlike fixed and personal/portable white space devices that
are required to comply with rules that clearly satisfy the Spectrum
Act's stipulation that ``unlicensed use shall rely on a database,''
wireless microphones do not operate in a similar way to ``rely on a
database.'' Nonetheless, the Commission proposes that unlicensed
wireless microphones that operate in the guard bands and duplex gap
must ``rely on a database'' prior to operation to ensure that their
intended operating frequencies are
[[Page 69730]]
available for unlicensed wireless microphones at the location where
they will be used. The Commission believes this proposed requirement is
necessary because during the post-auction transition period, there will
be a time when TV stations continue to operate in spectrum that will
eventually become the guard bands and duplex gap, so the database will
indicate to users whether operation is permitted in the guard bands and
duplex gap. Also, there may be market variation in the amount of
spectrum recovered, so the frequency and size of the guard band between
TV and wireless downlink spectrum may differ in different parts of the
country. Thus, the database can indicate which spectrum is available
for unlicensed wireless microphones at a particular location. The
Commission believes that this requirement is not unduly burdensome
because there are several white space databases available, and
unlicensed wireless microphone users will have an incentive to check a
database to identify available frequencies for their use. The
Commission seeks comment on this proposal.
144. The Commission seeks comment on how unlicensed wireless
microphones would comply with the Spectrum Act's stipulation that the
devices rely on a database or subsequent methodology. For example,
could wireless microphones be designed to access directly a database
through an Internet connection and download a list of available
frequencies of operation in the same manner as white space devices?
Would such an approach be practical, and would it add cost and
complexity to wireless microphones? Would requiring users of unlicensed
wireless microphones to manually check a database through another
device, e.g., a laptop or smart phone, to get a list of available
frequencies of operation comply with the Act's stipulation ``to rely on
a database'' and ensure that the devices operate only in permissible
frequency bands? Alternatively, would manual database checking be a
``subsequent methodology'' which is permitted by the Spectrum Act in
lieu of a database? Are there alternative methodologies that could be
used in compliance with the Act? The Commission notes that after the
end of the post-auction transition period, the duplex gap would be
cleared of all broadcasters and would be uniform nationwide. Would
designating a nationwide six megahertz block of spectrum in the duplex
gap exclusively for unlicensed operation constitute a ``subsequent
methodology'' under the Spectrum Act, and therefore eliminate the need
for a database access requirement for both white space devices and
wireless microphones?
b. Licensed Wireless Microphones in the Duplex Gap
145. The Commission proposes to require that licensed wireless
microphones operating in the duplex gap comply with the same technical
requirements described for unlicensed wireless microphones in the guard
bands and duplex gap, with the following two exceptions. First, the
Commission proposes that the permissible frequencies of operation would
be limited to the four megahertz segment of the duplex gap which it
proposes to designate for licensed wireless microphone use. Second, the
Commission is not proposing to require licensed users to access a
database before beginning operation because it does not believe such a
requirement is necessary. At the end of the post-auction transition
period, the duplex gap will be cleared of all broadcast operations,
including low power TV and translator stations, and the duplex gap will
be uniform nationwide. Thus, there will be no need for database access
to determine whether the four megahertz segment of the duplex gap is
available. During the post-auction transition period, however, a
licensed wireless microphone user may need to determine whether the
duplex gap is available in an area. The Commission believes that
broadcaster and cable programming network entities that will be
licensed to operate in the duplex gap are sophisticated users that are
capable of determining whether the duplex gap is available at their
location. Thus, the Commission does not believe it necessary to propose
rules requiring licensed users of the four megahertz segment of the
duplex gap to access a database to determine frequency availability.
Since we are proposing to limit operation in this four megahertz
segment to licensed users, there is no statutory requirement that use
must rely on database access or a subsequent methodology determined by
the Commission. The Commission seeks comment on these proposals. The
Commission also seeks comment, regarding the splitting of the duplex
gap, whether licensed wireless microphones could protect wireless
services in the adjacent band from harmful interference.
3. Repurposed 600 MHz Band
146. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission decided to permit
wireless microphone users to continue to operate in the 600 MHz Band
during the Post-Auction Transition Period subject to certain
conditions. Specifically, wireless microphone users must cease
operations in the 600 MHz Band if they cause harmful interference to
any 600 MHz licensee's operations, and they must accept interference
received from these operations. The Commission also decided that all
wireless microphone operations must be transitioned out of the 600 MHz
Band no later than the end of the Post-Auction Transition Period, which
will be 39 months after the issuance of the Channel Reassignment PN.
The Commission did not adopt any specific criteria to prevent harmful
interference from wireless microphones to 600 MHz Band licensees, such
as minimum separation distances from a co-channel wireless licensee's
service area.
147. The Commission proposes that both licensed and unlicensed
wireless microphones operating in the repurposed 600 MHz Band during
the Post-Auction Transition Period comply with minimum separation
distance requirements to prevent harmful interference to 600 MHz Band
licensees. The Commission believes that protection requirements are
necessary because wireless microphones could cause harmful interference
to 600 MHz Band equipment (e.g., handsets) while not receiving any
interference since 600 MHz Band equipment transmits and receives on
different frequencies. Thus, the wireless microphone operator may be
unaware that it is causing harmful interference, and the party
receiving the harmful interference may be unaware of its source.
148. The Commission proposes to protect 600 MHz Band licensees from
harmful interference from wireless microphones using the same criteria
we propose to protect 600 MHz Band licensees from harmful interference
from white space devices. Specifically, the Commission proposes to
require that wireless microphones operate at the same distance outside
a 600 MHz Band licensee's service area as white space devices operating
with a power of 4,000 milliwatts EIRP and an antenna height of three
meters above average terrain. This is similar to the approach the
Commission used in the Incentive Auction R&O to determine the minimum
separation distance between wireless microphones and the protected
contour of co-channel television stations. In that case, the Commission
based its determination on a power level significantly higher than a
single wireless microphone since multiple wireless microphones can
operate in a single six megahertz channel. It used the
[[Page 69731]]
three meter antenna height above average terrain because that height is
used in determining the separation distances for portable white space
devices, and wireless microphones are also portable devices. Are the
proposed protection distances appropriate, or do we need to increase or
decrease them? The Commission seeks comment on this proposal.
149. The Commission also seeks comment on how best to implement the
proposed separation distances. The Commission is proposing that the
white space databases include information on the geographic areas and
frequency bands where 600 MHz Band licensees have commenced operation.
This information will be used to ensure that white space devices
operate sufficiently far outside a licensee's service area to prevent
harmful interference, and could also be used to ensure that wireless
microphones operate sufficiently far outside a licensee's service area.
Is there a need to require unlicensed wireless microphone users to
check a database to ensure that they are outside a wireless licensee's
service area, or are the general non-interference requirements
described in the Incentive Auction R&O sufficient to protect 600 MHz
Band licensees? Wireless microphone users would most likely access the
databases through an Internet connection separate from the microphone
since, during the post-auction transition period, users will likely
continue to use microphones certified under current part 74 rules which
are not designed to access the white space databases. How often should
unlicensed wireless microphone users be required to check the database
to determine whether a licensee has commenced operation? Should there
be a time limit on how far in advance of an event a wireless microphone
user can check the database? Are the timing intervals that we propose
below for white space devices appropriate for wireless microphones to
check for 600 MHz licensees that have commenced operation? Would the
white spaces database administrators have to make any changes to their
databases to allow unlicensed wireless microphone users to check
whether they comply with the proposed separation distances? If so, what
costs would be incurred and who would pay the costs? If any commenters
believe the general non-interference requirements described in the
Incentive Auction R&O are sufficient to protect 600 MHz Band licensees
during the post-auction transition period, they should explain how
interference would be resolved, by whom, and what mechanism would be
used to identify interference sources.
C. White Spaces Databases
1. Expanding Location/Frequency Information in Database
a. WMTS
150. Authorized health care providers are authorized by rule to
operate transmitters in the WMTS. Although the Commission does not
issue individual licenses in this service, it does require that
authorized health care providers that use WMTS devices must register
the devices with a Commission-designated frequency coordinator prior to
operation. The registration program assists users in meeting their
obligation to cooperate in selecting and using frequencies to reduce
the potential for interference with each other or co-primary RAS
operations. ASHE/AHA, the Commission-designated WMTS frequency
coordinator, has contracted with Comsearch to develop and maintain the
WMTS database. WMTS users pay fees to ASHE/AHA and Comsearch to
register their systems.
151. Some of the information already in the WMTS database, e.g.,
the geographic coordinates of the transmitters operating on Channel 37,
is the same type of information needed to protect the WMTS from
interference by white space devices operating on channel 37 and in the
adjacent bands, which would be either three megahertz guard bands or
channels 36/38, depending on the outcome of the incentive auction.
Specifically, we propose to include in the white spaces databases the
following information obtained from the WMTS database for each WMTS
device registration on channel 37:
(1) Frequency of operation (i.e., channel 37),
(2) Geographic coordinates of transmitters, and
(3) Cross reference to the registration in the WMTS database (e.g.,
record number).
152. The Commission believes that the number of WMTS transmitters
at a location is not needed by the white spaces database since a white
space device would have to meet the same distance separation
requirements whether there is a single or many WMTS transmitters at a
health care facility. We propose to require that a record for a WMTS
operating location in the white spaces database include a cross
reference to the corresponding information in the WMTS database, such a
unique record identification number. The Commission believes that this
requirement is necessary because the WMTS does not require individual
licensing, so there are no call signs that could be used to cross-
reference information between databases. Since it is only proposing to
require the minimum information in the white spaces database necessary
to determine if a device meets the required separation criteria from
WMTS operating locations, we need to be able to reference the more
detailed information in the WMTS database if there are questions
concerning data accuracy or if interference occurs.
153. The Commission believes that using data from the WMTS database
in the white space databases is preferable to requiring authorized
health care providers to register in both databases. A duplicative
registration requirement would be burdensome for WMTS users, could
result in discrepancies in the data in both databases, and could delay
populating the white space databases with the information necessary to
protect WMTS users. The Commission also recognizes concerns raised by
parties in the incentive auction proceeding that information in the
WMTS database may be missing or imprecise. For example, although
location information in the WMTS database may be sufficient for WMTS
coordination purposes, that information may need to be updated before
it could be used by the white space databases to determine interference
protection distances. The Wireless Telecommunications Bureau (WTB),
under delegated authority to oversee the WMTS coordinator and in
conjunction with OET which has delegated authority to oversee the white
spaces database administrators, would work with ASHE/AHA to accomplish
this task under the terms of the MOU it has executed with ASHE/AHA for
this purpose. OET also would work with ASHE/AHA and Comsearch to
develop procedures to transfer the necessary information to the white
spaces databases in a compatible format. The Commission emphasizes that
under the current rules, all parties that operate WMTS equipment are
already required to register with the WMTS coordinator. OET plans to
work with ASHE/AHA and other parties as necessary to remind hospitals
and other health care providers that use WMTS equipment of their
obligation to register with the designated frequency coordinator and to
ensure that such registration information is accurate.
154. The Commission seeks comment on these proposals. In
particular, it seeks comment on the use of information from the WMTS
database to protect the WMTS in the white spaces databases. Is the
information we
[[Page 69732]]
proposed for inclusion in the white spaces database adequate, or is
additional information necessary? What steps would ASHE/AHA and
Comsearch have to take to modify the data in the WMTS database or the
database functions to transfer data to the white spaces databases on a
regular basis? How long would these modifications take, what costs
would be incurred, and how would those costs be recovered? Are there
any steps we can take to ensure the accuracy of the WMTS information?
For example, could we allow the specification of multiple points to
define a bounded area around a large facility that uses the WMTS as
opposed to specifying a single point? If so, how could that be
accomplished? Should we require ASHE/AHA to add more detailed location
information to its database that would be transferred to the white
spaces databases?
b. Radio Astronomy Service (RAS)
155. The current white space rules list the locations of 14 radio
astronomy sites and require that all fixed and personal/portable
devices operate at least 2.4 kilometers away from them. The 12
locations where the RAS receives on channel 37, specifically, the
Arecibo Observatory, the Green Bank Telescope, and the ten sites that
comprise the VLBA, are included in this list. Therefore, these
locations are already in the white spaces database since they are
protected under the current rules. However, the required 2.4 kilometer
separation distance from these sites was based on the assumption that
white space devices do not operate on channel 37. The Commission is
proposing to allow white space device operation on channel 37, and
proposing protection criteria for the RAS receive sites that receive
channel 37 to protect them from interference. The white spaces database
administrators would need to make two changes to their systems as a
result of the proposed rules. First, they would have to require that
white space devices meet separation distances greater than 2.4
kilometers from the ten VLBA sites. Second, they would have to include
information on the quiet zones at Green Bank and the islands of Puerto
Rico where white space devices may not operate. The Commission seeks
comment on whether any other changes to the database would be required.
156. The other two RAS sites listed in Sec. 15.712(h)(3) (the
Allen Telescope Array and the Very Large Array) do not receive signals
in the TV bands or the 600 MHz Band. The Commission is therefore
proposing to delete them from the list of sites in this section. The
Commission seeks comment on this proposal.
c. 600 MHz Band Services
157. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission decided to permit
the continued operation of white space devices on repurposed spectrum
except in those areas in which a 600 MHz Band licensee commences
operations. Recognizing that new licensees would likely commence
operations at different places within their licensed service area at
different times depending on their business plans and other factors,
the Commission concluded that since white space devices can operate
only on channels identified in the white spaces databases, these
databases can serve to ensure that unlicensed operations will no longer
occur on a channel on which a licensee has commenced operations. It
stated that when a 600 MHz Band licensee plans to commence operations
on frequencies that include channels available for unlicensed
operations under the rules for white space devices, that licensee can
notify any of the white spaces database administrators when and where
it plans to commence operations. The Commission noted that, as an
example, the white spaces databases could include the coordinates of
four corners of a polygon that corresponds to the area where the 600
MHz Band licensee has commenced operations, and thus prevent operation
of white space devices on the channel(s) used by the licensee within
the defined area.
158. The Commission proposes to require that TV bands database
administrators store information on the locations where 600 MHz Band
licensees commence operations in a similar fashion to the example that
the Commission discussed in the Incentive Auction R&O. Specifically, it
proposes that the database administrators allow 600 MHz band licensees
to enter the coordinates of at least eight points representing the
corners of a polygon of the minimum size necessary to encompass all
base stations within the area where a licensee is commencing
operations, as well as the frequencies that a licensee will use in the
specified area. The white spaces databases will use this information
along with the protection criteria proposed in this NPRM to ensure that
white space devices operate at a sufficient distance outside the border
of the defined polygon to prevent interference to wireless services.
The Commission is proposing to base the size of the polygon on the
minimum size necessary to encompass base stations, since the proposed
protection criteria for both wireless uplinks and downlinks are based
on a minimum distance from base stations.
159. The Commission proposes that wireless licensees specify a
polygon with a minimum of eight sides rather than four as the
Commission previously suggested, and that a TV bands database be
capable of accepting up to 120 points to delineate the wireless
carrier's area of operation. This is the maximum number of points that
a licensee may enter when partitioning a license area. This approach
would provide wireless carriers with sufficient flexibility to describe
different areas of operation. They could enter the coordinates of
multiple polygons in cases where it plans to commence service in
multiple non-contiguous areas. They also could specify shapes more
complex than an eight-sided polygon to designate an area that includes
irregular boundaries, such as PEA boundaries so that the protected area
in the database stops at the edge of a carrier's licensed area.
160. The Commission seeks comment on these proposals. In
particular, it seeks comment on whether a polygon with a minimum of
eight sides is the appropriate method for defining the area where a
licensee has commenced service. The Commission also seeks comment on
whether it is necessary to allow for polygons with up to 120 sides.
Would such a requirement be difficult for the database administrators
to implement? The Commission further seeks comment on how the database
should handle situations where a licensee is providing service up to
the boundary of its licensed PEA. Should the database contain
information on PEA boundaries so a licensee does not need to enter
them? How difficult would it be for the database administrators to add
that capability?
161. The Commission proposes that a 600 MHz Band licensee enter the
date it plans to commence operations when it registers a polygonal area
and operating frequencies with the TV bands database. It also proposes
that the white space database administrators provide to the other
database administrators on a daily basis the data registered by 600 MHz
licensees, as they do for other services. Requiring the database to
include the date for commencing operations will allow a licensee to
define its operations area well in advance without limiting the ability
of white space devices to operate until the actual date when the 600
MHz wireless licensee commences operation. The database will disregard
the registration information prior to the service commencement date
when determining which channels are available for white
[[Page 69733]]
space devices. Some licensees may not wish to make available details of
their intended plans far in advance, and they could register their
information closer to the actual date when they intend to commence
operations. In doing so, they should keep in mind the time period
needed for the white space databases to share information and the
frequency with which white space devices are required to check for
available channels.
d. Private Land Mobile Radio Service (PLMRS)
162. The Commission is proposing to modify the information required
to be included in the white spaces databases for PLMRS/CMRS base
station operations located more than 80 kilometers from the geographic
centers of the 13 metropolitan areas defined in Sec. 90.303(a) of the
rules (e.g., in accordance with a waiver). Section 15.713(h)(4)
currently requires that the database include the transmitter location,
effective radiated power, antenna height above ground and average
terrain, and call sign for each PLMRS/CMRS base station. These stations
are protected to a distance of 54 kilometers from co-channel white
space devices, and 51 kilometers from adjacent channel white space
devices. However, Sec. 15.713(h)(4) does not require the database to
include the TV channel number on which the PLMRS/CMRS station operates,
which is information that needs to be included in the database to
determine when a station needs protection. In addition, there does not
appear to be any need to include the effective radiated power or
antenna heights above ground and average terrain for each base station
in the database. The protection criteria for base station is based on a
geographic separation from the transmitter location, and the power and
antenna height information are not necessary for the database to
calculate the separation distance. Accordingly, the Commission proposes
to modify Sec. 15.713(h)(4) to require the TV bands database to
include the TV channel number on which a PLMRS/CMRS base station
operates, and to remove the requirement to include effective radiated
power and antenna height information. The Commission seeks comment on
this proposal.
e. Canadian and Mexican Stations Information
163. Because white space devices operate in the same frequency
bands and on the same channels as TV stations in Canada and Mexico, the
Commission is sensitive to the need to avoid causing harmful
interference to TV broadcast operations in those countries. To this
end, we committed to discussing with Canada and Mexico how we could
include in our white space databases information on Canadian TV
stations in the border areas that need to be protected. Currently, the
Commission receives this information from Canada and passes it on to
our white space database administrators who protect these locations.
The Commission is discussing with Canada, which is moving ahead with
its own program to permit white space devices on vacant TV channels,
how best to have the Canadian and U.S. database administrators share
information about stations in each country that need to be protected in
the border areas. Some of these facilities may be receive sites that
are not listed in Commission or Canadian government licensing
databases, and the operators of the receive sites directly register
their location information with the databases. The Commission seeks
comment on how best to accomplish this objective. Should we require our
database administrators to share this information directly with
Canadian database administrators, or should the Commission be the
conduit for passing this information to the Canadian database
administrators?
2. Changes to Database Procedures
a. Wireless Microphones
164. Under the current rules, part 74 licensees operating Low Power
Auxiliary Service (LPAS) equipment, including wireless microphones, may
register their operating locations, channels and times in the white
spaces database. The white spaces database protects these registered
locations by requiring fixed devices to operate at least one kilometer
from them and requiring personal/portable devices to operate at least
400 meters from them. Licensees may register their information directly
with any one of the designated white space database administrators, and
the information is then shared with all the other database
administrators. In addition, parties operating large numbers of
wireless microphones on an unlicensed basis are also allowed to
register their operating locations in the white spaces database under
certain circumstances. These registered locations are given the same
protection from white space devices as licensed LPAS operations.
Registration of unlicensed wireless microphones is limited to venues of
events and productions and shows that use large numbers of microphones
that cannot be accommodated in the two reserved channels and other
channels that are not available for use by white space devices at a
specific location.
165. The Commission proposes to eliminate the part 15 rule that
permits unlicensed wireless microphone users to register the operating
locations, channels and times in the white spaces databases to protect
these operations from possible interference from white space devices.
Thus, unlicensed wireless microphones would no longer be permitted to
register their operations in the TV bands, as well as in the 600 MHz
Band Plan guard bands or duplex gap. The Commission seeks comment on
this proposal.
166. The Commission makes this proposal in part due to our recent
decision to adopt the TV Bands Wireless Microphones Second R&O, 79 FR
40680 (July 14, 2014), in which we expanded eligibility for part 74
LPAS licenses to include professional sound companies and the owners
and operators of large venues that routinely use 50 or more wireless
microphones, and to permit these eligible entities to register directly
in the TV bands database, provided that they obtain a license. The
Commission notes that the goal in both the TV Bands Wireless
Microphones Second R&O and in the TV White Spaces Second MO&O, 75 FR
75814 (December 6, 2010), in which the Commission adopted rules
permitting unlicensed users to register in the TV bands database, was
to ensure that entities requiring a large number of wireless
microphones are able to register in the TV bands database. Commenters
should address the extent to which this decision to expand license
eligibility in the TV Bands Wireless Microphone Second R&O obviates the
need for unlicensed wireless microphone users at ``venues of events and
productions/shows that use large numbers of wireless microphones'' to
register in the TV bands database.
167. The Commission also makes this proposal in part because in
this NPRM we are proposing other ways that unlicensed microphones would
operate on an equal basis with white space devices in the TV bands, the
600 MHz guard bands, and the portion of the duplex gap where we would
allow unlicensed operation. For example, we propose technical rules
(e.g., power limits) for unlicensed microphones that are similar to
those applicable to white space devices, thus reducing the potential
for interference between these different uses. The Commission also
proposes that unlicensed wireless microphones operating in the 600 MHz
Band guard bands and duplex gap must contact the white spaces databases
prior to operation to ensure that their
[[Page 69734]]
intended operating frequencies are available for unlicensed wireless
microphones at the location where they will be used. Under the part 15
rules the Commission proposes to adopt, unlicensed wireless
microphones, would operate under the same general conditions of
operation as white space devices, meaning they may not cause
interference to authorized services and must accept any interference
received, including interference from other unlicensed devices.
b. White Space Device Re-Check Interval and Databases' Sharing of
Registration Information
168. White space devices are required to re-check the database at
least once per day to obtain the list of available TV channels at the
location where the device operates. If a device is unable to make
contact with the database on any given day, it may continue to operate
until 11:59 p.m. on the following day, at which time it must cease
operation until it re-establishes contact with the database. The
Commission established these timeframes because most protected services
listed in its databases do not change on a frequent basis. Further,
since the Commission provides updated data to the white spaces database
administrators only once every weekday, there is generally no need for
white space devices to recheck the database more frequently than once
per day.
169. The only protected use for which database information
generally changes more frequently than once daily is wireless
microphones. A wireless microphone user may register with a single
white spaces database, and that database must then share the
registration information with the other databases. The rules require
such sharing to be done at least once daily, or more often as
appropriate. The Commission established two reserved television
channels where white space devices cannot operate to ensure that there
would be spectrum available for wireless microphones used in
applications such as electronic news gathering for which it is not
possible to register the operating location in the database at least 24
hours in advance.
170. To ensure that wireless microphones used in applications such
as electronic newsgathering receive protection in a timely manner, the
Commission proposes two improvements--an increase in the frequency at
which white space devices must re-check the database, and a limit on
the time required for an LPAS registration made in one white spaces
database to appear in all other white spaces databases. Specifically,
it proposes to amend Sec. Sec. 15.711(b)(3)(i) and 15.711(b)(3)(ii) of
the rules to require fixed and Mode II personal/portable white space
devices to re-check the database at time intervals not to exceed 20
minutes. The Commission also proposes to eliminate Sec.
15.711(b)(3)(iii) which allows a white space device to continue
operating until 11:59 p.m. on the following day if it cannot establish
contact with the database. The Commission proposes to amend Sec.
15.715(l) of the rules to require database administrators to share
registration information between databases within ten minutes. The
effect of these two proposals will be to ensure that a white space
device ceases operation on a channel used by a wireless microphone
within 30 minutes after a new registration is entered into the
database. This 30 minute time interval is consistent with previous
requests by NAB and Shure.
171. The Commission previously considered and rejected requests by
wireless microphone manufacturers and users to establish a shorter re-
check interval than the current 24 hours specified in the rules. In
rejecting these requests, the Commission noted the steps it had taken
to ensure that adequate spectrum in the TV bands remains available for
licensed itinerant wireless microphone users by prohibiting personal/
portable devices from operating below channel 21, designating two
channels in each market from among channels 14-51 where white space
devices cannot operate, and prohibiting fixed devices from operating
adjacent to occupied television channels.
172. It is now appropriate to revisit the Commission's earlier
decision that retained a 24-hour database re-check interval. In the
Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission decided to no longer designate
two vacant television channels exclusively for wireless microphone use.
In making this change, the Commission stated that it also planned to
make significant improvements to the white spaces databases to help
address the concerns of wireless microphone users and accommodate their
needs for access to available unused television channels, free from
interference from unlicensed devices. There are now multiple white
spaces databases in operation, and our experience with them has
demonstrated that a channel re-check can be done very rapidly, so it
does not appear that more frequent database checks would be unduly
burdensome.
173. The Commission seeks comment on our proposals. In particular,
it seeks comment on whether 20 minutes is an appropriate re-check
interval, or whether the interval should be longer or shorter. The
Commission also seeks comment on how a white space device should
respond in the event that it cannot contact a database at the specified
re-check interval. Should the device simply be required to cease
transmitting, or should it be permitted to operate for a longer time so
it can retry contacting the database? How much more time should be
permitted, if any?
174. In addition, the Commission seeks comment on the
appropriateness of the proposed ten minute time limit for sharing
information between databases. Section 15.715(l) requires the sharing
of registration information for fixed devices and MVPD receive sites in
addition to wireless microphones. We seek comment on whether there is a
need to require faster sharing of these other types of registration
information, or whether any new requirements should apply only to
wireless microphones.
175. Sections 15.711(b)(3)(i) and (ii) require that a fixed or
personal/portable white space device that accesses the database must
obtain wireless microphone scheduling information for a 48 hour period
beginning from the time that the device accesses the database for a
list of channels. This requirement is necessary because a white space
device is only required to access the database once every 24 hours, and
it may continue to operate for an additional 24 hours if it is unable
to contact the database. However, if we require white space devices to
contact the database every 20 minutes, it appears that this 48 hour
time period could be reduced. The Commission proposes to require that a
white space device must obtain wireless microphone scheduling
information for a period of 60 minutes beginning from the last time it
accesses a database. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal.
176. Finally, the Commission believes that these proposals, if
adopted, should provide assurance to wireless microphone users that
they will be able to access channels when and where they need them on
short NPRM, without having to reserve multiple channels for every day/
all day over extensive time periods. On several occasions we have seen
microphone registrations that have been abusive of our rules and their
intent to provide a fair opportunity for all microphone and white space
device users to access available channels and make the most efficient
use of spectrum. The Commission seeks comment on
[[Page 69735]]
whether there are other steps it should take to curb such abusive
practices.
c. Database Registration and Fees
177. Under the current part 15 rules, fixed white space devices
must register with the white space databases, providing the geographic
coordinates, antenna height and certain identifying information. The
Commission proposes to clarify its rules to ensure that fixed white
space devices register with the databases if they would operate not
only in TV bands but also in the repurposed 600 MHz Band, the guard
bands and duplex gap, and Channel 37. The Commission also proposes to
modify our rule that permits the white spaces database administrators
to charge a fee for providing lists of available channels to white
space devices and to register fixed white space devices to clearly
state that this rule provision applies to white space devices that
would operate in the TV bands, the repurposed 600 MHz Band, the 600 MHz
guard bands, including the duplex gap, and Channel 37. The Commission
also proposes that, if it adopts the proposal in this NPRM that
unlicensed wireless microphones operating in the 600 MHz guard bands
and duplex gap must contact the white spaces databases to identify
operating frequencies available for their use, the database
administrators may charge a fee for providing this information. The
Commission seeks comment on these proposals.
178. The Commission permits the database administrators to assess
fees to support the creation and operation of the databases, and these
fees may be imposed on the operators of the white space devices in
order to access the database and/or on the manufacturers of the white
space devices. The Commission believes that both white space devices
and unlicensed wireless microphones in the 600 MHz guard bands and
duplex gap should be equally responsible for supporting the ongoing
operation of the databases. Both types of uses benefit equally from the
information provided by the databases. Should wireless microphone users
also register their devices in the white space databases? Should
database administrators assess a fee for microphone registration, as
they do with fixed white space devices? Would a registration program
facilitate the assessment of fees for obtaining channel lists?
Commenters should address the feasibility of assessing database fees on
unlicensed wireless microphone operators or manufacturers.
179. Regarding the registration of fixed white space devices in the
white space databases, the Commission has stated that devices that do
not check the database for three months to update their channel lists
will be removed from the databases, but it did not codify this
requirement. Fixed devices that are re-registered later would be
subject to a new registration fee. The Commission seeks comment on
whether it should continue this requirement, and whether it should
apply to wireless microphones if we adopt a similar registration
requirement for them. What purpose is served by removing a fixed device
registration if it has not updated its channel list over a certain
period of time? In this NPRM, the Commission is proposing to
significantly increase the frequency for white space devices to re-
check the database for a list of available channels. If the Commission
continues this requirement, is a three month inactive period
appropriate?
D. Equipment Certification and Marketing
180. Most part 15 intentional radiators, including white space
devices and wireless microphones, must be authorized through the
certification procedure before they can be imported into or marketed
within the United States. Part 74 wireless microphones must also be
authorized through the certification procedure. This procedure requires
the filing of an application with either the Commission or a designated
Telecommunications Certification Body (TCB) that includes test data
demonstrating that the device complies with the appropriate technical
rules. A grant of equipment certification does not normally specify an
importation or marketing cutoff date, so it remains valid indefinitely
unless revoked or withdrawn, rescinded, surrendered, or a termination
date is otherwise established by the Commission.
181. The Commission is proposing rule changes in this NPRM that
would give greater flexibility for fixed and personal/portable white
space device operation in the TV bands. The majority of these changes
are permissive, meaning that manufacturers of approved white space
devices are not required to incorporate them into their equipment.
However, the proposed requirement for white space devices to re-check a
database at more frequent intervals would require changes to previously
approved devices. In addition, the Commission is proposing to adopt
rules for unlicensed wireless microphones that operate in the TV bands
and for unlicensed devices and for licensed and unlicensed wireless
microphones that operate in the guard bands and duplex gap. These
devices will be affected by the transition provisions adopted in the
Incentive Auction R&O. The Commission addresses certification,
marketing and operational requirements for white space devices and
unlicensed wireless microphones below.
Fixed and Personal/Portable Devices
182. Our proposal to require fixed and Mode II personal/portable
devices to check the database more frequently and to obtain scheduling
information for wireless microphones over a shorter time period would
require changes to devices that were previously approved, since the
frequency of checking the database is a function of a device. The
Commission believes that this change can be implemented with a minor
software update, so only short transition time periods are necessary.
Accordingly, the Commission proposes to require that devices for which
a certification application is filed beginning 30 days after the
effective date of the rules comply with the new re-check requirements.
The Commission also proposes to require that within 90 days after the
effective date of the rules, all white space devices imported and
marketed within the United States must comply with the new re-check
requirement, regardless of when they were certified. The Commission
further proposes to require that white space devices that do not comply
with the new re-check requirements must cease operating within 180 days
of the effective date of the rules. The Commission seeks comment on
these proposals.
Wireless Microphones
183. All wireless microphones that now operate in the TV bands are
certified as compliant with part 74, subpart H of the Commission's
rules. The Commission decided in the Incentive Auction R&O that all
wireless microphones that operate in the portion of the TV bands that
will be repurposed for licensed wireless services may continue to
operate in that spectrum during the post-auction transition period but
must cease those operations no later than 39 months after release of
the Channel Reassignment Public Notice. At the end of this post-auction
transition period, licensed microphones will be permitted to operate in
a portion of the duplex gap, and unlicensed wireless microphones will
be permitted to operate in the guard bands and duplex gap.
184. Because of these future changes in the permitted operating
frequency range for wireless microphones, plus the rule changes for
these devices that the Commission proposes in this NPRM and in the
Wireless Microphone NPRM, we
[[Page 69736]]
need to establish cutoff dates for the certification, manufacturing and
marketing of wireless microphones in the guard bands and repurposed 600
MHz Band spectrum to ensure that manufacturers cease making and
marketing equipment that cannot be legally used after a certain date.
Cutoff dates will encourage manufacturers to concentrate on developing
wireless microphones that operate in compliance with new parts 74 and
15 rules. Because similar technical requirements would apply to both
licensed and unlicensed wireless microphones, the Commission proposes
to apply to both the same transition rules for certification,
manufacturing and marketing. This approach would be the least
disruptive to wireless microphone manufacturers and users. In this
NPRM, the Commission proposes rules for unlicensed wireless
microphones; proposed rules for part 74 licensed wireless microphones
are in the Wireless Microphone NPRM.
185. Although the Commission encourages wireless microphone
manufacturers to come into compliance as soon as possible with new or
revised technical rules, it may be preferable to have the transition
period align as closely as possible with the post-auction transition
schedule. Manufacturers and users will not know until after the auction
which band plan will be in effect and where wireless microphones will
be permitted to operate at the end of the post-auction transition
period. The auction results will determine the size and frequency range
of the 600 MHz Band guard bands, duplex gap, and repurposed spectrum.
Our goal is to establish transition periods that are flexible and do
not impose multiple re-certification requirements over a relatively
short period of time.
186. Currently, unlicensed wireless microphones operate in the TV
bands under part 15 of the Commission's rules pursuant to waivers.
These devices must operate in compliance with certain technical
requirements set forth in the TV Bands Wireless Microphones R&O and be
certified under the applicable rules under part 74, subpart H. The
waiver limits unlicensed wireless microphone operations to no greater
than 50 milliwatts, but otherwise the technical requirements (e.g., 200
kHz bandwidth limit) for their operations are the same as part 74
wireless microphones. Unlicensed microphone operations can continue in
the core TV bands under this waiver until the effective date of final
rules for their operation on an unlicensed basis under part 15. The
rules the Commission proposes in this NPRM allows the certification of
unlicensed wireless microphones that operate on channels 2-51,
excluding channel 37. However, some portion of those channels will be
repurposed for licensed wireless services. The Commission thus proposes
that, after it adopts part 15 rules for unlicensed wireless microphone
operation, the Commission continues to permit unlicensed wireless
microphone users to operate part 74 wireless microphones in the TV
bands under the waivers already in place until they must cease those
operations no later than 39 months after release of the Channel
Reassignment Public Notice. The Commission also proposes to accept
applications to certify wireless microphones under part 15 rules as
soon as those rules are effective, but not require such applications
until after the incentive auction. The Commission seeks comment on
these proposals.
187. The Commission proposes that parties may no longer submit
applications to certify under part 15 wireless microphones that operate
in repurposed TV spectrum beginning nine months after the release of
the Channel Reassignment Public Notice. The Commission also proposes a
manufacturing and marketing cutoff on wireless microphones that would
not comply with the 600 MHz Band of 18 months after release of the
Channel Reassignment Public Notice. The Commission seeks comment on
these proposals. In particular, it seeks comment on the appropriateness
of the proposed cutoff dates. Should we provide longer or shorter time
periods? Should we also require that, in any event, parties may not
submit applications to certify wireless microphones that operate in
repurposed TV spectrum later than 24 months after the effective date of
the service rules we adopt in this proceeding, and microphones that do
not comply with the new rules may not be manufactured and marketed
later than 33 months after the effective date of the service rules we
adopt in this proceeding? Are any other requirements necessary, such as
requiring advisory labeling or other information to the user about the
operational cutoff date?
188. Unlike wireless microphones operating in the repurposed 600
MHz Band, operation of unlicensed wireless microphones in the guard
bands and duplex gap is not affected by the post-auction transition
requirements. To ensure that we can distinguish which wireless
microphones may be legally operated after the transition from those
that cannot, we propose the following requirements. A wireless
microphone that is certified to operate only in the guard bands and
duplex gap may continue to be marketed and operated with no cutoff
date. However, if a wireless microphone is certified to operate in any
portion of the repurposed 600 MHz Band, the Commission proposes that it
may no longer be marketed or operated after the specified cutoff dates,
even if it could be tuned to operate outside the repurposed 600 MHz
Band. This approach will allow use of the FCC identification number to
identify which wireless microphones may be legally marketed and
operated, rather than having to determine the precise frequency to
which a specific wireless microphone is tuned, which may not be
indicated on the device. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal.
Procedural Matters
189. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as
amended (RFA),\1\ the Commission has prepared this present Initial
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) of the possible significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities by the
policies and rules proposed in this NPRM of Proposed Rule Making
(NPRM). Written public comments are requested on this IRFA. Comments
must be identified as responses to the IRFA and must be filed by the
deadlines for comments on the NPRM provided in the item. The Commission
will send a copy of the NPRM, including this IRFA, to the Chief Counsel
for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration (SBA).\2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ See 5 U.S.C. 603. The RFA, see 5 U.S.C. 601-612, has been
amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 (SBREFA), Public Law 104-121, Title II, 110 Stat. 857 (1996).
\2\ See 5 U.S.C. 603(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Need for, and Objectives of, the Proposed Rules
190. The NPRM proposes rules for unlicensed operations in the
frequency bands that are now and will continue to be allocated and
assigned to broadcast television services (TV bands), including fixed
and personal/portable white space devices and unlicensed wireless
microphones. Based on its experience with the development and
deployment of white space devices in the TV bands, the Commission is
considering changes to the part 15 rules that will allow for more
robust service and efficient spectral use without increasing the risk
of harmful interference to authorized users. The NPRM also proposes to
codify rules for the operation of unlicensed wireless microphones in
the TV bands.
[[Page 69737]]
191. The NPRM addresses issues that arise from the Incentive
Auction R&O to repurpose a portion of the broadcast spectrum for new
wireless services.\3\ The 600 MHz Band Plan adopted in the Incentive
Auction R&O provides new opportunities for unlicensed white space
devices, unlicensed wireless microphones and wireless microphones
licensed under part 74. The NPRM proposes rules for their operation
that will protect licensed services as spectrum is repurposed to
introduce new wireless services.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ See Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of
Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, GN Docket No. 12-268, Report
and Order, 29 FCC Rcd 6567 (2014) (Incentive Auction R&O).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Legal Basis
192. The proposed action is taken pursuant to Sections 4(i), 301,
302, 303(e), 303(f), 303(r), 304 and 307 of the Communications Act of
1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), 301, 302, 303(e), 303(f), 303(r),
304 and 307.
C. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which
the Proposed Rules Will Apply
193. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and
where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be
affected by the proposed rules, if adopted.\4\ The RFA generally
defines the term ``small entity'' as having the same meaning as the
terms ``small business,'' ``small organization,'' and ``small
governmental jurisdiction.'' \5\ In addition, the term ``small
business'' has the same meaning as the term ``small business concern''
under the Small Business Act.\6\ A ``small business concern'' is one
which: (1) Is independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in
its field of operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the Small Business Administration (SBA).\7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ See 5 U.S.C. 603(b)(3).
\5\ See 5 U.S.C. 601(6).
\6\ See 5 U.S.C. 601(3) (incorporating by reference the
definition of ``small-business concern'' in the Small Business Act,
15 U.S.C. 632). Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 601(3), the statutory
definition of a small business applies ``unless an agency, after
consultation with the Office of Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration and after opportunity for public comment, establishes
one or more definitions of such term which are appropriate to the
activities of the agency and publishes such definition(s) in the
Federal Register.''
\7\ See 15 U.S.C. 632.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
194. Radio and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census Bureau defines this category as
follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in
manufacturing radio and television broadcast and wireless
communications equipment. Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and receiving antennas, cable
television equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio and television studio and
broadcasting equipment.'' \8\ The SBA has developed a small business
size standard for Radio and Television Broadcasting and Wireless
Communications Equipment Manufacturing, which is: All such firms having
750 or fewer employees. According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there
were a total of 939 establishments in this category that operated for
part or all of the entire year. Of this total, 912 had less than 500
employees and 17 had more than 1000 employees.\9\ Thus, under that size
standard, the majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ The NAICS Code for this service 334220. See 13 CFR 121/201.
See also https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_id=&-_skip=300&-ds_name=EC0731SG2&-_lang=en
\9\ See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=4500&-ds_name=EC0731SG3&-_lang=en
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other
Compliance Requirements for Small Entities
195. White space devices are unlicensed devices that operate in the
TV bands at locations where frequencies are not in use by licensed
services. These devices may be either fixed or personal/portable. Fixed
devices may operate at power levels up to four watts, and personal/
portable devices operate at up to 100 milliwatts, if they are outside
the service contours of adjacent channel TV stations. Personal/portable
devices may operate with 40 milliwatts if they are within the service
contour of an adjacent channel TV station. White space devices are not
permitted to operate on channel 37 (608-614 MHz), which is use by the
Radio Astronomy Service (RAS) and Wireless Medical Telemetry Service
(WMTS). To prevent harmful interference to broadcast television
stations and other authorized users of these bands, white space devices
must obtain a list of available TV channels that may be used at their
location from databases administered by private entities selected by
the Commission.
196. Wireless microphones also operate in the TV bands. Certain
entities may be issued licenses under subpart H of part 74 of the rules
to operate low power auxiliary stations in the TV bands. Because the
operators of part 74 wireless microphones are licensed, they may
register the times and locations of their operation in the white spaces
databases to obtain interference protection from co-channel white space
devices. The Commission also allows the operation of part 74 certified
wireless microphones in the VHF and UHF TV bands on an unlicensed basis
under a waiver of the part 15 rules granted in the 2010 TV Bands
Wireless Microphones R&O and Further NPRM.\10\ Operators of unlicensed
wireless microphones are generally not permitted to register in the TV
bands database, but parties operating large numbers of wireless
microphones on an unlicensed basis at venues of events and productions/
shows may register in the TV bands database if they meet certain
criteria specified in the rules and obtain Commission approval to do
so.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ See Revisions to Rules Authorizing the Operation of Low
Power Auxiliary Stations in the 698-806 MHz Band, WT Docket No. 08-
166, Public Interest Spectrum Coalition, Petition for Rulemaking
Regarding Low Power Auxiliary Stations, Including Wireless
Microphones, and the Digital Television Transition, WT Docket No.
08-167, Amendment of Parts 15, 74 and 90 of the Commission's Rules
Regarding Low Power Auxiliary Stations, Including Wireless
Microphones, ET Docket No. 10-24, Report and Order and Further NPRM
of Proposed Rulemaking, 25 FCC Rcd 643, 682-87, para. 81-90 (2010).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
197. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission decided to
repurpose a portion of the UHF TV spectrum for licensed wireless
services (the ``600 MHz Band''). The Commission's band plan provides
for a guard band between television spectrum and 600 MHz downlink
services, a guard band between 600 MHz uplink and downlink services (a
duplex gap), and guard bands between 600 MHz downlink services and
channel 37. In the TV bands that are repurposed for wireless services,
the Commission decided to allow white space devices to continue
operating indefinitely in areas where a 600 MHz Band licensee has not
commenced operations, and to allow wireless microphones to operate for
39 months after release of a public NPRM announcing channel
reassignments as a result of the incentive auction.
198. Most RF transmitting equipment, including white space devices
and wireless microphones, must be authorized through the certification
procedure. Certification is an equipment authorization issued by the
Commission or by a designated TCB based on an application and test data
submitted by the responsible party (e.g., the manufacturer or
importer).\11\ The NPRM
[[Page 69738]]
does not propose to change the authorization procedure for white space
devices and wireless microphones, but it does propose to establish new
technical requirements or modify existing technical requirements for
white space devices and wireless microphones.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ See 47 CFR 2.907. The Commission or a TCB may test a sample
of a device to verify that it complies with the rules before
granting approval for the equipment to be marketed. Examples of
devices subject to certification include, but are not limited to,
mobile phones; wireless local area networking equipment, remote
control transmitters; land mobile radio transmitters; wireless
medical telemetry transmitters; cordless telephones; and walkie-
talkies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
199. The NPRM proposes to establish the following new and changed
compliance requirements for white space devices, unlicensed wireless
microphones and licensed wireless microphones:
White Space Devices That Operate in the TV Bands Remaining After the
Incentive Auction and Channel Reassignment
Allow personal/portable white space devices to operate on
channels 14-20 where their operation is currently prohibited.
Allow fixed white space devices to:
[cir] Operate at 40 milliwatts on channels adjacent to occupied TV
channels.
[cir] Operate at 4 Watts where there are two contiguous vacant TV
channels rather than three as the rules currently require.
[cir] Operate closer to a TV station contour when the operating
power is reduced.
White Space Devices Operating in the 600 MHz Guard Bands, Duplex Gap
and Channel 37
Allow fixed and personal/portable devices to operate at 40
milliwatts in the guard bands and the upper six megahertz portion of
the duplex gap.
Allow white space devices to operate on channel 37,
subject to minimum separation distances enforced by the white spaces
databases to protect the WMTS and RAS.
Require that fixed and personal/portable devices operating
in the repurposed 600 MHz Band comply with minimum separation distances
from the areas where part 27 licensees have commenced operations. This
would be enforced by the white spaces databases.
Wireless Microphones
Codify new part 15 rules for unlicensed wireless
microphones in the TV bands. Wireless microphones operating on an
unlicensed basis are currently certified under the part 74 rules.
Allow unlicensed wireless microphones to operate at 20
milliwatts in the 600 MHz guard bands and the upper six megahertz
portion of the duplex gap. Unlicensed wireless microphones would have
to rely on the white spaces databases to ensure they are operating on
channels available for their use.
Allow licensed wireless microphones to operate at 20
milliwatts in the four megahertz portion of the duplex gap below the
six megahertz portion used by white space devices and unlicensed
wireless microphones.
Require wireless microphones operating in the repurposed
600 MHz Band to comply with minimum separation distances from the areas
where part 27 600 MHz Band licensees have commenced operations.
White Spaces Databases
Expand the databases to include location/frequency
information for additional licensed services such as the WMTS and part
27 600 MHz Band services.
Require more frequent database re-checks by white space
devices and faster database updates. This would enable wireless
microphone users to register, on short NPRM, in the white spaces
databases channels that would be protected from interference from white
space devices.
Eliminate registration in the white spaces databases of
channels used by unlicensed wireless microphones for protection from
white space devices.
Certification of White Space Devices and Wireless Microphones
White space devices would have to meet the following
timetable for compliance with the shorter database re-check interval:
30 days for new equipment certification, 90 days for equipment
importation and marketing, 180 days for equipment operation.
Wireless microphones in the repurposed TV spectrum would
have to meet the following cutoff dates, which are from the release of
the channel reassignment public notice: 9 months for equipment
certification, 18 months for importing and marketing equipment (the 39
month date for ceasing operation in the band was decided in the
Incentive Auction R&O).
E. Steps Taken To Minimize the Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered
200. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant,
specifically small business, alternatives that it has considered in
reaching its proposed approach, which may include the following four
alternatives (among others): ``(1) the establishment of differing
compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small entities; (2) the
clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance and
reporting requirements under the rule for such small entities; (3) the
use of performance rather than design standards; and (4) an exemption
from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for such small
entities.'' \12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ See 5 U.S.C. 603(c)(1) through (c)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
201. The rule changes proposed in the NPRM would give greater
flexibility for fixed and personal/portable white space device
operation. The majority of these changes are permissive, meaning that
manufacturers of approved white space devices are not required to
incorporate them into their equipment. However, the proposed
requirement for white space devices to re-check a database at more
frequent intervals would require changes to previously approved
devices. We propose a transition period for equipment manufacturers and
users to make the change. While we believe that only a short transition
period is necessary, the NPRM seeks comment on whether the Commission
should allow more time.
202. Licensed and unlicensed wireless microphones that operate in
the TV bands will be affected by the transition provisions adopted in
the Incentive Auction R&O. The NPRM proposes transition periods that we
believe are reasonable to minimize the burden on wireless microphone
manufacturers and users, while implementing the Commission's previous
decision to transition users out of the repurposed TV spectrum within
39 months. Specifically, we propose to allow manufacturers a period of
nine months after the final 600 MHz Band Plan is announced before they
may no longer certify wireless microphones that operate in the
repurposed TV spectrum, and a period of 18 months before they must
cease marketing them. The Commission also proposes that parties
operating wireless microphones on an unlicensed basis may continue to
use part 74 certified wireless microphones rather than part 15
certified wireless microphones until the end of the 39 month transition
to avoid users having to replace equipment more than once.
203. The NPRM proposes a number of changes that would require the
white space database administrators to make changes to their systems.
For example, the NPRM would require the database administrators to
implement new
[[Page 69739]]
protection requirements for the WMTS and part 27 wireless licensees,
and modified protection requirements for TV stations and the RAS. The
NPRM seeks information on the costs and burdens the proposed changes
would place on the database administrators, and how the database
administrators could recoup their costs.
F. Federal Rules That May Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict With the
Proposed Rules
204. None.
205. Pursuant to Sections 1, 4(i), 7(a), 301, 303(f), 303(g),
303(r), 307(e) and 332 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 157(a), 301, 303(f), 303(g), 303(r), 307(e), and
332, this NPRM of Proposed Rule Making IS ADOPTED.
206. The Commission's Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau,
Reference Information Center, SHALL SEND a copy of this NPRM of
Proposed Rule Making, including the Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration.
List of Subjects in 47 CFR Parts 15 and 74
Communications equipment, Radio, and Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
Proposed Rules
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Federal
Communications Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR parts 15 and 74 as
follows:
PART 15--RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES
0
1. The authority citation for part 15 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 304, 307, 336, 544a, and
549.
0
2. Section 15.37 is amended by adding paragraph (i) and paragraph (j)
to read as follows:
Sec. 15.37 Transition provisions for compliance with the rules.
* * * * *
(i) Certification may no longer be obtained for wireless
microphones that operate in the repurposed TV spectrum beginning nine
months after release of the Channel Reassignment Public Notice issued
pursuant to Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of
Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, Report and Order, GN Docket No.
12-268 (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014). Manufacturing and marketing of
wireless microphones that operate in the repurposed TV spectrum must
cease 18 months after release of the Channel Reassignment Public
Notice, and operation of these wireless microphones must cease 39
months after release of the Channel Reassignment Public Notice.
(j) Fixed and Mode II personal/portable white space devices for
which an application for certification is filed beginning [30 days
after the effective date of the rules] must comply with the database
re-check requirements in Sec. 15.711(b)(3)(i) and (ii). Fixed and Mode
II personal/portable white space devices that are marketed beginning
[90 days after the effective date of the rule] must comply with these
requirements. Previously approved white space devices that do not
comply with these requirements must cease operating no later than [180
days after the effective date of the rules].
0
3. Section 15.236 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 15.236 Operation of wireless microphones in the bands 54-72 MHz,
76-88 MHz, 174-216 MHz, 470-608 MHz and 614-698 MHz.
(a) Definitions. The following definitions apply in this section.
(1) Wireless Microphone. An intentional radiator that converts
sound into electrical audio signals that are transmitted using radio
signals to a receiver which converts the radio signals back into audio
signals that are sent through a sound recording or amplifying system.
Wireless microphones may be used for cue and control communications and
synchronization of TV camera signals as defined in Sec. 74.801 of this
chapter. Wireless microphones do not include auditory assistance
devices as defined in Sec. 15.3(a).
(2) 600 MHz duplex gap. An 11 megahertz guard band that separates
wireless uplink and downlink frequencies within the 600 MHz Band as
determined by the outcome of the auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through
Incentive Auctions, Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50),
29 FCC 6567 (2014).
(3) 600 MHz guard band. Designated frequency bands within the 600
MHz Band that prevent interference between licensed services as
determined by the outcome of the auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through
Incentive Auctions, Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50),
29 FCC 6567 (2014).
(4) Repurposed 600 MHz Band. Frequencies that will be reallocated
and reassigned for part 27 600 MHz Band services as determined by the
outcome of the auction conducted pursuant to Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, Report
and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
(b) Operation under this section is limited to wireless microphones
as defined in this section.
(c) Operation is permitted in the following bands.
(1) Channels allocated and assigned for broadcast television
service.
(2) Television channels in the repurposed 600 MHz Band. Operation
on these channels must cease no later than 39 months after release of
the Channel Reassignment Public Notice issued pursuant to Expanding the
Economic and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive
Auctions, Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC
6567 (2014). Operation must cease immediately if harmful interference
occurs to a 600 MHz Band licensee.
(3) The upper six megahertz segment of the 600 MHz Band duplex gap.
(4) The 600 MHz guard band between television and wireless downlink
services, excluding the upper one megahertz segment.
(5) The 600 MHz guard bands adjacent to channel 37, excluding the
one megahertz segments furthest from channel 37.
(6) Microphone operation in the frequencies identified in
paragraphs (c)(3) through(5) of this section shall prior to operation
rely on the white space databases in part 15, subpart H to determine
that their intended operating frequencies are available for unlicensed
wireless microphone operation at the location where they will be used.
(d) The unmodulated carrier power at the antenna input may not
exceed the following values.
(1) In the bands allocated and assigned for broadcast television
and in the repurposed 600 MHz Band: 50 mW
(2) In the 600 MHz Band guard bands including the duplex gap: 20
mW.
(e) Operation is limited to locations separated from licensed
services by the following distances.
(1) Four kilometers outside the following protected service
contours of co-channel TV stations.
[[Page 69740]]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Protected contour
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Type of station Propagation
Channel Contour (dBu) curve
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, translator and Low VHF (2-6)......................... 47 F(50,50)
booster.
High VHF (7-13)....................... 56 F(50,50)
UHF (14-51)........................... 64 F(50,50)
Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, Low VHF (2-6)......................... 28 F(50,90)
LPTV, translator and booster.
High VHF (7-13)....................... 36 F(50,90)
UHF (14-51)........................... 41 F(50,90)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) The following distances outside of the area where a 600 MHz
Band licensee has commenced operations.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separation distance in
kilometers
Type of station -------------------------
Adjacent
Co-channel channel
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Base.......................................... 15 0.4
Mobile........................................ 35 31
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(f) The operating frequency within a permissible band of operation
as defined in paragraph (b) of this section must comply with the
following requirements.
(1) The frequency selection shall be offset from the upper or lower
band limits by 25 kHz or an integral multiple thereof.
(2) One or more adjacent 25 kHz segments within the assignable
frequencies may be combined to form a channel whose maximum bandwidth
shall not exceed 200 kHz. The operating bandwidth shall not exceed 200
kHz.
(3) The frequency tolerance of the carrier signal shall be
maintained within +/- 0.005% of the operating frequency over a
temperature variation of -20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal supply
voltage, and for a variation in the primary supply voltage from 85% to
115% of the rated supply voltage at a temperature of 20 degrees C.
Battery operated equipment shall be tested using a new battery.
(g) Emissions within the band from one megahertz below to one
megahertz above the carrier frequency shall comply with the emission
mask in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422-1, Electromagnetic compatibility
and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to
3 GHz frequency range; Part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of
measurement. Emissions outside this band shall comply with the limits
in Sec. 15.209.
0
4. Revise the heading of subpart H to part 15 to read as follows:
Subpart H--White Space Devices
0
5. Section 15.701 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 15.701 Scope.
This subpart sets forth the regulations for unlicensed intentional
radiators that operate on available channels in the frequency bands at
54-72 MHz (TV channels 2-4), 76-88 MHz (TV channels 5-6), 174-216 MHz
(TV channels 7-13), and 470-698 MHz (TV channels 14-51).
0
6. Section 15.703 is amended by revising paragraphs (a), (c), (i), (k),
(l), (m), (n) and adding paragraphs, (o), (p), (q) and (r) to read as
follows:
Sec. 15.703 Definitions.
(a) Available channel. A channel which is not being used by an
authorized service at or near the same geographic location as an
unlicensed device and is acceptable for use by the device under the
provisions of this subpart.
* * * * *
(c) Fixed device. A device that transmits and/or receives
radiocommunication signals at a specified fixed location. A fixed
device may select channels for operation itself from a list of
available channels provided by a white spaces database, and initiate
and operate a network by sending enabling signals to one or more fixed
devices and/or personal/portable devices.
* * * * *
(i) Personal/portable device. A device that transmits and/or
receives radiocommunication signals on available channels at
unspecified locations that may change.
* * * * *
(k) Repurposed 600 MHz Band. Frequencies that will be reallocated
and reassigned for part 27 600 MHz Band services as determined by the
outcome of the auction conducted pursuant to Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, Report
and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
(l) Sensing only device. A personal/portable TVBD that uses
spectrum sensing to determine a list of available channels. Sensing
only devices may transmit on any available channels in the frequency
bands 512-608 MHz (TV channels 21-36) and 614-698 MHz (TV channels 38-
51).
(m) Spectrum sensing. A process whereby a TVBD monitors a
television channel to detect whether the channel is occupied by a radio
signal or signals from authorized services.
(n) Television bands. The portions of the broadcast television
frequency bands at 54-72 MHz (TV channels 2-4), 76-88 MHz (TV channels
5-6), 174-216 MHz (TV channels 7-13), 470-608 MHz (channels 14-36) and
614-698 MHz (channels 38-51) that will be allocated and assigned to
broadcast television licensees consistent with the outcome of the
auction conducted pursuant to Expanding the Economic and Innovation
Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, Report and Order,
GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
(o) White space device. An intentional radiator that operates in
the television bands, the 600 MHz Band or on channel 37 accordance with
the provisions of this subpart.
(p) White spaces database. A database system that maintains records
of all authorized services in the television and 600 MHz frequency
bands, is capable of determining the available channels as a specific
geographic location and provides lists of available channels to
unlicensed devices that have been certified under the Commission's
equipment authorization procedures. White spaces databases that provide
lists of available channels to unlicensed devices must receive approval
by the Commission.
(q) 600 MHz duplex gap. An 11 megahertz guard band that separates
wireless uplink and downlink frequencies within the 600 MHz Band as
determined by the outcome of the auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through
Incentive Auctions, Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50),
29 FCC 6567 (2014).
[[Page 69741]]
(r) 600 MHz guard band. Designated frequency bands within the 600
MHz Band that prevent interference between licensed services as
determined by the outcome of the auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through
Incentive Auctions, Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50),
29 FCC 6567 (2014).
0
7. Section 15.707 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 15.707 Permissible channels of operation.
(a)(1) Fixed and personal/portable white space devices may operate
on available channels in the frequency bands 470-608 (TV channels 14-
36), 512-608 MHz (TV channels 21-36) and 614-698 MHz (TV channels 38-
51), subject to the interference protection requirements in Sec. Sec.
15.711 and 15.712.
(2) Fixed and personal/portable devices may operate on frequencies
in the repurposed 600 MHz Band in areas where part 27 600 MHz Band
licensees have not commenced operations, as defined in part 27 of this
chapter.
(b) Only fixed devices that communicate with other fixed devices
may operate on available channels in the bands 54-72 MHz (TV channels
2-4), 76-88 MHz (TV channels 5 and 6) and 174-216 MHz (TV channels 7-
13) subject to the interference protection requirements in Sec. Sec.
15.711 and 15.712.
(c) Fixed and Mode II personal/portable devices shall operate only
on available channels as identified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
section and as determined by a white spaces database in accordance with
the interference avoidance mechanisms of Sec. Sec. 15.711 and 15.712.
(d) Mode I personal/portable devices shall operate only on
available channels as identified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section
and provided from a fixed or Mode II device in accordance with Sec.
15.711(b)(3)(iv).
(e) Fixed and personal/portable devices may operate in the upper
six megahertz segment of the 600 MHz duplex gap.
(f) Fixed and personal/portable devices may operate in the 600 MHz
guard band between television and wireless downlink services, excluding
the upper three megahertz segment, provided this guard band is at least
nine megahertz wide.
0
8. Section 15.709 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) and (c) to read
as follows:
Sec. 15.709 General technical requirements.
(a) Power limits for white space devices. (1) The maximum EIRP for
fixed white space devices operating in the television bands and
repurposed 600 MHz Band shall not exceed the following values:
(i) If the device complies with the minimum separation distances
outside adjacent channel television service contours in Sec.
15.712(a): four watts (36 dBm) per six megahertz of bandwidth on which
the device operates.
(ii) If the device operates within a six megahertz band centered on
the boundary between two available channels: four watts (36 dBm) per
six megahertz of bandwidth on which the device operates.
(iii) If the device operates adjacent to an occupied television
channel, i.e., within its protected service contour: 40 mW (16 dBm) per
six megahertz of bandwidth on which the device operates.
(2) The maximum EIRP for personal/portable white space devices
operating in the television bands and repurposed 600 MHz Band shall not
exceed the following values:
(i) If the device complies with the minimum separation distances
outside adjacent channel television service contours in Sec.
15.712(a): 100 mW (20 dBm) per six megahertz of bandwidth on which the
device operates.
(ii) If the device operates adjacent to an occupied television
channel, i.e., within its protected service contour: 40 mW (16 dBm) per
six megahertz of bandwidth on which the device operates.
(3) The maximum EIRP for fixed and personal/portable white space
devices operating in the 600 MHz guard band and duplex gap shall not
exceed 40 mW (16 dBm).
(4) The maximum EIRP for fixed white space devices operating on
channel 37 shall not exceed the following values:
(i) If channels 36 and 38 are allocated and assigned for television
broadcasting and the device complies with the minimum separation
distances outside adjacent channel television service contours in Sec.
15.712(a): four watts (36 dBm) per six megahertz of bandwidth on which
the device operates.
(ii) If channels 36 and 38 are allocated and assigned for
television broadcasting and the device operates within a six megahertz
band centered on the boundary between channel 37 and an available
adjacent channel: four watts (36 dBm) per six megahertz of bandwidth on
which the device operates.
(iii) If channels 36 and 38 are allocated and assigned for
television broadcasting and the device operates adjacent to an occupied
television channel, i.e., within its protected service contour, or if
one or both of the adjacent bands are designated as 600 MHz guard
bands: 40 mW (16 dBm) per six megahertz of bandwidth on which the
device operates.
(5) Mode I personal/portable devices that operate on available
channels provided by a Mode II device that operates within the
protected service contour of an adjacent channel television station are
limited to a maximum EIRP of 40 milliwatts (16 dBm) per six megahertz
of bandwidth on which the device operates.
(6) Fixed devices with a four watt EIRP limit may operate closer to
co-channel and adjacent channel television stations and other protected
services at reduced power levels. The following table shows the power
levels at which separation distances are defined. Devices operating at
a particular EIRP level must comply with the limit on conducted power
to the antenna. The power delivered to the transmitting antenna is the
maximum conducted output power reduced by the signal loss experienced
in the cable used to connect the transmitter to the transmit antenna.
The conducted power limits are based on a maximum transmitting antenna
gain of 6 dBi. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater
than 6 dBi are used, the maximum conducted output power shall be
reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna
exceeds 6 dBi. Operation is permitted at EIRP levels between the values
in this table, provided the conducted power limit is interpolated
between the values shown.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
EIRP (6 MHz) Conducted power limit (6 MHz)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 dBm (40 mW)....................... 10 dBm (10 mW).
20 dBm (100 mW)...................... 14 dBm (25 mW).
24 dBm (250 mW)...................... 18 dBm (63 mW).
28 dBm (625 mW)...................... 22 dBm (158 mW).
32 dBm (1600 mW)..................... 26 dBm (400 mW).
36 dBm (4000 mW)..................... 30 dBm (1000 mW).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(7) Maximum conducted output power is the total transmit power over
the occupied bandwidth delivered to all antennas and antenna elements
averaged across all symbols in the signaling alphabet when the
transmitter is operating at its maximum power control level. Power must
be summed across all antennas and antenna elements. The average must
not include any time intervals during which the transmitter is off or
is transmitting at a reduced power level. If multiple modes of
operation are possible (e.g., alternative modulation methods), the
maximum conducted output power is
[[Page 69742]]
the highest total transmit power occurring in any mode.
(8) White space devices shall incorporate transmit power control to
limit their operating power to the minimum necessary for successful
communication. Applicants for equipment certification shall include a
description of a device's transmit power control feature mechanism.
(9) The power spectral density from a white space device shall not
be greater than the following values when measured in any 100 kHz band
during any time interval of continuous transmission.
(i) Fixed devices: The values shown in the following table. If
transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used,
the conducted power level shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the
directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. If the conducted power
of the device is between two defined levels, then the PSD limit must be
interpolated between the values shown.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conducted power limit (6 MHz) Conducted PSD limit (100 kHz)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 dBm (10 mW)....................... -7.4 dBm.
14 dBm (25 mW)....................... -3.4 dBm.
18 dBm (63 mW)....................... 0.6 dBm.
22 dBm (158 mW)...................... 4.6 dBm.
26 dBm (400 mW)...................... 8.6 dBm.
30 dBm (1000 mW)..................... 12.6 dBm.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Personal/portable device operating at 40 mW: -1.4 dBm EIRP.
(iii) Sensing-only devices operating at 50 mW: -0.4 dBm EIRP.
(iv) Personal/portable devices operating at 100 mW: 2.6 dBm EIRP.
(10) White space devices shall incorporate adequate security
measures to prevent the devices from accessing databases not approved
by the FCC and to ensure that unauthorized parties cannot modify the
device or configure its control features to operate in a manner
inconsistent with the rules and protection criteria set forth in this
subpart.
* * * * *
(c) Emission limits for white space devices. (1) In the six
megahertz bands immediately adjacent to the channel or group of
contiguous channels in which the device is operating, emissions from
the device shall not exceed the following levels.
(i) Fixed devices: The values shown in the following table. If
transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used,
the conducted power level shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the
directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. If a device operates
between two defined power levels, it must comply with the limit for the
higher power level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjacent channel emission limit
Conducted power limit (6 MHz) (100 kHz)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 dBm (10 mW)....................... -62.8 dBm.
14 dBm (25 mW)....................... -58.8 dBm.
18 dBm (63 mW)....................... -54.8 dBm.
22 dBm (158 mW)...................... -50.8 dBm.
26 dBm (400 mW)...................... -46.8 dBm.
30 dBm (1000 mW)..................... -42.8 dBm.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Personal/portable devices operating at 40 mW EIRP: -56.8 dBm
EIRP.
(iii) Sensing-only devices operating at 50 mW EIRP: -55.8 dBm EIRP.
(iv) Personal/portable devices operating at 100 mW: -52.8 dBm EIRP.
(2) Emission measurements in the adjacent bands shall be performed
using a minimum resolution bandwidth of 100 kHz with an average
detector. A narrower resolution bandwidth may be employed near the band
edge, when necessary, provided the measured energy is integrated to
show the total power over 100 kHz.
(3) At frequencies beyond the six megahertz bands immediately
adjacent to the channel or group of contiguous channels in which the
device is operating, the radiated emissions from devices shall meet the
requirements of Sec. 15.209. If a white space device transmits on
multiple non-contiguous channels simultaneously, it must comply with
the adjacent channel emission limits in the six megahertz bands above
and below each of the single channels or channel groups used by the
white space device, and the requirements of Sec. 15.209 beyond these
six megahertz bands.
(4) White space devices connected to the AC power line are required
to comply with the conducted limits set forth in Sec. 15.207.
* * * * *
0
9. Section 15.711 is amended by revising the introductory text and
paragraphs (a), (b)(3)(i) and (ii), removing and reserving paragraph
(b)(3)(iii), and revising paragraph (b)(3)(v) to read as follows:
Sec. 15.711 Interference avoidance methods.
Except as provided in Sec. 15.717, television channel availability
for a white space device is determined based on the geo-location and
database access method described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
section.
(a) Geo-location and database access. A white space device shall
rely on the geo-location and database access mechanism to identify
available channels consistent with the interference protection
requirements of Sec. 15.712. Such protection will be provided for the
following authorized and unlicensed services: Digital television
stations, digital and analog Class A, low power, translator and booster
stations; translator receive operations; fixed broadcast auxiliary
service links; private land mobile service/commercial radio service
(PLMRS/CMRS) operations; offshore radiotelephone service; low power
auxiliary services authorized pursuant to Sec. Sec. 74.801 through
74.882 of this chapter, including licensed wireless microphones; MVPD
receive sites; wireless medical telemetry service (WMTS); radio
astronomy service (RAS) and part 27 600 MHz Band licensees where they
have commenced operations. In addition, protection shall be provided in
border areas near Canada and Mexico in accordance with Sec. 15.712(g).
(b) * * *
(3)(i) Fixed devices must access a white spaces database over the
Internet to determine the channels that are available at their
geographic coordinates, taking into consideration the fixed device's
antenna height and operating power, prior to their initial service
transmission at a given location. Operation is permitted only on
channels that are indicated in the database as being available for
their use. Fixed devices shall access the database at least once every
20 minutes to verify that the operating channels continue to remain
available. Operation on a channel must cease immediately if the
database indicates that the channel is no longer available. Fixed
devices must adjust their use of channels in accordance with channel
availability schedule information provided by their database for the 60
minute period beginning at the time of the device last accessed the
database for a list of available channels.
(ii) Mode II personal/portable devices must access a white spaces
database over the internet to determine the channels that are available
at their geographic coordinates, taking into account the device's
operating power, prior to their initial service transmission at a given
location. Operation is permitted only on channels that are indicated in
the database as being available for personal/portable devices. A Mode
II device must access the database for a list of available channels
each time it is activated from a power-off condition and re-check its
location and the database for available channels if it changes location
during operation by more than 100 meters from the location at which it
last accessed the
[[Page 69743]]
database. A Mode II device that has been in a powered state shall re-
check its location and access the database every 20 minutes to verify
that the operating channel(s) continue to be available. Mode II devices
must adjust their use of channels in accordance with channel
availability schedule information provided by their database for the 60
minute period beginning at the time of the device last accessed the
database for a list of available channels. A Mode II device may load
channel availability information for multiple locations around, i.e.,
in the vicinity of, its current location and use that information in
its operation. A Mode II device may use such available channel
information to define a geographic area within which it can operate on
the same available channels at all locations, for example a Mode II
device could calculate a bounded area in which a channel or channels
are available at all locations within the area and operate on a mobile
basis within that area. A Mode II device using such channel
availability information for multiple locations must contact the
database again if/when it moves beyond the boundary of the area where
the channel availability data is valid, and must access the database
once every 20 minutes even if it has not moved beyond that range to
verify that the operating channel(s) continue to be available.
Operation must cease immediately if the database indicates that the
channel is no longer available.
* * * * *
(v) Device manufacturers and database administrators may implement
a system that pushes updated channel availability information from the
database to white space devices. However, the use of such systems is
not mandatory, and the requirements for white space devices to validate
the operating channel at least once every 20 minutes continue to apply
if such a system is used.
* * * * *
0
10. Section 15.712 is amended by revising paragraphs (a), (f), and (h),
and by adding paragraphs (i) and (j) to read as follows:
Sec. 15.712 Interference protection requirements.
(a) Digital television stations, and digital and analog Class A TV,
low power TV, TV translator and TV booster stations:
(1) Protected contour. White space devices must protect digital and
analog TV services within the contours shown in the following table.
These contours are calculated using the methodology in Sec. 73.684 of
this chapter and the R-6602 curves contained in Sec. 73.699 of this
chapter.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Protected contour
Type of station --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Channel Contour (dBu) Propagation curve
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, translator Low VHF (2-6)...................... 47 F(50,50)
and booster.
High VHF (7-13).................... 56 F(50,50)
UHF (14-69)........................ 64 F(50,50)
Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, Low VHF (2-6)...................... 28 F(50,90)
LPTV, translator and booster.
High VHF (7-13).................... 36 F(50,90)
UHF (14-51)........................ 41 F(50,90)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Required separation distance. White space devices must be
located outside the contours indicated in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section of co-channel and adjacent channel stations by at least the
minimum distances specified in the following tables. If a device
operates between two defined power levels, it must comply with the
separation distances for the higher power level. Fixed and personal/
portable devices operating at an EIRP of 40 mW or less are not required
to meet adjacent channel separation distances.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required separation in kilometers from co-channel digital or analog TV (full
service or low power) protected contour
Antenna height above average -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
terrain of unlicensed device 16 dBm (40 20 dBm (100 24 dBm (250 28 dBm (625 32 dBm 36 dBm (4
mW) mW) mW) mW) (1600 mW) watts)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Personal/portable................. 1.3 1.7 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Less than 3 meters................ 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.7 3.3 4.0
3-Less than 10 meters............. 2.4 3.1 3.8 4.8 6.1 7.3
10-Less than 30 meters............ 4.2 5.1 6.0 7.1 8.9 11.1
30-Less than 50 meters............ 5.4 6.5 7.7 9.2 11.5 14.3
50-Less than 75 meters............ 6.6 7.9 9.4 11.1 13.9 18.0
75-Less than 100 meters........... 7.7 9.2 10.9 12.8 17.2 21.1
100-Less than 150 meters.......... 9.4 11.1 13.2 16.5 21.4 25.3
150-Less than 200 meters.......... 10.9 12.7 15.8 19.5 24.7 28.5
200-250 meters.................... 12.1 14.3 18.2 22.0 27.3 31.2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required separation in kilometers from adjacent channel digital
or analog TV (full service or low power) protected contour
Antenna height above average terrain of ----------------------------------------------------------------
unlicensed device 20 dBm (100 24 dBm (250 28 dBm (625 32 dBm 36 dBm (4
mW) mW) mW) (1600 mW) watts)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Personal/portable.............................. 0.1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Less than 3 meters............................. 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2
3-Less than 10 meters.......................... 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3
10-Less than 30 meters......................... 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5
30-Less than 50 meters......................... 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7
50-Less than 75 meters......................... 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.8
[[Page 69744]]
75-Less than 100 meters........................ 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1.0
100-Less than 150 meters....................... 0.5 0.6 0.8 0.9 1.2
150-Less than 200 meters....................... 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4
200-250 meters................................. 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) The antenna height above ground for a fixed device may not
exceed 30 meters.
* * * * *
(f) Low power auxiliary services, including wireless microphones:
Fixed devices are not permitted to operate within 1 km, and personal/
portable white space devices will not be permitted to operate within
400 meters, of the coordinates of registered low power auxiliary
station sites on the registered channels during the designated times
they are used by low power auxiliary stations.
* * * * *
(h) Radio astronomy services: (1) Operation of fixed and personal/
portable devices is prohibited within 2.4 kilometers at the following
locations.
(i) The Naval Radio Research Observatory in Sugar Grove, West
Virginia at 38 30 58 N and 79 16 48 W.
(ii) The Table Mountain Radio Receiving Zone (TMRZ) at 40 08 02 N
and 105 14 40 W.
(iii) The following facilities:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Latitude (deg/min/ Longitude (deg/min/
Observatory sec) sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arecibo Observatory......... 18 20 37 N 066 45 11 W
Green Bank Telescope (GBT).. 38 25 59 N 079 50 23 W
Very Long Baseline Array
(VLBA) Stations:
Pie Town, NM............ 34 18 04 N 108 07 09 W
Kitt Peak, AZ........... 31 57 23 N 111 36 45 W
Los Alamos, NM.......... 35 46 30 N 106 14 44 W
Ft. Davis, TX........... 30 38 06 N 103 56 41 W
N. Liberty, IA.......... 41 46 17 N 091 34 27 W
Brewster, WA............ 48 07 52 N 119 41 00 W
Owens Valley, CA........ 37 13 54 N 118 16 37 W
St. Croix, VI........... 17 45 24 N 064 35 03 W
Hancock, NH............. 42 56 01 N 071 59 12 W
Mauna Kea, HI........... 19 48 05 N 155 27 20 W
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) White space devices may not operate on channel 37 within the
quiet zone at Green Bank WV defined in Sec. 1.924(a) of this chapter
or within the quiet zone on the islands of Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona,
Vieques or Culebra defined in Sec. 1.924(d) of this chapter.
(i) WMTS: Devices operating on channel 37 must comply with the
following co-channel and adjacent channel separation distances from
WMTS receivers.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required co-channel separation distances in kilometers from WMTS sites
Antenna height above average -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
terrain of unlicensed device 16 dBm (40 20 dBm (100 24 dBm (250 28 dBm (625 32 dBm 36 dBm (4
mW) mW) mW) mW) (1600 mW) watts)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 3 meters................ 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1.0
3-Less than 10 meters............. 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.7
10-Less than 30 meters............ 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.7 2.9
30-Less than 50 meters............ 1.2 1.6 2.1 2.4 3.0 3.8
50-Less than 75 meters............ 1.5 1.9 2.4 2.9 3.6 4.5
75-Less than 100 meters........... 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.3 4.2 5.3
100-Less than 150 meters.......... 2.1 2.7 3.1 3.8 5.0 6.5
150-Less than 200 meters.......... 2.5 3.1 3.4 4.3 5.8 7.4
200-250 meters.................... 2.8 3.5 3.7 4.7 6.3 8.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required adjacent channel separation distances in kilometers from WMTS sites
Antenna height above average -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
terrain of unlicensed device 16 dBm (40 20 dBm (100 24 dBm (250 28 dBm (625 32 dBm 36 dBm (4
mW) mW) mW) mW) (1600 mW) watts)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Personal/portable................. 0.1 0.1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Less than 3 meters................ 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
3-Less than 10 meters............. 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
10-Less than 30 meters............ 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2
30-Less than 50 meters............ 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3
50-Less than 75 meters............ 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3
75-Less than 100 meters........... 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4
[[Page 69745]]
100-Less than 150 meters.......... 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
150-Less than 200 meters.......... 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.6
200-250 meters.................... 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(j) Repurposed 600 MHz band: Fixed and personal/portable devices
operating in the repurposed 600 MHz Band must comply with the following
co-channel and adjacent channel separation distances outside the
defined polygonal area encompassing the base stations deployed by a
part 27 600 MHz Band licensee that has commenced operation. For the
purpose of this rule, co-channel means any frequency overlap between a
channel used by a white space device and a five megahertz spectrum
block used by a part 27 600 MHz Band licensee, and adjacent channel
means a frequency separation of zero to four megahertz between the edge
of a channel used by a white space device and the edge of a five
megahertz spectrum block used by a part 27 600 MHz Band licensee.
(1) On frequencies used by wireless uplink services:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required co-channel separation distances in kilometers between white space
devices in the uplink band and 600 MHz Band base stations
Antenna height above average -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
terrain of unlicensed device 16 dBm (40 20 dBm (100 24 dBm (250 28 dBm (625 32 dBm 36 dBm (4
mW) mW) mW) mW) (1600 mW) watts)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 3 meters................ 5 6 7 9 12 15
3-Less than 10 meters............. 9 11 14 17 22 27
10-Less than 30 meters............ 15 19 24 30 38 47
30-Less than 50 meters............ 20 24 31 38 49 60
50-Less than 75 meters............ 24 30 37 47 60 60
75-Less than 100 meters........... 27 34 43 54 60 60
100-Less than 150 meters.......... 33 42 53 60 60 60
150-Less than 200 meters.......... 39 49 60 60 60 60
200-250 meters.................... 43 54 60 60 60 60
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required adjacent channel separation distances in meters between white space
devices in the uplink band and 600 MHz Band base stations
Antenna height above average -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
terrain of unlicensed device 16 dBm (40 20 dBm (100 24 dBm (250 28 dBm (625 32 dBm 36 dBm (4
mW) mW) mW) mW) (1600 mW) watts)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 3 meters................ 112 141 177 223 282 354
3-Less than 10 meters............. 204 257 323 407 514 646
10-Less than 30 meters............ 354 445 560 704 890 1120
30-Less than 50 meters............ 457 575 723 909 1150 1446
50-Less than 75 meters............ 560 704 885 1113 1408 1770
75-Less than 100 meters........... 646 813 1022 1285 1626 2044
100-Less than 150 meters.......... 792 996 1252 1574 1991 2504
150-Less than 200 meters.......... 914 1150 1446 1818 2299 2891
200-250 meters.................... 1022 1285 1616 2033 2571 3232
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) On frequencies used by wireless downlink services: 35
kilometers for co-channel operation, and 31 kilometers for adjacent
channel operation.
0
11. Section 15.713 is amended by:
0
a. Revising the section heading;
0
b. Adding paragraph (b)(2)(v); and
0
c. Revising paragraph (h)(4), removing and reserving paragraph (h)(9),
revising paragraph (h)(10), and adding paragraph (h)(11).
The revisions and additions read as follows:
Sec. 15.713 White spaces database.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(v) WMTS operating locations.
* * * * *
(h) * * *
(4) PLMRS/CMRS base station operations located more than 80 km from
the geographic centers of the 13 metropolitan areas defined in Sec.
90.303(a) of this chapter (e.g., in accordance with a waiver).
(i) Transmitter location (latitude and longitude in NAD 83) or
geographic area of operations.
(ii) TV channel of operation.
(iii) Call sign.
* * * * *
(10) 600 MHz Band in areas where the part 27 600 MHz Band licensee
has commenced operations.
(i) Area within a part 27 600 MHz Band licensee's PEA where it has
commenced or will commence operations. This area must be delineated by
at minimum of eight and a maximum of 120 geographic coordinates;
(ii) Identification of the frequencies on which the part 27 600 MHz
Band wireless licensee has commenced operations;
(iii) Call sign.
(iv) Date of commencement of operations.
(11) WMTS operating locations obtained from the WMTS frequency
coordination database established under Sec. 95.1113(b)(2) of this
chapter.
(i) Frequency of operation (i.e., channel 37),
(ii) Geographic coordinates of transmitters, and
[[Page 69746]]
(iii) Cross reference to the registration in the WMTS frequency
coordination database (e.g., record number).
* * * * *
0
12. Section 15.714 is amended by revising the section heading and
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
Sec. 15.714 White spaces database administration fees.
(a) A white spaces database administrator may charge a fee for
provision of lists of available channels to fixed and personal/portable
devices and for registering fixed devices. This provision applies to
devices that operate in the TV bands, the repurposed 600 MHz Band, the
600 MHz guard bands, including the duplex gap, and Channel 37. White
spaces database administrators may also charge fees for providing lists
of available channels to users of unlicensed wireless microphones.
* * * * *
0
13. Section 15.715 is amended by revising the section heading and
paragraph (l), and by adding paragraphs (n) and (o) to read as follows:
Sec. 15.715 White spaces database administrator.
* * * * *
(l) If more than one database is developed, the database
administrators shall cooperate to develop a standardized process for
providing the data collected for the facilities listed in Sec.
15.713(b)(2) to all other white spaces databases within ten minutes to
ensure consistency in the records of protected facilities.
* * * * *
(n) Establish a procedure for registering the locations, operating
frequencies and starting dates for the areas where a part 27 600 MHz
Band licensee has commenced operations.
(o) Establish a procedure for obtaining the locations where the
WMTS is used from the WMTS coordination database established under
Sec. 95.1117(b)(2) of this chapter.
PART 74--EXPERIMENTAL RADIO, AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST AND OTHER
PROGRAM DISTRIBUTIONAL SERVICES
0
14. The authority citation for part 74 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307, 309, 336 and 554.
0
15. Section 74.801 is amended by adding the definitions for ``600 MHz
duplex gap'' and ``Repurposed 600 MHz Band'' in alphabetical order to
read as follows:
Sec. 74.801 Definitions.
600 MHz duplex gap. An 11 megahertz guard band that separates
wireless uplink and downlink frequencies within the 600 MHz Band as
determined by the outcome of the auction conducted pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through
Incentive Auctions, Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50),
29 FCC 6567 (2014).
Repurposed 600 MHz Band. Frequencies that will be reallocated and
reassigned for part 27 600 MHz Band services as determined by the
outcome of the auction conducted pursuant to Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, Report
and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50), 29 FCC 6567 (2014).
0
16. Section 74.802 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) and paragraph
(c) introductory text to read as follows:
Sec. 74.802 Frequency assignment.
(a) Frequencies within the following bands may be assigned for use
by low power auxiliary stations:
26.100-26.480 MHz
54.000-72.000 MHz
76.000-88.000 MHz
161.625-161.775 MHz (except in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands)
174.000-216.000 MHz
450.000-451.000 MHz
455.000-456.000 MHz
470.000-488.000 MHz
488.000-494.000 MHz (except Hawaii)
494.000-608.000 MHz
614.000-698.000 MHz
944.000-952.000 MHz
The four megahertz segment from one to five megahertz above the
lower edge of the 600 MHz duplex gap.
* * * * *
(c) Specific frequency operation is required when operating within
the 600 MHz duplex gap or the bands allocated for TV broadcasting.
* * * * *
0
17. Section 74.861 is amended by revising paragraph (e) introductory
text and adding paragraph (e)(1)(iii) to read as follows:
Sec. 74.861 Technical requirements.
* * * * *
(e) For low power auxiliary stations operating in the 600 MHz
duplex gap and the bands allocated for TV broadcasting, the following
technical requirements apply:
(1) * * *
(iii) 600 MHz duplex gap--20 mW.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 2014-26674 Filed 11-20-14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P